Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TubeMogul, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7311   51-0633881

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1250 53rd Street, Suite 1

Emeryville, California 94608

(510) 653-0126

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices )

 

 

Brett Wilson

President and Chief Executive Officer

TubeMogul, Inc.

1250 53rd Street, Suite 1

Emeryville, California 94608

(510) 653-0126

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Peter M. Astiz, Esq.

Michael J. Torosian, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

2000 University Avenue

East Palo Alto, California 94303-2215

(650) 833-2000

 

Eric Deeds, Esq.

TubeMogul, Inc.

General Counsel

1250 53rd Street, Suite 1

Emeryville, California 94608

(510) 653-0126

 

Daniel J. Winnike, Esq.

William L. Hughes, Esq.

Theodore G. Wang, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

Silicon Valley Center

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Security to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

  $75,000,000.00   $9,660.00

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase from us.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion. Dated March 26, 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

TubeMogul, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of TubeMogul, Inc. We are selling              shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TUBE.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, therefore, may comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements under the federal securities laws. Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

       Per Share            Total      

Public offering price

     $           $     

Underwriting discount

     $           $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

     $           $     

 

  (1)

See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on or about                     , 2014.

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup    RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

BMO Capital Markets    Oppenheimer & Co.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     32   

Industry and Market Data

     34   

Use of Proceeds

     35   

Dividend Policy

     35   

Capitalization

     36   

Dilution

     38   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     40   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     44   

Business

     71   

Management

     90   

Executive Compensation

     97   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     107   

Principal Stockholders

     109   

Description of Capital Stock

     111   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     118   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     120   

Underwriting

     124   

Legal Matters

     131   

Experts

     131   

Where You Can Find More Information

     131   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                     , 2014, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Common Stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “TubeMogul,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to TubeMogul, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our predecessor, TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation, and where appropriate, their respective consolidated subsidiaries.

TubeMogul, Inc.

TubeMogul is an enterprise software company for digital branding. By reducing complexity, improving transparency and leveraging real-time data, our platform enables brands to gain greater control of their digital video advertising spend and achieve their brand advertising objectives.

Our customers plan, buy, measure and optimize their global digital video advertising spend from our self-serve platform. By integrating programmatic technologies and disparate sources of inventory within a single platform, we enable our customers to launch sophisticated, scalable digital video advertising campaigns — onto any digital device — within minutes. This is in contrast to the still prevailing and inefficient approach to media buying that occurs through a manual campaign-by-campaign request for proposal, or RFP, process, which often involves multiple digital advertising service providers.

Our customers primarily include brands, which generally refer to companies, or product lines within companies, that control advertising budgets for a single marketing brand or a group of marketing brands, and the advertising agencies that serve them. Agency trading desks, ad networks and publishers also use our platform. We refer to our customers and other businesses that are engaged in purchasing digital marketing as advertisers.

Our platform is integrated with many public digital video ad inventory sources, where individual ad impressions can be purchased dynamically utilizing real-time bidding technology, or RTB. Our platform automates the real-time purchase of ad impressions based upon campaign objectives. Additionally, our customers can easily integrate the ad inventory they source directly from publishers and private exchanges. As a result, our platform enables holistic campaign management across public and private inventory using a single interface.

As consumers are increasingly watching video content on digital devices, advertisers are shifting more of their video advertising spend from traditional TV to digital video. As a result, advertisers want to plan, buy and measure TV and digital video on an equivalent basis. Our platform enables advertisers to plan and buy digital video advertising using industry-standard metrics such as gross rating points, or GRPs, which are a measure of reach and frequency among a target audience, and verify the audience they reach using Nielsen reporting, thereby unifying the planning and measurement of TV and digital video campaigns.

Our platform measures key brand advertising metrics including brand lift, as measured by integrated brand surveys, as well as GRPs and engagement. As a result, advertisers can verify the success and impact of their digital video advertising campaigns by measuring the audience reached by the campaign, how the audience interacted with their advertisements and the impact the campaign had on the consumer’s perception of the brand. Using these real-time insights, our platform dynamically optimizes spend based upon brand advertising objectives set by the advertiser.

We offer advertisers unique visibility into the inventory they purchase, including enabling them to see video ad performance and viewability at any dimension of a campaign. Our platform also includes a suite of brand

 

 

1


Table of Contents

safety technologies designed to prevent unacceptable ad placements and to detect and block sites with inappropriate content, auto-play ad placements or fraudulent bot-driven traffic.

We make our platform available through two offerings: Platform Direct, which allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns through a self-serve model, and Platform Services, which allows advertisers to specify campaign objectives and have our team execute on their behalf using our platform. We believe our customers value both of our offerings. For 2013, campaigns were executed through our platform for over 2,000 brands, usually through an agency but in some cases directly. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our total revenue was $15.7 million, $34.2 million and $57.2 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 91%, and Total Spend through our platform was $17.8 million, $53.8 million, and $111.9 million, respectively, representing a CAGR of 151%. We define Total Spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our Platform Direct customers and Platform Services customers spend through our platform, which includes cost of media purchases and our fees. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using Total Spend as a financial measure and for reconciliations of Total Spend to revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our gross margin was 48%, 52% and 66%, respectively. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net loss was $4.1 million, $3.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively, with our net loss for 2013 representing a 108% increase compared to 2012.

Market Overview

The global advertising market is large, totaling $490 billion in 2013, according to MAGNA GLOBAL, a strategic global media company. Given the importance of branding to maintain and improve differentiation, market share and pricing power, a significant portion of these dollars are spent on brand advertising. Brands rely on the sight, sound and motion of video advertising to establish an emotional connection with consumers that is critical to branding. Brands have primarily utilized traditional TV advertising to deliver video messages to the large audiences they require. As a result, the traditional TV market is the largest advertising market segment, reaching $197.0 billion globally in 2013, according to MAGNA GLOBAL.

While TV advertising represents the largest single portion of today’s advertising spend, consumers are shifting their consumption of media content from analog mediums, such as TV, print and radio, to digital mediums such as websites and mobile applications. Recognizing this trend, brands are increasingly shifting their advertising spend to digital mediums such as digital video. MAGNA GLOBAL estimates that brands will increase their spending on digital video advertising globally from $8.3 billion in 2013 to $22.5 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR rate of 28%.

As brands shift advertising spend to digital video, they encounter increasing complexity in executing their advertising campaigns. Brands, their agencies and other entities, which we refer to as advertisers, generally need to use dozens of digital advertising technology providers to execute a campaign. This has resulted in a complex, fragmented and inefficient system.

Software’s Impact on Brand Advertising

Recently, cloud-based enterprise software solutions have been adopted to reduce operating costs, increase scalability, and provide better data for decision making across a multitude of functions within corporations. However, while specific solutions such as programmatic buying have begun to impact the digital advertising industry, advertisers have not yet fully realized the potential benefits that a comprehensive enterprise software solution offers. The adoption of programmatic technology to date has been driven by pressure to improve the performance of digital marketing campaigns. In 2013, video advertising spend transacted using RTB in the U.S. was projected to be $686 million and is expected to grow 66% in 2014 to $1.1 billion, according to Forrester Research, an independent research firm.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Challenges of Video Advertising for Brands

As the digital video advertising market continues to develop and grow, advertisers are seeking alternatives to the highly manual, repetitive and uncoordinated processes that they have historically used to plan, execute and measure their digital video advertising campaigns. However, they continue to face several specific challenges including:

 

   

Fragmented and Manual System for Buying Digital Media . Advertisers need to reach audiences on many websites to achieve campaign goals, and must do so across many types of digital devices. Advertisers also typically engage in repetitive manual RFP processes with multiple sources of inventory to select the video advertising inventory suitable to reach their target audience, resulting in significant inefficiencies.

 

   

Challenging to Integrate and Leverage Multiple Technology Providers . Technologies needed to execute digital video advertising campaigns are generally offered by different providers and it is difficult for advertisers to make these technologies work well together. This impedes campaign performance, increases costs and lowers efficiency.

 

   

Limited Options for Advertisers to Manage and Control Entire Buying Process . To reach audiences across thousands of websites, advertisers are often forced to purchase inventory through media aggregators, which generally do not allow advertisers to choose the websites on which their ads run, make adjustments during the course of a given campaign, or obtain the performance data necessary to evaluate and improve ongoing campaign decision making.

 

   

TV Advertising and Digital Video Advertising are Purchased and Measured Differently . To date, TV and digital advertising campaigns have been executed separately and measured by different metrics, leading to inefficiencies. The separate processes and metrics make it difficult to effectively plan and measure video campaigns focused on reaching targeted audiences across TV and digital channels.

 

   

Advertising Service Providers Have Conflicting Interests and Offer Limited Inventory and Economic Transparency . Many digital video advertising service providers offer services to both advertisers and publishers. This model can create conflicting interests. In particular, such service providers may have an economic incentive to favor their own inventory when fulfilling campaigns over equally effective or superior inventory that is otherwise available.

 

   

Difficult to Measure Return on Investment . As consumers increasingly view content through a broader range of devices and channels, it is difficult for brands to verify a number of objectives important to brand advertising, such as reach and frequency among a target audience, engagement and brand lift.

 

   

Challenging to Deploy and Manage Global Campaigns . Managing video advertising campaigns globally is currently a costly and inefficient process requiring brands to contract with multiple agencies, ad exchanges, ad networks, supply-side platforms, publishers and technology providers.

 

   

Difficult to Identify and Eliminate Undesired Ad Placements and Fraudulent Traffic . Advertisers have limited control over the content alongside which their ad is placed, whether the ad is delivered in a user initiated video player, and whether it is viewable by the consumer. Advertisers are also concerned with the increasing proportion of fraudulent web traffic that is generated by computers, or bots, resulting in advertisers paying for impressions that are not viewed by consumers.

Our Solution

We enable advertisers to plan, buy, measure and optimize global video advertising spend from a single platform. We make our cloud-based platform available through two offerings: Platform Direct, which allows

 

 

3


Table of Contents

advertisers to continuously run campaigns through a self-serve model, and Platform Services, which allows advertisers to specify campaign objectives and have our team execute on their behalf using our platform.

 

   

Integrated Software Platform . Our platform integrates with over 30 third-party technology providers who offer specific technologies for digital video campaigns, allowing advertisers to utilize a single control interface for campaign execution.

 

   

Designed for Self-Serve Model . Through our Platform Direct offering, our platform is accessible through a cloud-based, self-serve model, providing customers with full control and transparency over their digital video advertising spend. Our intuitive user interface enables advertisers to manage an unlimited number of campaigns simultaneously on a single platform, thereby reducing cost, complexity and inefficiencies caused by intermediaries.

 

   

Enable TV Advertisers to Buy Digital Video . Our platform enables advertisers to buy digital video advertising using industry standard metrics such as GRPs, and verify the audience they reach using integrated Nielsen reporting, thereby unifying the planning and measurement of TV and digital video advertising campaigns and improving efficiencies.

 

   

Independent and Transparent Buy-Side Positioning . We have built our business to serve only buyers of digital video advertising and have no incentive to favor specific inventory when fulfilling campaigns. We show our customers the specific sites where ads are displayed and our Platform Direct customers can see the price they pay for the media, providing them with greater economic transparency.

 

   

Verifies and Measures Campaign Performance and Brand Lift . Our platform enables advertisers to verify audience reach and engagement and measure the impact of a video ad campaign on consumers through our integrated brand survey module.

 

   

Purpose-Built for Global Video Advertising . Our platform has been designed for brands to manage and execute global digital video campaigns using a single integrated workflow. We currently enable campaigns in over 70 countries and our platform is currently available in four languages and supports 11 currencies.

 

   

Integrated Brand Safety Tools . Our platform includes a suite of technologies designed to prevent unacceptable ad placements by detecting, categorizing and blocking sites with inappropriate content, fraudulent bot-driven traffic and auto-play ad placements. We integrate technology that scans the content of individual web pages prior to an ad being served to ensure the content is appropriate for the brand.

Our Strengths

We believe the following attributes and capabilities provide us with long-term competitive advantages:

 

   

Focused on Software-Based Solutions for Brands . Our platform offers advertisers a robust and comprehensive solution for digital branding, which we believe differentiates our offerings from those of our competitors. We work to continuously improve our platform to provide our customers with the necessary capabilities to meet their evolving brand advertising objectives.

 

   

Empower Customers Through Our Self-Serve Model . Our Platform Direct customers have direct access to our platform which enables them to execute their own strategies for their digital video advertising spend. As a result of the performance and functionality of our platform, we believe many of our customers rely on our platform for a significant and growing portion of their digital video advertising spend.

 

   

Product Built for Global Opportunity . Our platform is built for managing and executing global advertising campaigns. Our intuitive user interface enables geographically dispersed personnel within a global organization to work seamlessly together with an auditable workflow.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Industry Pioneer . We believe we were the first to deliver a programmatic digital video advertising platform designed exclusively for advertisers and we demonstrate thought leadership through industry initiatives such as founding the OpenVideoViewability consortium. As a result, we believe we have developed a deep expertise and a strong reputation in our market.

 

   

Attractive and Scalable Financial Model . We are able to scale our operations in a highly efficient manner with our Platform Direct offering. Because our Platform Direct offering allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns on a self-serve basis, we require fewer sales resources following initial sales and, therefore, our sales expense tends to represent a lesser portion of follow-on Platform Direct Spend.

 

   

Experienced Team . We are a founder-led software company that has been focused on developing innovative software solutions for digital video since we were founded in 2007. The extensive industry and technology experience of our management team has allowed us to create and maintain a culture of innovation at every level of the company.

Our Strategy

We believe that the digital video advertising market is in the early stages of a significant shift toward enterprise software solutions that address the complexities of digital brand advertising. We intend to capitalize on this opportunity by pursuing the following key growth strategies.

 

   

Expand Our Customer Base . Our global sales force is focused on growing the number of our customers, particularly our Platform Direct customers. To increase our global market share, we continue to invest in training and other initiatives to increase the productivity of our sales personnel.

 

   

Increase Our Share of Our Customers’ Video Advertising Spend . We continue to add features and functionality to our platform that encourage customers to consolidate, and ultimately increase, their digital video advertising spend on our platform.

 

   

Migrate Platform Services Customers to Platform Direct . Through our continued focus on educating our Platform Services customers of the value and control realized through use of our Platform Direct offering, we expect many of our Platform Services customers will migrate to our Platform Direct offering.

 

   

Expand into TV Brand Advertising . We plan to expand into the TV advertising market by continuing to build technologies that are relevant to brands that advertise on TV.

 

   

Continue to Innovate . We intend to continue to make substantial investments in our platform by introducing enhancements and new features and functionality that position us to capture a larger share of new market opportunities. By improving our algorithms and underlying software and finding new ways to leverage data, we believe we will enhance our value proposition for both existing and prospective customers.

 

   

Extend Global Footprint . To best support our global advertisers, we plan to continue to utilize our cloud-based architecture to expand our international presence in a cost-effective manner.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

   

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

   

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

 

   

We may not maintain our recent revenue growth.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

 

   

If our customers do not maintain and increase their advertising spend through our platform, our revenue growth and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

   

The market for digital video advertising solutions for brands is relatively new and evolving. If this market develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

   

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

   

A substantial portion of our business is sourced through advertising agencies that do not pay us until they receive payment from the brand, therefore increasing the length of time between our payment for media inventory and our receipt of payment for use of our platform, and our ability to collect for non-payment may be limited to the brand, increasing our risk of non-payment.

Corporate Information

TubeMogul was incorporated in California in March 2007 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 1250 53rd Street, Suite 1, Emeryville, California 94608, and our telephone number is (510) 653-0126. Our corporate website address is www.tubemogul.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

TubeMogul and the TubeMogul logo and our other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of TubeMogul. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

                shares

 

Reserved shares

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers and employees. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“TUBE”

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on 44,370,087 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

   

8,580,133 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.64 per share;

 

   

204,321 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.4038 per share;

 

   

1,552,559 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Compensation Plan;

 

   

5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 31,020,626 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant exercisable for 154,321 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant exercisable for a like number of shares of common stock upon completion of this offering;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

our reincorporation in Delaware;

 

   

the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us.

All share information in this prospectus has been retroactively restated to reflect the     -for-    reverse split to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. You should read this summary consolidated financial and other data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
           2011                 2012                 2013        
     (In thousands, except share, per share and client data)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:       

Revenue:

      

Platform Direct

   $ 2,171      $ 5,433      $ 19,331   

Platform Services

     13,488        28,726        37,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,659        34,159        57,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     8,214        16,374        19,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,445        17,785        37,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     3,797        7,364        11,837   

Sales and marketing (1)

     5,340        10,384        21,378   

General and administrative (1)

     2,294        4,931        10,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,431        22,679        43,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

     —          1,950        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,986     (2,944     (6,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

      

Interest expense, net

     (72     (232     (169

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (11     (154     (388

Foreign exchange loss

     (23     (141     (618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (106     (527     (1,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,092     (3,471     (7,351

Provision for income taxes

     (1     (94     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share (2)

  

$

(0.33

 

$

(0.28

 

$

(0.56

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share (2)

     12,433,544        12,867,616        13,265,372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (2)

       $ (0.16
      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares use to compute pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (2)

         44,490,319   
      

 

 

 

Other data: (unaudited)

      

Platform Direct Spend (3)

   $ 4,314      $ 25,032      $ 74,016   

Total Spend (3)

   $ 17,802      $ 53,758      $ 111,899   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

   $ (3,777   $ (2,566   $ (5,801

Number of Platform Direct Clients (5)

     25        86        208   

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 50       $ 159       $ 206   

Sales and marketing

     72         92         230   

General and administrative

     11         179         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 133       $ 430       $ 761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share.
(3) For purposes of calculating Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend, we define spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our customers spend through our platform, including cost of media purchases and our fees. Platform Direct Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the spend through our Platform Direct offering. Platform Services Spend equals our Platform Services revenue. Total Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the sum of Platform Direct Spend and Platform Services Spend. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using these measures and for reconciliations of these measures to Platform Direct revenue and revenue, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before interest expense, net, provision for income tax, depreciation and amortization expense excluding amortization of internal use software development costs, stock-based compensation expense and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5) We define a Platform Direct Client as a customer that had total aggregate spend of at least $10,000 through our platform during the previous twelve months. For purposes of this definition, all branches or divisions of a customer that operate under a contract with us are considered a single Platform Direct Client. In a limited number of instances in any period, branches or divisions of an advertiser that operate under distinct contracts are each considered a separate Platform Direct Client. We believe that our total number of Platform Direct Clients is an important measure of our ability to increase revenue and the effectiveness of our sales force.

 

     As of December 31, 2013
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
            (unaudited)
    

(in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,475         

Working capital

   $ 26,249         

Total assets

   $ 70,615         

Debt obligations, current and non-current, and convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 3,882         

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 27,255       $ 27,939      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 31,020,626 shares of common stock and (ii) the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid in capital, each to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects all adjustments included in the pro forma column and gives effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at the assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred losses in each fiscal year since our incorporation in 2007. In addition, during 2013, we incurred a net loss of $7.4 million. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $18.8 million as of December 31, 2013. We may not achieve profitability in the future as we anticipate that our operating expenses will increase significantly in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development to enhance our platform and in sales and marketing to acquire new customers. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Even if we are successful in increasing our customer base, we may not become profitable in the future or may be unable to maintain any profitability achieved if we fail to increase our revenue and manage our operating expenses or if we incur unanticipated liabilities. Although our revenue has increased substantially in recent periods, we may not be able to sustain this rate of revenue growth. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of reasons, including slowing demand for our offering, increasing competition, lengthening sales cycles, decelerating growth of, or declines in, our overall market, or our failure to capitalize on growth opportunities or to introduce new offerings. We could also incur increased losses as we continue to focus on growing our Platform Direct offering because the sales cycle with those customers tends to be protracted, resulting in the majority of costs associated with sales of our Platform Direct offering being generally incurred up front, while customers are billed over time through our usage-based pricing model. Any failure by us to achieve and maintain profitability could cause the price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

Although we began our operations in March 2007, we did not launch our platform nor begin generating substantial revenue until the second half of 2011. While we have experienced significant growth in recent periods, our short operating history and developing business model make it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing and changing industries, including challenges in forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market acceptance of our platform and future features and functionality, competition from new and established companies, including those with greater financial and technical resources, acquiring and retaining customers and increasing revenue from existing customers, enhancing our platform and developing new technologies, features and functionality. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties that we will encounter as we continue to develop our business model. We may not be able to address these risks and difficulties successfully, which would materially harm our business and operating results and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We may not maintain our recent revenue growth.

Our revenue growth will depend, in part, on our ability to acquire new customers, gain a larger amount of our existing customers’ advertising spend, continue to innovate and develop new technologies, features and

 

11


Table of Contents

functionality, extend our global footprint and increase our share of and compete successfully in new, growing digital video advertising markets, and we may fail to do so. A variety of factors outside of our control could affect our revenue growth, including changes in spend budgets of advertisers and the timing and size of their spend. Decisions by advertisers to delay or reduce their advertising spending or divert spending away from video advertising could slow our revenue growth or reduce our revenue. Our success in implementing our strategy of migrating customers from our Platform Services offering to our Platform Direct offering could also slow our revenue growth as we recognize a higher amount of revenue from the same amount of spend associated with our Platform Services offering than with our Platform Direct offering. You should not consider our recent growth rate in revenue as indicative of our future growth.

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not consider our past results, including our recent growth rates in terms of advertising spend and revenue, as indicative of our future performance.

In addition to other risk factors listed in this section, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for our platform, including seasonal variations in our customers’ advertising spend;

 

   

the level of advertising spend managed through our platform for a particular quarter and the mix between spend managed through our Platform Direct offering and Platform Services offering;

 

   

budgeting cycles and changes in video advertising budgets of and spending by our customers;

 

   

the length and associated unpredictability of our sales cycle;

 

   

the timing and amount of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

the timing and amount of investment in the development of new technologies, and features and functionality of our platform;

 

   

changes in the availability or price of advertising inventory;

 

   

the timing and success of changes in our offerings or those of our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing or pricing of our competitors’ solutions and changes in the pricing of digital video advertising generally;

 

   

network outages or security breaches or the perception that our platform or customer or consumer data is not secure and any associated expenses;

 

   

delay between our payments for advertising inventory purchased through our platform and our subsequent collection of fees from our customers related to that inventory;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors or customers;

 

   

changes in government regulation applicable to our industry;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets.

Based upon all of the factors described above, we have a limited ability to forecast our future revenue, costs and expenses, and as a result, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates.

 

12


Table of Contents

If our customers do not maintain and increase their advertising spend through our platform, our revenue growth and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our contracts and relationships with advertisers generally do not include long-term or exclusive obligations requiring them to use our platform or maintain or increase their advertising spend on our platform. Furthermore, advertisers generally use multiple providers in managing advertising spend. Accordingly, we must convince our customers to use our platform, increase their usage and spend a larger share of their advertising budgets with us, and do so on an on-going basis. We may not be successful at educating and training customers, particularly our newer customers, on the benefits of our platform to increase usage and generate higher levels of advertising spend. If these efforts are unsuccessful or advertisers decide not to continue to maintain or increase their advertising spend through our platform for any other reason, then we may not attract new advertisers or our existing customers may reduce their video advertising spend through or cease using our platform. Therefore, we cannot assure you that advertisers that have generated advertising spend through our platform in the past will continue to generate similar levels of advertising spend in the future or that they will continue to use our platform at all. We may not be able to replace customers who decrease or cease their usage of our platform with new customers that spend similarly on our platform. If our existing customers do not continue to use and increase their use of our platform, or if we are unable to attract sufficient advertising spend on our platform from new customers, our revenue could decline, which would materially and adversely harm our business and results of operations.

The market for digital video advertising for brands is relatively new and evolving. If this market develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

The substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from customers that purchase digital video advertising through our platform either on a self-serve basis or with us executing campaigns for them. We expect that spend on digital video advertising will continue to be our exclusive or nearly exclusive source of revenue for the foreseeable future, and that our revenue growth will depend on increasing digital video advertising spend through our platform. The market for digital video advertising is an emerging market and today advertisers generally devote a smaller portion of their advertising budgets to digital video advertising than to traditional advertising methods, such as TV, newspapers, radio and billboards. Our current and potential customers may find digital video advertising to be less effective than other brand advertising methods, and they may reduce their spending on digital video advertising as a result. To date, digital advertising has been primarily for performance-based advertising, or relatively simple display advertising such as banner ads on websites and, until recently, was principally focused on online channels such as desktops. Emerging channels such as mobile and social media are unproven and may not develop into viable channels. The future growth of our business could be constrained by both the level of acceptance and expansion of digital video advertising as a format and emerging digital video advertising channels, including mobile video, connected TV, social video and TV formats such as video on demand, as well as the continued use and growth of existing channels. To date, nearly all of our revenue has been derived from advertising served to desktops. Even if these new channels become widely adopted, advertisers may not increase their advertising spend through platforms such as ours. If the market for digital video advertising deteriorates, develops more slowly than we expect or the shift from traditional advertising methods to digital video advertising does not continue, or there is a reduction in demand for digital video advertising caused by weakening economic conditions, decreases in corporate spending, perception that digital video advertising is less effective than other media or otherwise, it could reduce demand for our offerings, which could decrease revenue or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

We operate in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, subject to changing technology, branding objectives and customer demands and with many companies providing competing solutions. We compete primarily with companies developing solutions to automate the purchase of digital video advertising impressions across multiple sources of inventory. We also compete with other companies that address certain aspects of the

 

13


Table of Contents

online digital video advertising market, including demand-side platforms and video-focused ad networks, and in-house tools and custom solutions currently used by brand advertisers and their agencies and by publishers to manage advertising activities. In addition, we compete for advertising spend with large entities that offer digital video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. In the future, we may compete with companies developing comprehensive marketing platforms. Other companies that offer analytics, mediation, exchange or other third-party specific technologies may also compete with us. As our platform evolves and we introduce new technologies, features and functionality of our platform, we may become subject to additional competition. Some of our current and prospective competitors in the broader digital advertising market have substantially greater resources and longer histories than us in the digital advertising space, may actively seek to serve our market and have the power to significantly change the nature of the marketplace to their advantage. These companies could develop and offer new solutions that directly compete with ours or leverage their position to make changes to their existing platforms that could be disadvantageous to our competitive position.

Increased competition may result in reduced pricing for our platform, longer sales cycles or a decrease of our market share, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business. A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell at lower prices or at reduced margins, including, among others:

 

   

competitors may establish or strengthen relationships with brands, agencies, sources of inventory or other parties, thereby limiting our ability to promote our platform and generate revenue;

 

   

competitors could introduce solutions that are similar to, or broader, than ours or comprehensive platforms that provide integrated solutions for multiple advertising channels including display, mobile and video;

 

   

competitors could reduce the prices they charge to brand advertisers and agencies;

 

   

companies may enter our market by expanding their platforms or acquiring a competitor; and

 

   

companies marketing search, social, display, mobile or web analytics services could bundle digital video advertising solutions or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale.

In addition, many of our current and potential competitors, such as Google, AOL and Adobe, have greater customer relationships and financial, marketing and technical resources than we do, allowing them to leverage a larger customer base, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products, services and solutions, including products that may be based on new technologies or standards, than we can. If our competitors’ solutions become more accepted than our solution, our competitive position will be impaired and we may not be able to increase our revenue or may experience decreased gross margins.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we cannot compete successfully, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

A substantial portion of our business is sourced through advertising agencies that do not pay us until they receive payment from the brand, therefore increasing the length of time between our payment for media inventory and our receipt of payment for use of our platform, and our ability to collect for non-payment may be limited to the brand, increasing our risk of non-payment.

Substantially all of our Platform Services revenue and a substantial majority of our Platform Direct revenue is sourced through advertising agencies. We contract with advertising agencies as an agent for the brand. We remit payment for media inventory purchased through our platform by our Platform Direct and Platform Services customers in advance of receiving payment from them as the advertising agency does not pay us for use of our platform until it has received payment from the brand. This payment process will increasingly consume working

 

14


Table of Contents

capital if we continue to be successful in growing our business. In addition, we typically experience slow payment by advertising agencies as is common in our industry. In this regard, we had average days sales outstanding, or DSO, of 87 days, and average days payable outstanding, or DPO, of 80 days for 2013. We compute our DSO and DPO as of a given date based on our average trade receivables or trade payables, respectively, for the trailing twelve month period divided by, for DSO, daily Total Spend and for DPO, daily cost of revenue and operating expenses, excluding noncash and payroll related expenses, in each case, over such period. The average trade receivables or trade payables are the average of the trade receivables or trade payables balances at the beginning and end of the twelve month period. Daily Total Spend is the spend for the trailing twelve month period divided by 365 days. Daily cost of revenue and operating expenses are the cost of revenue and operating expenses, excluding noncash and payroll related expenses, for the trailing twelve month period divided by 365 days. Many of our contracts with advertising agencies provide that if the brand does not pay the agency, the agency is not liable to us, and we must seek payment solely from the brand. Contracting with these agencies, which in certain cases have or may develop high-risk credit profiles, subjects us to greater credit risk than where we contract with brands directly. This credit risk may vary depending on the nature of an advertising agency’s aggregated brand advertiser base. Any write-offs for bad debt could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the periods in which the write-offs occur. Even if we are not paid, we are still obligated to pay for the advertising we have purchased for the advertising campaign, and as a consequence, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted.

Our business depends in part on advertising agencies and their holding companies as intermediaries, and this may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain business.

For 2013, over 2,000 brands executed campaigns through our platform, directly or through an agency. Many brands rely upon advertising agencies in planning and purchasing advertising. Although we maintain relationships with brands, we often do not contract with them directly. In cases where we do not have a direct contractual relationship with the brand, we sell to advertising agencies that utilize our advertising solutions on behalf of their customers. Each advertising agency allocates advertising spend from brands across numerous channels and has no obligation to work with us as it embarks on digital video advertising campaigns. Accordingly, if we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the brands represented by that agency. If the advertising agency is owned by a holding company, this risk is magnified because we also risk losing business from the other agencies owned by such holding company and the brand advertisers those agencies represent. In addition, customer relationships with holding company media trading desks may adversely affect our business with advertising agencies affiliated with the holding company because some holding companies may seek to consolidate media buying to one trading desk and restrict their affiliated advertising agencies from relationships with providers that have a direct relationship with the trading desk. Because advertising agencies act as intermediaries for multiple brands, our customer base is more concentrated than might be reflected by the number of brands that use our platform. In addition, these intermediary relationships may impede our brand-building efforts, making it more difficult for us to achieve widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our platform.

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable and require considerable time and expense before executing a customer agreement, which may make it difficult to project when, if at all, we will obtain new customers and when we will generate revenue from those customers.

The sales cycle for our Platform Direct business, from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation, typically takes significant time and is difficult to predict. Our sales cycle in some cases has been up to nine months or more. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our platform. Some of our customers undertake a significant evaluation process that frequently involves not only our platform but also the offerings of our competitors. This process can be costly and time-consuming. As a result, it is difficult to predict when we will obtain new customers and begin generating revenue from these new customers. As part of our sales cycle, we may incur significant expenses

 

15


Table of Contents

before executing a definitive agreement with a prospective customer and before we are able to generate any revenue from such agreement. We have no assurance that the substantial time and money spent on our sales efforts will generate significant revenue. If conditions in the marketplace generally or with a specific prospective customer change negatively, it is possible that no definitive agreement will be executed, and we will be unable to recover any of these expenses. Even if our sales efforts result in obtaining a new customer, under our usage-based pricing model, the customer controls when and to what extent it uses our platform and it may not use our platform sufficiently to justify the expenses incurred to acquire the customer and integrate the customer’s data in our platform and related training and support. If we are not successful in targeting, supporting and streamlining our sales processes and if revenue expected to be generated from a prospective customer is not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our ability to grow our business, and our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected. If our sales cycles lengthen, our future revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse impact on our consolidated operating results and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and infrastructure. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

We increased our number of full-time employees from 57 as of December 31, 2011 to 232 as of December 31, 2013. Additionally we increased the size of our sales force by approximately 70% in 2013. Our growth has placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources as these personnel are integrated into and become productive within our organization. We intend to further expand our overall headcount and operations both domestically and internationally, with no assurance that our business or revenue will continue to grow to offset our investment in research and development and sales and marketing. Maintaining and growing a global organization and managing a geographically dispersed workforce will require substantial management effort, the allocation of valuable management resources and significant additional investment in our infrastructure. In this regard we will be required to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. Further, to accommodate our expected growth we must continually improve and maintain our technology, systems and network infrastructure. As such, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which would negatively impact our gross margin or operating expenses in any particular quarter. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that does not preserve the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our platform may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

Seasonal fluctuations in digital video advertising spend impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Our results of operations and cash flows vary from quarter to quarter due to the seasonal nature of advertising spending. For example, many advertisers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing. In contrast, the first quarter of the calendar year is typically the slowest in terms of advertising spend. To the extent that seasonal fluctuations become more pronounced, or are not offset by other factors, our results of operations and operating cash flows could fluctuate materially from period to period.

We use a limited number of third-party service providers and data centers. Any disruption of service could harm our business.

The technical infrastructure for our platform is managed through a combination of third-party web hosting services providers, or third-party service providers, and our own servers which are located at a third-party data center facility. We do not control the operation of the third-party service providers or the operation of the third-

 

16


Table of Contents

party data center facility nor do we have long term agreements with the third-party service provider and data center facility that we utilize. The third-party service providers and owner of the data center facility have no obligation to continue to provide these services to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to use a new service provider or transfer to a new facility or facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

The facilities of third-party service providers and data center are vulnerable to damage or service interruption resulting from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. Moreover, we have not implemented a disaster recovery capability whereby we maintain a back-up copy of our platform permitting us to immediately switch over to the back-up platform in the event of damage or service interruption at our data center. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, any outages or vandalism or other misconduct, or a decision to close the facility without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our platform’s performance, any of which could damage our reputation and materially and adversely affect our operating results and future prospects.

Any changes in service levels at the facilities or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems at or related to the facilities that affect our platform could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in our platform’s performance might reduce our revenue, subject us to potential liability, or result in reduced usage of our platform. In addition, some of our customer contracts require us to issue credits for downtime in excess of certain levels and the issuance of any credits or make-goods could harm our operating results and financial condition.

We also depend on third-party Internet-hosting providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our Internet-hosting or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or “denial-of-service” or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes or similar events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our platform or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, any of which could increase our operating costs and harm our business and reputation.

As a result of our customers’ increased usage of our platform, we will need to continually improve our hosting infrastructure.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of customers, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the increase in new customers and the expansion of existing customer advertising spend on our platform. For example, if we secure a large customer or a group of customers which require significant amounts of bandwidth or storage, we may need to increase bandwidth, storage, power or other elements of our application architecture and our infrastructure, and our existing systems may not be able to scale in a manner satisfactory to our existing or prospective customers.

The amount of infrastructure needed to support our customers is based on our estimates of anticipated usage. We will need to expand our infrastructure to meet anticipated increase in usage, for which we expect to incur additional costs. In addition, if we were to experience unforeseen increases in usage, we could be required to increase our infrastructure investments further and during a time other than we expect. As use of our platform grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our application architecture and our infrastructure in order to maintain the performance of our platform. We may need to incur additional costs to upgrade or expand our computer systems and architecture in order to accommodate increased or expected increases in demand. If we incur these costs, our gross margin would be adversely impacted.

 

17


Table of Contents

We must develop and introduce enhancements and new features and functionality that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments to remain competitive in our evolving industry.

We operate in a dynamic market characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry and legal standards. The introduction of new digital video advertising solutions by our competitors, the market acceptance of solutions based on new or alternative technologies, or the emergence of new digital video advertising industry standards could render our platform obsolete. Our ability to compete successfully, attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing platform and to continually introduce or acquire new technologies and features and functionality demanded by the market we serve. The success of any enhancement or new solution depends on many factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, appropriate introduction and market acceptance. Any new solution, product or feature that we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to anticipate or timely and successfully develop or acquire new offerings or features or enhance our existing platform to meet evolving customer requirements, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Material defects or errors in our platform could result in customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our platform.

The software applications underlying our platform are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, which may cause disruptions in availability, misallocation of advertising spend or other performance problems. Any such errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our platform could negatively impact our business and our customers’ businesses or the success of their advertising campaigns and causing customer dissatisfaction and harm to our reputation. If we have any errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our platform, customers may reduce their usage or delay or withhold payment to us, which could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts or lengthen our collection cycles for accounts receivable. Such performance problems could also result in customers making warranty or other claims against us, our giving credits to our customers toward future advertising spend or costly litigation. As a result, material defects or errors in our platform could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial performance.

The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors in our platform may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. After the release of new versions of our software, defects or errors may be identified from time to time by our internal team and by our customers. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regularly scheduled system maintenance. If we do not complete this maintenance according to schedule or if customers are otherwise dissatisfied with the frequency and/or duration of our maintenance, customers could reduce their usage of our platform or delay or withhold payment to us, or cause us to issue credits, make refunds or pay penalties.

Our business depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

Our business depends in part on our ability to continue to successfully manage and enter into successful strategic relationships with third parties. We currently have and are seeking to establish new relationships with third parties to develop integrations with complementary technologies, sources of inventory, such as Google, and data vendors such as Nielsen. For example, in order for customers to target ads in ways they desire and otherwise optimize and verify campaigns, our platform must have access to data regarding Internet user behavior and reports with demographic information regarding Internet users. We depend on various third parties to provide this audience data and demographic reporting. Maintaining and expanding our strategic relationships with third parties is critical to our continued success. Further, our relationships with these third parties are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit the other party from working with our competitors. These relationships may not result in additional customers or enable us to generate significant revenue. Identifying suitable business partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them require significant time and resources. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to successfully execute campaigns, compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results would suffer.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our business model depends upon our ability to continue to access advertising inventory that we do not own.

Our platform depends on access to advertising inventory controlled by publishers and various other providers, such as public ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, private marketplaces, ad networks and direct premium publishers. In particular, we rely on continued access to premium ad inventory in high-quality and brand-safe environments, viewable to consumers across multiple screens. We do not own the inventory of advertising upon which our business depends and, therefore, we might not always have access to inventory of sufficient quality or volume to meet the needs of our customers’ campaigns. As a result, we may have limited visibility to our future access to inventory, especially premium ad inventory and inventory in international markets. Companies such as ad networks make media buying commitments to publishers, and may compete with us and restrict our access to media inventory of those publishers. Companies such as ad exchanges charge both publishers and advertisers fees and may be able to charge advertisers lower fees than us. In addition, many publishers sell a portion of their advertising inventory directly to advertisers, and publishers may seek to do so increasingly in the future. If that were to occur, we may have fewer opportunities to provide our customers access to inventory, which would harm our ability to grow our business and our financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

Furthermore, as the number of competing intermediaries that purchase advertising inventory from real time bidding, or RTB, exchanges and that utilize advertising solutions providers continues to increase, intermediaries or their bidding processes may favor other bidders and we may not be able to compete successfully for advertising inventory available on RTB exchanges. Even if our bids are successful, the inventory may be of low quality or misrepresented to us, despite our attempts to prevent fraud and conduct quality assurance checks on inventory and we could be subject to liability and our business could be harmed.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data or our data is otherwise obtained, our platform may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our platform and we may incur significant liabilities.

Security breaches could result in the loss of information, litigation, indemnity obligations and other liability. We collect, store and transmit information of, or on behalf of, our advertisers. While we have security measures in place, our systems and networks are subject to ongoing threats and therefore these security measures may be breached as a result of third-party action, including cyber-attacks or other intentional misconduct by computer hackers, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. This could result in one or more third parties obtaining unauthorized access to our customers’ data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, we could lose potential sales and existing customers or we could incur other liability.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We primarily rely on intellectual property laws, including trade secret, copyright, trademark and patent laws in the United States and abroad, and use contracts, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements and other contractual rights to protect our intellectual property. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate or we may be unable to secure intellectual property protection for all of our platform.

 

19


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could use our intellectual property to market products, services or solutions similar to ours and our ability to compete effectively would be impaired. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative processes or litigation. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights depends on our legal actions against these infringers being successful, but we cannot be sure these actions will be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. In addition, we might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, and could ultimately result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages or may be successfully challenged by third parties.

Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Effective protection of our intellectual property may not be available to us in every country in which our platform are available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, or non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, notices that claim we or our customers using our platform have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights. If we are sued by a third party that claims that our technology infringes its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources. We do not currently have an extensive patent portfolio of our own, which may limit the defenses available to us in any such litigation.

In addition, in many instances, we have agreed to indemnify our customers against certain claims that our platform infringes the intellectual property rights of third parties. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

   

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

   

redesign technology to avoid infringement.

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect upon our business and financial results. Furthermore, our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our customers as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our platform.

We use open source software in our platform. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by the courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our platform. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur and we may be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages for breach of contract, re-engineer our applications, discontinue sales in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could cause us to breach customer contracts, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

Expanding our international operations subjects us to new challenges and risks.

We have offices in seven countries outside the United States, and as we continue to expand our customer base outside the United States, our business is increasingly susceptible to risks associated with international operations. However, we have a limited operating history outside the United States, and our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of diverse cultures, languages, customs, tax laws, legal systems, alternate dispute systems and regulatory systems. The risks and challenges associated with international expansion include:

 

   

continued localization of our platform, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

   

the need to support and integrate with local advertisers, agencies, publishers and partners;

 

   

competition with service providers that have greater experience in the local markets than we do or who have pre-existing relationships with potential customers in those markets;

 

   

compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations such as the EU Data Privacy Directive;

 

   

compliance with anti-bribery laws, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;

 

   

difficulties in invoicing and collecting in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

   

different or lesser protection of our intellectual property rights;

 

   

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, longer payment cycles, higher levels of credit risk and other collection difficulties;

 

   

compliance with applicable laws of taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to our international operations, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws;

 

   

restrictions on repatriation of earnings; and

 

   

regional economic and political conditions.

As a result of these risks, any potential future international expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful.

 

21


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in currency transactions losses.

We currently have foreign sales and accounts receivable denominated in multiple currencies including Australian Dollars, British Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen and Singapore Dollars. In addition, we purchase advertising in local currencies and incur a portion of our operating expenses in the currencies of the countries where we have offices. We face exposure to adverse movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenue and operating results to differ materially from expectations. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue when translated into U.S. dollars. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign currencies, our revenue from international operations would be adversely affected. Our operating results could be negatively impacted depending on the amount of cost of revenue or operating expense denominated in foreign currencies. As exchange rates vary, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and other operating results, when translated, may differ materially from expectations. In addition, our revenue and operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions or expenses changes in the future because we do not currently hedge our foreign currency exposure. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications.

Unfavorable conditions in the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on the level of digital video advertising spend in the markets we serve. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our customers and potential customers to freeze or reduce their advertising budgets, particularly those for digital video advertising, demand for our platform may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spend. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our customers and potential customers may elect to decrease their advertising budgets or defer or reconsider software and service purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our business depends on our founders and retaining and attracting qualified management and technical personnel and maintaining or expanding our sales and marketing capabilities.

Our success depends upon the continued service of Brett Wilson, our co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, other members of our senior management team and key technical employees, as well as our ability to continue to attract and retain additional highly qualified management and operating personnel. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. While we have offer letters with certain of our key employees, we do not have fixed term employment agreements with Mr. Wilson or any of our other key employees. Each of Mr. Wilson, other executive officers, key technical personnel and other employees could terminate his or her relationship with us at any time. Our business also requires skilled engineering, product and sales personnel, who are in high demand and are difficult to recruit and retain. As we continue to innovate and develop our platform and expand into additional geographic markets, we will require personnel with expertise in these areas. Competition for qualified employees is intense in our industry and particularly so in the San Francisco Bay Area, California, where most of our technical employees are based. The loss of Mr. Wilson or any other member of our senior management team or, even a few qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the planned expansion of our business, could delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and could materially harm our business and our customer relationships.

Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel. These new employees require significant training and experience before they achieve full productivity. For internal planning purposes, we assume that it will take approximately nine months before a newly hired sales representative is fully trained and productive in selling our

 

22


Table of Contents

platform. This amount of time may be longer for sales personnel focused on new geographies or specific market segments. As a result, the cost of hiring and carrying new representatives cannot be offset by the revenue they produce for a significant period of time, if at all. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we would like or to the extent we expect, and we may not be able to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business. Our business will be seriously harmed if these efforts do not work as planned or generate a corresponding significant increase in revenue.

If the use of “third-party cookies” or other tracking technologies (including pixels) is rejected by Internet users, restricted or otherwise subject to unfavorable terms, such as by non-governmental entities, our performance may decline and we may lose customers and revenue.

Some features of our platform use cookies or other technologies, such as pixels, which we refer to as cookies. Our cookies are known as “third-party cookies” because they are placed on individual browsers when Internet users visit a website on which we serve an ad. These cookies are placed through an Internet browser on an Internet user’s computer and correspond with a data set that we keep on our servers. Our cookies record non-personal information about Internet users’ interactions with our advertiser customers through a browser while the cookie is active. We use these cookies to help us achieve our brand advertisers’ campaign goals, to help us ensure that the same Internet user does not see the same advertisement multiple times, to report aggregate information to our advertisers regarding the performance of their advertising campaigns, and to detect and prevent fraudulent activity. We also use data from cookies to help us decide whether to bid on, and how to price, an opportunity to place an advertisement in a certain location, at a given time, in front of a particular Internet user. If our access to cookie data is reduced, our ability to conduct our business in the current manner may be affected and thus undermine the effectiveness of our platform.

Internet users may easily block and/or delete cookies (e.g., through their browsers or “ad blocking” software). The most commonly used Internet browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, and Safari) allow Internet users to modify their browser settings to prevent cookies from being accepted by their browsers, or are set to block third-party cookies by default. If more browser manufacturers and Internet users adopt these settings or delete their cookies more frequently than they currently do, our business could be harmed. Some government regulators (discussed below) and privacy advocates have suggested creating a “Do Not Track” standard that would allow Internet users to express a preference, independent of cookie settings in their browser, not to have website browsing recorded. If Internet users adopt a “Do Not Track” browser setting, and the standard either imposed by state or federal legislation, or agreed upon by standard setting groups, prohibits us from using non-personal data as we currently do, then that could hinder growth of video advertising on the web generally, cause us to change our business practices and adversely affect our business.

In addition, browser manufacturers could replace cookies with their own product and require us to negotiate and pay them for use of such product to record information about Internet users’ interactions with our brand advertiser customers, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We may be required to, or otherwise may determine that it is advisable to, develop or obtain additional tools and technologies to compensate for the lack of cookie data, which we may not be able to do. Moreover, even if we are able to do so, such additional tools may be subject to further regulation, time consuming to develop or costly to obtain, and less effective than our current use of cookies.

Legislation and regulation of online businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, is expansive, not clearly defined and rapidly evolving. Such regulation could create unexpected costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or restrict portions of our business or cause us to change our technology platform or business model.

Government regulation may increase the costs of doing business online. Federal, state, municipal and foreign governments and agencies have adopted and could in the future adopt, modify, apply or enforce laws,

 

23


Table of Contents

policies, and regulations covering user privacy, data security, technologies such as cookies that are used to collect, store and/or process data, video advertising online, the use of data to inform advertising, the taxation of products and services, unfair and deceptive practices, and the collection (including the collection of information), use, processing, transfer, storage and/or disclosure of data associated with unique individual Internet users. Although we have not collected data that is traditionally considered personal data, such as name, email address, address, phone numbers, social security numbers, credit card numbers, financial data or health data, we typically do collect and store IP addresses and other device identifiers, which are or may be considered personal data in some jurisdictions or otherwise may be the subject of legislation or regulation. In addition, certain U.S. laws impose requirements on the collection and use of information from or about users or their devices. For instance, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA, imposes requirements on website operators and online services that are aimed at children under the age of 13 years of age. COPPA was recently amended to require notice and parental consent to include persistent identifiers for behavioral advertising and other tracking across websites. Other existing laws may in the future be revised, or new laws may be passed, to impose more stringent requirements on the use of identifiers to collect user information, including information of the type that we collect. Changes in regulations could affect the type of data that we may collect, restrict our ability to use identifiers to collect information, and, thus, affect our ability to collect data, the costs of doing business online, and affect our the demand for our platform, the ability to expand or operate our business, and harm our business.

U.S. and non-U.S. regulators also may implement “Do-Not-Track” legislation, particularly if the industry does not implement a standard (discussed above). Effective January 1, 2014, the California Governor signed into law an amendment to the California Online Privacy Protection Act of 2003. Such amendment requires operators of commercial websites and online service providers, under certain circumstances, to disclose in their privacy policies how such operators and providers respond to browser “do not track” signals.

Some of our activities may also be subject to the laws of foreign jurisdictions, whether or not we are established or based in such jurisdictions. Within the European Union, or EU, where we currently have an active presence in the United Kingdom, Directive 2009/136/EC, commonly referred to as the “Cookie Directive,” directs EU member states to ensure that accessing information on an Internet user’s computer, such as through a cookie, is allowed only if the Internet user has given his or her consent. In response, some member states have implemented legislation requiring entities to obtain the user’s consent before placing cookies for targeted advertising purposes. Additional EU member state laws may follow. We may be required to, or otherwise may determine that it is advisable to, develop or obtain additional tools and technologies to compensate for the lack of cookie data. Even if we are able to do so, such additional tools may be subject to further regulation, time consuming to develop or costly to obtain, and less effective than our current use of cookies. In addition, certain information, such as IP addresses as collected and used by us may constitute “personal data” in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, including in the United Kingdom, and therefore certain of our activities could be subject to EU laws applicable to the processing and use of personal data.

In addition, we may inadvertently receive personal information from advertisers or advertising agencies or through the process of executing video advertising campaigns or usage of our platform. Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect personal data, could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of our officers and public censure, claims for damages by consumers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our operations, financial performance and business. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation and inhibit adoption of our solution by current and future advertisers and advertising agencies.

Our revenue may be adversely affected if we are required to charge sales taxes or other taxes for our platform.

States, countries or other jurisdictions may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us in the future, or states or jurisdictions in which we already pay tax may increase the amount of taxes we are required to pay. A successful assertion by any state, country or other jurisdiction in which we do business that we

 

24


Table of Contents

should be collecting sales or other taxes on the revenue of our platform could, among other things, create significant administrative burdens for us, result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from using our platform or otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates, which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in digital video advertising and other markets, including the forecasts or projections referenced in this prospectus, may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, such as keeping pace with technological developments in order to remain competitive in our evolving industry, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. In addition, we remit payment for media inventory purchased through our platform by our Platform Direct and Platform Services customers in advance of receiving payment from them as the advertising agency does not pay us for use of our platform until it has received payment from the brand. This payment process will continue to consume working capital and the effect on our cash flows may become more pronounced if we continue to grow our business. As a result, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth, particularly if we experience unexpected increases in advertising spend through our platform, and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

We may selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results.

We may selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that we believe could complement or expand our applications, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

In addition, we have limited experience with acquiring other businesses or technologies. If we acquire businesses or technologies, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business onto our applications and contract terms, including disparities in the revenue, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the potential loss of key employees;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. We may also unknowingly inherit liabilities from acquired businesses or assets that arise after the acquisition and that are not adequately covered by indemnities. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.

We have not conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and will not be required to do so until 2015. If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting for the year ending December 31, 2015 and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm to the extent we decide not to avail ourselves of the exemption provided to an emerging growth company, as defined by The Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As we have not conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we may have undiscovered material weaknesses. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, if and when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected,

 

26


Table of Contents

and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. Our management team has limited experience managing a publicly-traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function.

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on the terms that we would like. As a public company, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) five years from the date of this prospectus.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2027 for federal and state purposes, respectively. These net

 

27


Table of Contents

operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.

This offering or future issuances of our stock could cause an “ownership change.” It is possible that any future ownership change could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

Risks Related to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following our initial public offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon closing of our initial public offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

 

   

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

   

changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

   

press releases or other public announcements by us or others, including our filings with the SEC;

 

   

changes in the market perception of digital video advertising solutions generally or in the effectiveness of our platform in particular;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations, new applications, features, functionality or enhancements to products, services or solutions by us or by our competitors;

 

   

announcements of acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

   

announcements of customer additions and customer cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

   

announcements regarding litigation involving us;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

   

our entry into new markets;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States or foreign countries;

 

   

the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry, and the industries of our customers;

 

   

the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

the size of our market float; and

 

   

any other factors discussed in this prospectus.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of              shares of our common stock in this offering. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, there will be options to purchase              shares of our common stock outstanding and              restricted stock units, based on the number of such awards outstanding on             . To the extent shares of common stock are issued with respect to such awards in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively

 

29


Table of Contents

could adversely affect our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Substantial future sales of shares by our stockholders could negatively affect our stock price after this offering.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of             , upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options or vesting of our outstanding restricted stock units.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of             , will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These shares will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion together, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to expiration of the lock-up period. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements.

Our equity incentive plans allow us to issue, among other things, stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering to cover the issuance of shares upon the exercise or vesting of awards granted or otherwise purchased under those plans. As a result, any shares issued or granted under the plans after the completion of this offering also will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to lock-up agreements as applicable. If equity securities are issued under the plans and it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, then the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Holders of 31,020,626 shares of our common stock and a warrant holder have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for us or other stockholders. Once we have registered the resale of these shares, they can be sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or it is perceived that they will be sold, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

The concentration of our common stock ownership with our executive officers, directors and affiliates will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our executive officers, directors and owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate 79% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2013 and we anticipate that upon the completion of the offering, that same group will beneficially own at least     % of our outstanding common stock. These stockholders will therefore have significant influence over management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and, as a

 

30


Table of Contents

result, we may take actions that our stockholders do not view as beneficial. This ownership could affect the value of your shares of common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to defend against a takeover attempt;

 

   

establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;

 

   

require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;

 

   

provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders;

 

   

prevent stockholders from calling special meetings; and

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an “interested” stockholder. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available to our management at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our financial performance, including our revenue, costs, expenditures, growth rates and operating expenses, and our ability to become profitable;

 

   

our ability to maintain our rate of revenue growth;

 

   

our ability to expand our customer base;

 

   

our ability to convince our customers to maintain or increase their advertising spend through our platform;

 

   

the expansion of the digital video advertising market;

 

   

our ability to adapt to changing market conditions;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

   

our ability to effectively grow and train our sales team;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

   

our ability to grow our market share in and penetrate emerging video advertising channels;

 

   

our ability to successfully enter new geographic markets;

 

   

our ability to develop and introduce enhancements and new features and functionality of our platform that achieve market acceptance;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

   

our ability to retain our founders and attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel; and

 

   

other factors discussed in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “seek,” “might,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “approximately,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which we base on many assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is

 

32


Table of Contents

impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions based on new information, future events or otherwise. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

33


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications by comScore, eMarketer, Inc., or eMarketer, Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, and MAGNA GLOBAL USA, INC., or MAGNA GLOBAL, or other publicly available information. In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and in our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe the information from these industry publications that is included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of, and selected additional information contained in, these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

(1) comScore Media Metrix, November 2013.

 

(2) eMarketer, Digital Set to Surpass TV in Time Spent with US Media , August 2013.

 

(3) Forrester, RTB Powers the Rapid Growth of Online Video , April 2013.

 

(4) MAGNA GLOBAL, Global Forecast Model 2000-2018 , December 2013.

 

(5) MAGNA GLOBAL, Programmatic and Automated Buying: the Global Take Off , October 2013.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of              shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of approximately $         million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $         million, after deducting the underwriting discount, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments.

We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth of our business. The terms of our amended and restated loan and security agreement also restrict our ability to pay dividends. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect, after giving effect, upon the completion of this offering, to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 31,020,626 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the conversion of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering; and (iii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and our sale and issuance of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the information in this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock,” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,475      $ 19,475      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt obligations, current and noncurrent

   $ 3,198      $ 3,198      $     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     684        —       

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value — 31,174,947 shares authorized, 31,020,626 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     31        —       

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value — no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          —       

Common stock, $0.001 par value — 62,000,000 shares authorized and 13,349,461 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 44,370,087 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     13        44     

Additional paid-in capital

     46,095        46,779     

Accumulated deficit

     (18,841     (18,841  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (43     (43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     27,255        27,939     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 31,137      $ 31,137      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the pro forma column and the pro forma as adjusted column in the capitalization table above does not include:

 

   

8,580,133 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.64 per share;

 

   

204,321 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.4038 per share;

 

   

1,552,559 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Compensation Plan;

 

   

5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was $27.3 million, or $2.04 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was $27.9 million, or $0.63 per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 31,020,626 shares of our common stock and the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the conversion of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013, before giving effect to this offering

   $ 0.63      

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will be $        , or $         per share, and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors will be $            , if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount.

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common

 

38


Table of Contents

stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock and preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average  Price
Per Share
 
       Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     44,370,087                $ 46,139,561                $ 1.04   

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table and discussion above is based on 44,370,087 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and excludes:

 

   

8,580,133 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.64 per share;

 

   

204,321 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.4038 per share;

 

   

1,552,559 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Compensation Plan;

 

   

5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, before deducting the underwriting discount.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be             , or     %, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to             , or     %, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The shares reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with terms of the respective plans. To the extent that outstanding warrants and options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2011     2012     2013  
   

(in thousands except share, per share
and client data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

Revenue:

     

Platform Direct

  $ 2,171      $ 5,433      $ 19,331   

Platform Services

    13,488        28,726        37,883   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    15,659        34,159        57,214   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

    8,214        16,374        19,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,445        17,785        37,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development (1)

    3,797        7,364        11,837   

Sales and marketing (1)

    5,340        10,384        21,378   

General and administrative (1)

    2,294        4,931        10,477   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,431        22,679        43,692   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

    —          1,950        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,986)        (2,944)        (6,176)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

     

Interest expense, net

    (72)        (232)        (169)   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (11)        (154)        (388)   

Foreign exchange loss

    (23)        (141)        (618)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

    (106)        (527)        (1,175)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (4,092)        (3,471)        (7,351)   

Provision for income taxes

    (1)        (94)        (60)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,093)      $ (3,565)      $ (7,411)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share (2)

  $ (0.33)      $ (0.28)      $ (0.56)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share  (2)

    12,433,544        12,867,616        13,265,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)  (2)

      $ (0.16)   
     

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)  (2)

        44,490,319   
     

 

 

 

Other data (unaudited):

     

Platform Direct Spend (3)

  $ 4,314      $ 25,032      $ 74,016   

Total Spend (3)

  $ 17,802      $ 53,758      $ 111,899   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (3,777)      $ (2,566)      $ (5,801)   

Number of Platform Direct Clients (5)

    25        86        208   

 

40


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 50       $ 159       $ 206   

Sales and marketing

     72         92         230   

General and administrative

     11         179         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 133       $ 430       $ 761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share.
(3) For purposes of calculating Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend, we define spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our customers spend through our platform, including cost of media purchases and our fees. Platform Direct Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the spend through our Platform Direct offering. Platform Services Spend equals our Platform Services revenue. Total Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the sum of Platform Direct Spend and Platform Services Spend. Please see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using these measures and for reconciliations of these measures to Platform Direct revenue and revenue, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before interest expense, net, provision for income tax, depreciation and amortization expense excluding amortization of internal use software development costs, stock-based compensation expense and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. Please see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5) We define a Platform Direct Client as a customer that had a total aggregate spend of at least $10,000 through our platform during the previous twelve months. For purposes of this definition, all branches or divisions of a customer that operate under its contract with us are considered a single Platform Direct Client. In a limited number of instances in any period, branches or divisions of an advertiser that operate under distinct contracts are each considered a separate Platform Direct Client. We believe that our total number of Platform Direct Clients is an important measure of our ability to increase revenue and the effectiveness of our sales force.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,467       $ 19,670       $ 19,475   

Working capital

   $ 8,153       $ 25,039       $ 26,249   

Total assets

   $ 15,074       $ 43,905       $ 70,615   

Debt obligations, current and non-current, and convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 748       $ 4,658       $ 3,882   

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 8,430       $ 23,009       $ 27,255   

 

41


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend

For purposes of calculating Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend, we define spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our customers spend through our platform, which includes cost of media purchases and our fees. Platform Direct Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the spend through our Platform Direct offering. Platform Services Spend equals our Platform Services revenue. Total Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the sum of Platform Direct Spend and Platform Services Spend. We believe Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend are meaningful measures of our operating performance because our ability to generate increases in Total Spend is strongly correlated to our ability to generate increases in Platform Direct revenue and revenue, respectively. Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend are used by our management and board of directors to understand our business and make operating decisions. A limitation of each of Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend is that each is a measure that we have defined for internal purposes that may be unique to us, and therefore may not enhance the comparability of our results to other companies in our industry that have similar business arrangements but present the impact of media costs differently. Because of these limitations you should consider Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend along with the corresponding GAAP-based measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend to revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Platform Direct Revenue

   $ 2,171       $ 5,433       $ 19,331   

Plus: Non-GAAP Platform Direct Media Cost (unaudited)

     2,143         19,599         54,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Platform Direct Spend (unaudited)

   $ 4,314       $ 25,032       $ 74,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Platform Services Spend (unaudited)

   $ 13,488       $ 28,726       $ 37,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Spend (unaudited)

   $ 17,802       $ 53,758       $ 111,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before interest expense, net, provision for income tax, depreciation and amortization expense excluding amortization of internal use software development costs, stock-based compensation expense and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. We have presented Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization expense (excluding amortization of internal use software development costs) are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

   

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, loss, and our GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411

Adjustments:

      

Interest expense, net

     72        232        169   

Provision for income taxes

     1        94        60   

Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of internal use software development costs

     99        89        232   

Stock-based compensation expense

     133        430        761   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     11        154        388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

   $ (3,777   $ (2,566   $ (5,801
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

TubeMogul is an enterprise software company for digital branding. By reducing complexity, improving transparency and leveraging real-time data, our platform enables advertisers to gain greater control of their digital video advertising spend and achieve their brand advertising objectives.

Our customers plan, buy, measure and optimize their global digital video advertising spend from our self-serve platform. By integrating programmatic technologies and disparate sources of inventory within a single platform, we enable our customers to launch sophisticated, scalable digital video advertising campaigns — onto any digital device — within minutes. Brands use our platform to verify the success and impact of their digital video advertising campaigns by measuring the audience reached by the campaign, how the audience interacted with their advertisements and the impact the campaign had on the consumer’s perception of the brand. Our platform uses these real-time insights to dynamically optimize spend across digital sources of inventory including digital ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, private marketplaces, ad networks and direct premium publishers. Our platform measures key brand advertising metrics including brand lift, as measured by integrated brand surveys, as well as GRPs and engagement.

We make our platform available through two offerings: Platform Direct, which allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns through a self-serve model, and Platform Services, which allows advertisers to specify campaign objectives and have our team execute on their behalf using our platform.

Our Platform Direct offering allows advertisers to run self-serve campaigns eliminating the often complex and inefficient RFP process through which digital media is typically bought. Platform Direct customers enter into master service agreements with us that enable them to execute all of their campaigns under the agreement without the need for campaign-by-campaign insertion orders, or IOs. We generate Platform Direct revenue by charging our customers a utilization fee that is a percentage of media spend as well as fees for additional features offered through our platform. Because Platform Direct customers have control of the media purchasing decisions through our platform, our Platform Direct revenue is recognized on a net basis, meaning that it only includes our fees and not the cost of media purchased. The gross margin for our Platform Direct offering for 2013 was 95%.

Our Platform Services offering allows advertisers who continue to use a traditional RFP process to realize the benefits of our platform without needing to alter their purchasing process. Platform Services arrangements are generally in the form of discrete IOs which are negotiated on a campaign-by-campaign basis. We generate Platform Services revenue by delivering digital video advertisements based upon our customer’s campaign specifications. Our Platform Services revenue is recognized on a gross basis, meaning that it includes the cost of the media purchased. The gross margin for our Platform Services offering for 2013 was 51%.

We believe customers value both our Platform Direct and our Platform Services offerings as Total Spend through our platform has increased from $17.8 million for 2011 to $111.9 million for 2013, representing a

 

44


Table of Contents

compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 151%. We define Total Spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our Platform Direct customers and Platform Services customers spend through our platform, which includes media purchases and our fees. We actively engage with our Platform Services customers to educate them about the benefits of migrating to our Platform Direct offering.

We consider our global capabilities to be a competitive differentiator to global brands and agencies. Campaigns can be executed through our platform in over 70 countries using a single integrated workflow. During 2013, we executed campaigns in over 35 countries and generated 33% of our revenue from customers with billing addresses outside of the United States. For financial information about our geographic areas, please see Note 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We were incorporated in California in 2007 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 2014. We initially developed video content syndication and video analytics software for publishers and launched our advertiser-focused platform in 2011. Our revenue increased from $34.2 million for 2012 to $57.2 million for 2013. Our gross margin increased from 52% for 2012 to 66% for 2013. We also had a net loss of $7.4 million for 2013, compared with $3.6 million for 2012.

Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics

To help us monitor the overall performance of our business and identify trends, we evaluate the following key metrics: Total Spend, Platform Direct Spend, revenue, gross profit, gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Number of Platform Direct Clients. Total Spend, Platform Direct Spend Adjusted EBITDA and Number of Platform Direct Clients are discussed immediately following the table below. Revenue, gross profit and gross margin are further discussed under the headings “Components of our Results of Operations.”

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2012                     2013          
    

(in thousands, except percentages and clients)

 

Key Metrics

      

Platform Direct Spend

   $ 4,314      $ 25,032      $ 74,016   

Platform Services Spend

     13,488        28,726        37,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Spend

   $ 17,802      $ 53,758      $ 111,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Platform Direct revenue

   $ 2,171      $ 5,433      $ 19,331   

Platform Services revenue

     13,488        28,726        37,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 15,659      $ 34,159      $ 57,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 7,445      $ 17,785      $ 37,516   

Gross margin

     48     52     66

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (3,777   $ (2,566   $ (5,801

Number of Platform Direct Clients

     25        86        208   

Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend

For purposes of calculating Total Spend and Platform Direct Spend, we define spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our customers spend through our platform, which includes cost of media purchases and our fees. Platform Direct Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the spend through our Platform Direct offering. Platform Services Spend equals our Platform Services revenue. Total Spend does not represent revenue earned by us and is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as the sum of Platform Direct Spend and Platform Services Spend. We believe Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend are meaningful measures of our operating performance because our ability to generate

 

45


Table of Contents

increases in Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend are strongly correlated to our ability to generate increases in Platform Direct revenue and revenue, respectively. Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend are used by our management and board of directors to understand our business and make operating decisions. A limitation of each of Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend is that each is a measure that we have defined for internal purposes that may be unique to us, and therefore it may not enhance the comparability of our results to other companies in our industry that have similar business arrangements but present the impact of media costs differently. Because of these limitations you should consider Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend along with the corresponding GAAP-based measures. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using these measures and for reconciliations of these measures to Platform Direct revenue and revenue, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before interest expense, net, provision for income tax, depreciation and amortization expense excluding amortization of internal use software development costs, stock-based compensation expense and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by our management and the board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short and long-term operating plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and our board of directors. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Number of Platform Direct Clients

We define a Platform Direct Client as a customer that had total aggregate spend of at least $10,000 through our platform during the previous twelve months. For purposes of this definition, all branches or divisions of a customer that operate under its contract with us are considered a single Platform Direct Client. In a limited number of instances in any period, branches or divisions of an advertiser that operate under distinct contracts are each considered a separate Platform Direct Client. For example, of our 208 Platform Direct Clients in 2013, 19 represented distinct operations of 6 global companies, primarily advertising agencies, based in different jurisdictions and with respect to which we have negotiated and manage separate contractual relationships. We believe that our total number of Platform Direct Clients is an important measure of our ability to increase revenue and the effectiveness of our sales force.

Platform Direct Cohort Spend

In order to analyze the contribution to the growth of our business driven by the increase in spend from pre-existing Platform Direct customers, we measure Platform Direct Spend for the set of customers, or Cohort, that commenced spending on our Platform Direct offering in a specific year relative to subsequent periods. As illustrated in the following tables, the spend from our 2011 and 2012 Cohorts has increased over subsequent periods. For 2013, the 2011 Cohort contributed 45% of Platform Direct Spend, the 2012 Cohort contributed 25% and the 2013 Cohort contributed 30%. For 2012, the 2011 Cohort contributed 71% of Platform Direct Spend, and the 2012 Cohort contributed 29%. We believe that this analysis is helpful in understanding our business.

 

46


Table of Contents
                      2011-2012     2012-2013  
    Twelve Months Ended December 31,           % of Total
Platform
Direct
Spend
          % of Total
Platform
Direct
Spend
 

Cohort (1)

  2011     2012     2013     % Change       % Change    
    (in thousands except percentages)                          

Customers First Spent 2011

  $ 2,552      $ 17,170      $ 32,833        573     71     91     45

Customers First Spent 2012

    NA        6,847        18,456        NA        29     170     25

Customers First Spent 2013

    NA        NA        22,189        NA        NA        NA        30
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total

  $ 2,552      $ 24,017      $ 73,478        841     100     206     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(1) Does not include revenue from our video syndication software offering, a legacy technology which is not part of our digital video advertising spend platform. Customers who use this software are generally not customers for our Platform Direct and Platform Services offerings. We believe that excluding such revenue from the cohort analysis presents a more accurate basis for comparing results across the periods presented.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that the continued growth and future success of our business depend on various opportunities, challenges and other factors, including the following:

Retention of and Growth in Spend by Existing Customers

Our future revenue is dependent upon our ability to retain our existing customers and to gain a larger amount of their advertising spend through both our Platform Direct and Platform Services offerings. In particular, our recent growth in Total Spend has been driven by an increase in spend by our existing Platform Direct customers. Of our 25 largest Platform Direct Clients by Platform Direct Spend in 2012, 23 or 92% were also Platform Direct Clients in 2013. Of our 50 largest Platform Direct Clients by Platform Direct Spend in 2012, 44 or 88% were also Platform Direct Clients in 2013. For 2013, 70% of our Platform Direct Spend was from customers that first transacted through our Platform Direct offering in 2011 or 2012.

New Customers

Our future revenue growth is dependent upon our ability to continue to attract new customers, particularly new Platform Direct Clients. We added 150 new Platform Direct Clients between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

Customer Transition from Platform Services to Platform Direct

Our sales strategy is to educate our customers about the benefits of shifting from Platform Services, where purchases are made on a campaign-by-campaign basis, to Platform Direct, where customers are able to consolidate their video advertising spend through one solution on a self-serve basis. Our future performance will be impacted by our ability to continue to convince customers to shift to our Platform Direct offering. The growth in the proportion of our Total Spend represented by Platform Direct Spend is an indicator of our ability to convince customers to shift from Platform Services to our Platform Direct offering.

Sales Leverage Improvement

Our ability to increase our revenue without a commensurate increase in our sales and marketing expenses depends on the adoption of our Platform Direct offering. After our customers first transact through our Platform Direct offering, they have generally increased their spend through our platform without significant follow-on sales expense.

 

47


Table of Contents

Investment in Growth

We plan to continue to invest for long-term growth. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we invest in research and development to enhance our platform, in sales and marketing primarily to acquire new customers and general and administrative expenses to support our growth. We believe that these investments will contribute to our long-term growth, although they will adversely affect our results of operations in the near term. In addition, the timing of these investments can result in fluctuations in our annual and quarterly operating results.

Market Growth

We expect to benefit from the continued growth in the digital video advertising market but any material change in the growth rate of this market could affect our performance. The growth of such market may be adversely impacted by a variety of factors including any delays in the shift of video advertising spend from traditional TV to digital channels. In addition, advertising spend is closely tied to the performance of the economy and a downturn in economic conditions could adversely affect the overall advertising market and our operating results.

Revenue Growth from Additional Media Markets

In 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately 99%, 95% and 95% of our revenue, respectively, came from advertising served to personal computer users. Our future performance will be dependent in part upon the continued growth of digital video channels, including mobile video, connected TV, social video and TV formats such as video on demand, and upon our ability to grow our revenue in these channels. Accordingly, our business and operating results will be significantly affected by our ability to timely enhance our platform to address these emerging segments of the digital video advertising market and the speed with which advertisers adopt these channels to conduct their advertising campaigns.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from our Platform Direct customers from fees based on a percentage of their media spend through our platform as well as from fees for additional services such as audience targeting data, ad serving, brand safety, topic targeting and other reporting related services that we offer. We generate revenue from our Platform Services customers by delivering digital video advertisements based upon a pre-agreed set of fixed objectives with an advertiser or agency. Our Platform Services business is generally priced based upon a cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, or based upon specific campaign specifications such as number of engagements, completed views or on-target impressions.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue is comprised primarily of media costs. Media costs consist of advertising impressions we purchase from advertising sources of inventory in connection with our Platform Services offering. We typically pay for these impressions on a CPM basis. Cost of revenue also includes technical infrastructure costs which include the cost of internal and third-party servers and related services, internet access costs and amortization of internal use software development costs on revenue-producing technologies. Technical infrastructure costs represented 5% of our cost of revenue for 2013. After giving effect to the allocation of these costs between our Platform Direct revenue (in respect of which it is the largest component of cost of revenue) and Platform Services revenue based upon the amount of media purchases through each service, our gross margin for Platform Direct revenue and Platform Services revenue was 95% and 51%, respectively, for 2013. We anticipate that cost of revenue will increase in absolute dollars as our revenue increases, but will decrease as a percentage of revenue as our Platform Direct revenue increases as a percentage of our total revenue. We also expect that over time our Platform Services gross margins will decrease and our Platform Direct gross margins will remain relatively stable.

 

48


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative. Our operating expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, professional fees and facilities costs. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses and commissions for sales personnel, stock-based compensation expense and employee benefit costs.

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs outsourced engineering costs associated with the ongoing maintenance and development of our platform and related technologies, allocated technical infrastructure costs directly related to research and development activities, such as testing, and other operating costs allocable to engineering activities. We believe that continued investment in our platform is critical to achieving our objectives, and we expect research and development expenses to continue to increase over time.

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including operations personnel costs allocable to sales and marketing activities, outsourced sales and marketing activities, brand marketing, trade shows, travel and entertainment, and marketing collateral. In order to increase our share of video advertising spend, we expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in future periods.

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, associated with our executive, finance, human resources, legal and other administrative personnel, and also include accounting, legal and other professional service fees, facility costs, bad debt expense, depreciation expense and other corporate expenses. We expect to continue to invest in our corporate infrastructure and incur further expenses related to being a public company, including increased accounting and legal costs, investor relations costs, increased insurance premiums and other compliance costs associated with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, we anticipate that general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods.

Other Expense, Net

Interest expense, net is related to our term debt and line of credit, offset in 2012 by immaterial interest income resulting from our short-term investment in marketable securities. Interest expense is expected to fluctuate as we draw on or pay down our line of credit and term debt.

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability is related to a mark to market adjustment associated with a warrant to purchase our preferred stock. In connection with the closing of this offering, the warrant will automatically be converted into shares of common stock, and we will no longer be required to re-measure the value of the warrant.

Foreign currency translation loss consists of gains and losses on foreign currency translation. We have foreign currency exposure related to our accounts receivable that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the British pound, Canadian dollar, Euro and Australian dollar. To the extent that our revenue from international operations increases and the scope of our international operations grows, our operating results will become more susceptible to changes in foreign currency rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Due to uncertainty as to the realization of benefits from our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carry forwards, research and development and other tax credits, we have a full valuation allowance reserved against such assets. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance in the near term.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations and our consolidated results of operations as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

  

   

Revenue:

      

Platform Direct

   $ 2,171      $ 5,433      $  19,331   

Platform Services

     13,488        28,726        37,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,659        34,159        57,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     8,214        16,374        19,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,445        17,785        37,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     3,797        7,364        11,837   

Sales and marketing (1)

     5,340        10,384        21,378   

General and administrative (1)

     2,294        4,931        10,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,431        22,679        43,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

     —          1,950        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,986     (2,944     (6,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

      

Interest expense, net

     (72     (232     (169

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (11     (154     (388

Foreign exchange loss

     (23     (141     (618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (106     (527     (1,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,092     (3,471     (7,351

Provision for income taxes

     (1     (94     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 50       $ 159       $ 206   

Sales and marketing

     72         92         230   

General and administrative

     11         179         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $     133       $     430       $     761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

      

Platform Direct

     14     16     34

Platform Services

     86        84        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     52        48        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     48        52        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     24        22        21   

Sales and marketing

     34        30        37   

General and administrative

     15        14        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73        66        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

     —          6        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25     (8     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

      

Interest expense, net

     (1     (1     (0

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (0     (0     (1

Foreign exchange loss

     (0     (0     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (1     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (26     (9     (12

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (26 )%      (9 )%      (12 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Year ended
December 31,
               
     2012      2013      $ Change      % Change  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Platform Direct

   $ 5,433       $ 19,331       $ 13,898         256

Platform Services

     28,726         37,883         9,157         32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 34,159       $ 57,214       $ 23,055         67
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $23.1 million, or 67%, during 2013 compared to 2012. Platform Direct revenue increased $13.9 million, or 256%, during 2013 compared to 2012. Platform Direct revenue from Platform Direct customers who first spent with us in 2011 and 2012 contributed $7.8 million of the growth. Platform Direct customers who first spent with us in 2013 contributed $6.5 million of the growth. These Platform Direct revenue increases were partially offset by a decline in revenue from our legacy video syndication technology of $0.4 million. Platform Services revenue increased $9.2 million, or 32%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in Platform Services revenue was primarily due to $9.2 million in revenue from customers who spent with us during 2013 that did not spend with us during 2012.

 

51


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year ended
December  31,
              
     2012     2013     $ Change      % Change  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 16,374      $ 19,698      $ 3,324         20

Gross profit

     17,785        37,516        19,731         111

Gross margin

     52     66     

Cost of revenue increased $3.3 million, or 20%, during 2013 compared to 2012. This increase was due to a $3.3 million increase in media costs associated with the growth in Platform Services revenue. Technical infrastructure costs were relatively unchanged at $1.1 million for 2012 compared to $1.0 million for 2013. After giving effect to the allocation of these technical infrastructure costs between Platform Direct revenue and Platform Services revenue, gross profit from Platform Direct and Platform Services revenue increased from $4.8 million and $13.0 million for 2012 to $18.4 million and $19.1 million for 2013, respectively. Gross margin increased to 66% for 2013 compared to 52% for 2012, primarily due to Platform Direct revenue having grown to 34% of total revenue as compared to 16% in the comparable period.

Research and Development

 

     Year ended
December  31,
              
     2012     2013     $ Change      % Change  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Research and development

   $ 7,364      $ 11,837      $ 4,473         61

Percent of revenue

     22     21     

Research and development expense increased by $4.5 million, or 61%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $3.4 million and additional technical infrastructure costs of $1.4 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount, which reflected our continued investment in hiring technical personnel, including engineers, to maintain our platform and support our research and development efforts. The increase in technical infrastructure costs was attributable to increased costs of third-party data center operations, hosting and ad server management and bandwidth costs necessary to support our increased research and development related activities. We capitalized $0.5 million of internally developed software costs in 2013. No such costs were capitalized in 2012.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year ended
December  31,
              
     2012     2013     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 10,384      $ 21,378      $ 10,994         106

Percent of revenue

     30     37     

Sales and marketing expense increased by $11.0 million, or 106%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $8.2 million, including a $2.0 million increase in sales commissions, and an increase in marketing expenses of $2.8 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing headcount during 2013.

 

52


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
     2012     2013     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 4,931      $ 10,477      $ 5,546         112

Percent of revenue

     14     18     

General and administrative expense increased by $5.5 million, or 112%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.4 million related to an increase in headcount to support our growth, an increase in facility costs of $1.8 million as we opened new offices and expanded some of our existing facilities to accommodate our increase in personnel, an increase in professional fees of $1.0 million due to increased legal, accounting and audit services and an increase in bad debt expense of $0.3 million.

Gain on Sale of InPlay

In 2012, we sold InPlay, our publisher analytics tool, for $1.95 million.

Other Expenses, Net

The increase in other expenses, net was primarily due to a loss on foreign currency translations due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our higher outstanding balance of foreign currency accounts receivable.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for 2012 and 2013 primarily relates to taxes due in foreign jurisdictions.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Year ended
December 31,
               
     2011      2012      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Platform Direct

   $ 2,171       $ 5,433       $ 3,262         150

Platform Services

     13,488         28,726         15,238         113
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 15,659       $ 34,159       $ 18,500         118
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $18.5 million, or 118%, during 2012 compared to 2011. Platform Direct revenue increased $3.3 million, or 150%, during 2012 compared to 2011. Platform Direct revenue from Platform Direct customers who first spent with us in 2011 contributed $2.2 million of the growth. Platform Direct customers who first spent with us in 2012 contributed $1.8 million of our growth. These Platform Direct revenue increases were partially offset by a decline in revenue from our legacy video syndication technology of $0.7 million. Platform Services revenue increased $15.2 million, or 113%, during 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in Platform Services revenue was primarily due to a $9.2 million increase in revenue from customers that spent with us during 2012 that did not spend with us during 2011, and a $6.0 million increase in revenue from customers that spent with us during 2011 and 2012.

 

53


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
     2011     2012     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 8,214      $ 16,374      $ 8,160         99

Gross profit

     7,445        17,785        10,340         139

Gross margin

     48     52     

Cost of revenue increased $8.2 million, or 99%, during 2012 compared to 2011. This increase was primarily due to $8.2 million increase in media costs associated with the growth in Platform Services revenue. Technical infrastructure costs were relatively unchanged at $1.2 million for 2011 compared to $1.1 million, or 7% of our cost of revenue for 2012. After giving effect to the allocation of these technical infrastructure costs between Platform Direct revenue and Platform Services revenue, gross profit from Platform Direct and Platform Services revenue increased from $2.0 million and $5.4 million for 2011 to $4.8 million and $13.0 million for 2012, respectively. Gross margin increased to 52% for 2012 compared to 48% for 2011 primarily due to Platform Direct revenue having grown to 16% of total revenue as compared to 14% in the prior period.

Research and Development

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
     2011     2012     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 3,797      $ 7,364      $ 3,567         94

Percent of revenue

     24     22     

Research and development expense increased by $3.6 million, or 94%, during 2012 compared to 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in technical infrastructure costs of $1.9 million and personnel costs of $1.7 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount, which reflected our continued investment in hiring technical personnel, including engineers, to maintain our platform and support our research and development efforts. The increase in technical infrastructure costs was attributable to increased costs of third-party data center operations, hosting and ad server management and bandwidth costs, necessary to support our increased research and development related activities.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
     2011     2012     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 5,340      $ 10,384      $ 5,044         94

Percent of revenue

     34     30     

Sales and marketing expense increased by $5 million, or 94%, during 2012 compared to 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $3.4 million resulting from an increase in headcount and to a lesser degree, an increase in sales commissions due to our 118% increase in revenue. This increase also included an increase in marketing expenses of $1.2 million, primarily due to costs associated with increased tradeshow sponsorships and other marketing activities.

 

54


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
     2011     2012     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,294      $ 4,931      $ 2,637         115

Percent of revenue

     15     14     

General and administrative expense increased by $2.6 million, or 115%, during 2012 compared to 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $1.4 million related to our increase in headcount to support our growth and an increase in facilities costs of $0.6 million as we opened new offices and expanded some of our existing facilities to accommodate our increase in personnel.

Gain on Sale of InPlay

In 2012, we sold InPlay, our publisher analytics tool, for $1.95 million.

Other Expenses, Net

The increase in other expenses, net was primarily due to a loss on foreign currency translations due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our higher outstanding balance of foreign currency accounts receivable.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for 2011 and 2012 primarily relates to taxes due in foreign jurisdictions.

 

55


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Key Metrics

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue, unless otherwise noted, for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2013. We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information in these tables reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September, 30
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December, 31
2013
 
    (unaudited, in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenue:

               

Platform Direct

  $ 618      $ 1,240      $ 1,305      $ 2,270      $ 2,312      $ 3,976      $ 4,649      $ 8,394   

Platform Service

    4,050        5,477        7,669        11,530        7,268        8,665        8,304        13,646   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

    4,668        6,717        8,974        13,800        9,580        12,641        12,953        22,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

    2,386        3,132        4,320        6,536        3,392        4,288        4,487        7,531   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,282        3,585        4,654        7,264        6,188        8,353        8,466        14,509   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development (1)

    1,289        1,530        2,261        2,284        2,346        2,804        3,204        3,483   

Sales and marketing (1)

    1,934        2,378        2,621        3,451        4,116        5,301        5,231        6,730   

General and administrative (1)

    866        1,207        1,216        1,642        1,475        2,352        3,097        3,553   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    4,089        5,115        6,098        7,377        7,937        10,457        11,532        13,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

    1,600        —          200        150        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (207     (1,530     (1,244     37        (1,749     (2,104     (3,066     743   

Other income (expense), net:

               

Interest expense, net

    (47     (21     (61     (103     (48     (45     (41     (35

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (28     (42     (42     (42     1        (20     (36     (333

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (18     (107     1        (17     (94     (417     165        (272
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (93     (170     (102     (162     (141     (482     88        (640
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

    (300     (1,700     (1,346     (125     (1,890     (2,586     (2,978     103   

Provision for income taxes

    (4     (23     (32     (35     (14     (20     (34     8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (304   $ (1,723   $ (1,378   $ (160   $ (1,904   $ (2,606   $ (3,012   $ 111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September, 30
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December, 31
2013
 
    (unaudited, in thousands)  

Research and development

  $ 15      $ 37      $ 42      $ 65      $ 23      $ 27      $ 46      $ 110   

Sales and marketing

    8        21        25        38        28        35        88        79   

General and administrative

    7        40        48        84        51        67        79        128   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 30      $ 98      $ 115      $ 187      $ 102      $ 129      $ 213      $ 317   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December  31,
2013
 
    (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenue:

               

Platform Direct

    13     18     15     16     24     31     36     38

Platform Service

    87        82        85        84        76        69        64        62   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

    100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

    51        47        48        47        35        34        35        34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    49        53        52        53        65        66        65        66   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    28        23        25        17        24        22        25        16   

Sales and marketing

    41        35        29        25        43        42        40        31   

General and administrative

    19        18        14        12        15        19        24        16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    88        76        68        54        82        83        89        63   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

    34        0        2        1        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (5     (23     (14     0        (17     (17     (24     3   

Other income (expense), net:

               

Interest expense, net

    (1     (0     (1     (1     (1     (0     (0     (0

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (1     (1     (0     (0     0        (0     (0     (2

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (0     (2     0        (0     (1     (3     1        (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense) net

    (2     (3     (1     (1     (2     (3     1        (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

    (7     (26     (15     (1     (19     (20     (23     0   

Provision for income taxes

    (0     0        0        (0     0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

    (7 )%      (26 )%      (15 )%      (1 )%      (19 )%      (20 )%      (23 )%      0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
 
    (unaudited)  
   

(in thousands, except for clients)

 

Key Metrics (1)

               

Platform Direct Spend (2)

  $ 2,420      $ 5,711      $ 5,467      $ 11,434      $ 9,062      $ 16,495      $ 17,362      $ 31,097   

Total Spend (2)

  $ 6,470      $ 11,188      $ 13,136      $ 22,964      $ 16,330      $ 25,160      $ 25,666      $ 44,743   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ (172   $ (1,517   $ (1,106   $ 229      $ (1,709   $ (2,344   $ (2,617   $ 869   

Number of Platform Direct Clients

    35        54        67        86        110        143        165        208   

 

(1) For information on how we define these key metrics, please see “— Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics” above.
(2) For information regarding the limitations of using these measures please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP appear on the next page.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following tables present reconciliations of Platform Direct Spend and Total Spend to Platform Direct revenue and revenue, respectively, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Platform Direct revenue

  $ 618      $ 1,240      $ 1,305      $ 2,270      $ 2,312      $ 3,976      $ 4,649      $ 8,394   

Plus: Non-GAAP Platform Direct Media Cost

    1,802        4,471        4,162        9,164        6,750        12,519        12,713        22,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Platform Direct Spend

  $ 2,420      $ 5,711      $ 5,467      $ 11,434      $ 9,062      $ 16,495      $ 17,362      $ 31,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Platform Services Spend

    4,050        5,477        7,669        11,530        7,268        8,665        8,304        13,646   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Spend

  $ 6,470      $ 11,188      $ 13,136      $ 22,964      $ 16,330      $ 25,160      $ 25,666      $ 44,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Net Income (loss)

  $ (304   $ (1,723   $ (1,378   $ (160   $ (1,904   $ (2,606   $ (3,012   $ 111   

Interest expense, net

    47        21        61        103        48        45        41        35   

Provision for income taxes

    4        23        32        35        14        20        34        (8

Depreciation and amortization, excluding amortization of internal use software development costs

    23        22        22        22        32        48        71        81   

Stock-based compensation expense

    30        98        115        187        102        129        213        317   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    28        42        42        42        (1     20        36        333   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (172   $ (1,517   $ (1,106   $ 229      $ (1,709   $ (2,344   $ (2,617   $ 869   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends and Seasonality

Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, some of which our outside of our control. We have experienced rapid growth since the beginning of 2012 in our revenue and operating expenses. We continue to work on improving our technology and operational abilities to maximize our gross profit. This rapid growth has also led to fluctuations in our overall operating results from quarter to quarter due to changes in our investment in sales and marketing, research and development, increases in employee headcount and other operating activities. Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

Our quarterly revenue increased quarter over quarter for each period presented, except for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increases in quarterly revenue were driven by increases in both Platform Direct and Platform Services revenue, primarily due to increased spend from existing customers and an increased number of new customers. Our revenue has historically been subject to seasonality, with higher revenue in the three months ended December 31, when many advertisers spend the largest proportion of their advertising budgets in anticipation of the holiday shopping season, followed by a seasonal decrease in revenue in the three months ended March 31. We also saw an increase in revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2012 due to greater spend in anticipation of the 2012 U.S. elections. This was followed by a seasonal decrease in revenue in the three months

 

58


Table of Contents

ended March 31. Platform Direct revenue declined as a percentage of total revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2012 due to the relatively high growth in Platform Services revenue during that period.

Our gross profit increased quarter over quarter for each period presented, except for the three months ended March 31, 2013, when our gross profit declined as a result of the decrease in Platform Direct revenue as compared to the revenue for the seasonally high quarter ended December 31, 2012. After giving effect to the allocation of technical infrastructure costs between Platform Direct revenue and Platform Services revenue, the increase in gross profit resulted from increases in gross profit from both Platform Direct and Platform Services, which increased from $0.5 million and $1.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 to $8.1 million and $6.4 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Our gross margin has increased over the periods presented as Platform Direct revenue has increased as a percentage of total revenue, but was lower during the three months ended September 30 and December 31, 2012 as Platform Direct revenue was lower as a percentage of total revenue in those quarters. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, gross margin declined primarily due to higher cost of revenue for Platform Services.

Our operating expenses increased during every quarter presented primarily due to increases in employee headcount, and expansion of our technical infrastructure. Our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue have varied over the periods presented as a result of fluctuations in revenue resulting from both individual customer spend decisions and seasonality, as well as from changes in our investments in our business operations and personnel. Our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue have historically been lower for the fourth quarter due to seasonally higher revenue. Our sales and marketing expenses declined as a percentage of revenue in the three months ended June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2012, and June 30, September 30, and December 31, 2013 as revenue increased at a higher rate than sales and marketing expense. Our sales and marketing expenses increased in the three months ended March 31, 2013 as a percentage of revenue as such expenses continued to increase while revenue was seasonally lower.

Our net loss and Adjusted EBITDA have historically fluctuated from quarter to quarter primarily due to the seasonality of our revenue and the timing and impact of our decisions to invest in our business during those periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our incorporation in March 2007, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures through private sales of convertible preferred stock, lines of credit and term debt.

Our principal sources of cash are our existing cash and cash equivalents balances and funds that may be drawn under our revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.5 million and borrowing capacity of $17.2 million under our revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had no borrowings under this facility. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents together with the revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

59


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

      

Cash flows used in operating activities

   $ (3,546   $ (11,929   $ (8,154

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     4,736        4,685        (1,773

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

     (575     21,448        9,774   

Effects of exchange rate on cash

     —          (1     (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 615      $ 14,203      $ (195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities is primarily influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the increase in the Total Spend by customers using our platform. Cash used in operating activities has typically been due to net losses, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, and changes in our operating assets and liabilities as we grow our business. In periods of high growth, our working capital needs may become greater as we remit payment for media purchased through our platform by our Platform Direct and Platform Services customers in advance of receiving payment from our customers. Our average DPOs were 80 days and our average DSOs were 87 days for 2013. While we typically experience slow payment by advertising agencies, as is common in our industry, we have historically experienced minimal accounts receivable write-offs.

Cash used in operating activities in 2013 was $8.2 million, due to a net loss of $7.4 million and the $2.8 million effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by non-cash expenses totaling $2.0 million. The net change in working capital was due to an increase in accounts receivable of $24.3 million related to the increase in Total Spend, offset by an increase of $23.4 million in accrued liabilities related to an increase in purchases of media and other liabilities to support the increase in revenue. Cash used in operating activities in 2013 decreased as compared to 2012 by $3.8 million.

Cash used in operating activities in 2012 was $11.9 million, due to a net loss of $3.6 million, non-cash expenses totaling $1.0 million, and the $7.3 million effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities. The net change in working capital was due to an increase in accounts receivable of $17.3 million from an increase in Total Spend, partially offset by an increase of $8.7 million in the accrued liabilities due to an increase in purchases of media. Cash used in operating activities in 2012 increased as compared to 2011 by $8.4 million.

We expect cash used by operating activities to fluctuate significantly in future periods as a result of a number of factors, some of which are outside of our control, including the timing of our billings and collections, our operating results, and the timing and amount of our media purchases and other liability payments.

Investing Activities

Cash used by investing activities in 2013 was $1.8 million, primarily due to purchases of equipment. In 2012, cash provided by investing activities of $4.7 million primarily resulted from the sale of short-term investments of $2.9 million and the sale of InPlay of $2.0 million. Cash provided by investing activities in 2011 was $4.7 million, resulting from the sale of short-term investments of $6.5 million, offset in part by the purchase of short-term investments of $1.5 million.

 

60


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities in 2013 was $9.8 million primarily due to proceeds of $10.9 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock offset by cash outflows of $1.4 million for the repayment of notes payable. Cash provided by financing activities for 2012 was $21.4 million, primarily due to proceeds of $21.9 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and term notes, offset by cash outflow of $0.7 million for repayment of a note payable. Cash used by financing activities for 2011 was $0.6 million, primarily due to $0.6 million for repayment of a note payable.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. In July 2013, we entered into an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $334,000 for the benefit of our sublandlord. The irrevocable standby letter of credit has a term of one year and may be canceled prior to the expiration date upon the written request of the beneficiary.

Indemnification Agreements

In the normal course of business, we provide customers with indemnification provisions of varying scope against claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties arising from the use of our products. Historically, costs related to these indemnification provisions have not been significant and we are unable to estimate the maximum potential impact of these indemnification provisions on our future results of operations. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of comprehensive loss or consolidated cash flows.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our future minimum payments under contractual commitments as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less
Than 1
Year
     1 — 3
Years
     3 — 5
Years
     More
Than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 2,933       $ 1,105       $ 1,696       $   132       $     —     

Debt obligations, includes interest

     2,779         1,416         1,363         —           —     

Convertible notes (2)

     419         419         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,137       $ 2,945       $ 3,060       $ 132       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we entered into new leases for additional office space which increased our future operating lease commitments by $4.5 million.
(2) In December 2012, we entered into a convertible note agreement with a third party to secure additional financing for our wholly- owned subsidiary in Japan.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

 

61


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities

In August 2013, we entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank which provides for an approximately $3.2 million term loan and a revolving line of credit. The agreement provides for customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default.

As of December 31, 2013, the total outstanding amount of the term loan was $2.8 million and no further loan is available to be drawn under that facility. This loan bears interest at a fixed annual rate of interest of 4.75%, and we are required to make equal monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest through November 1, 2015, when the loan matures and is due and payable.

Under the revolving line of credit, we may borrow up to the lesser of (a) $20 million minus the outstanding principal amount of the term loan, and (b) a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable as defined in the loan and security agreement. Foreign accounts receivable cannot make up more than $5 million of the borrowing base. Advances under the line of credit accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Western Edition Wall Street Journal Prime rate. Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month. While the agreement does not contain any financial covenants, if the outstanding amount under the revolving line exceeds $10 million and we maintain a ratio of quick assets to current liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue that is less than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00, then we are required to deliver additional reporting and the bank is allowed to take, in good faith, reserves against availability under the line. The revolving line of credit expires and matures on August 21, 2015. There were no outstanding borrowings under this line as of December 31, 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies Judgments and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, capitalized software development costs, and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue related to the utilization of our advertising platform. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, service has been provided to the customer, collection of the fees is reasonably assured, and fees are fixed or determinable. We generate revenue from our platform through our Platform Direct and Platform Services offerings. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of our software or platform at any time. Revenue for both Platform Direct and Platform Services is recognized when the advertisement is displayed. Our arrangements are cancellable as to any unfulfilled portion of a campaign without penalty. Media is purchased on our platform on a real-time basis and purchasing for any campaign ceases for any campaign upon cancellation. Once the advertising is delivered, the related amounts earned for such advertising delivery are non-refundable.

Platform Direct — Platform Direct provides customers with self-serve capabilities for real-time media buying, serving, targeting, optimization and brand measurement. We enter into contracts with customers under which fees earned by us are based on a utilization fee that is a percentage of media spend through the platform as

 

62


Table of Contents

well as fees for additional features offered through our platform. These features are delivered concurrently with advertising and represent less than 10% of total Platform Direct revenue during all of the years presented. Due to the fact that the features are delivered concurrently, we do not allocate revenue between the two elements.

We recognize revenue for Platform Direct on a net basis primarily based on our determination that we are not deemed to be the primary obligor, are not exposed to the risk of fluctuating costs from our media vendors as the customer chooses the inventory to purchase on a real-time basis, the actual cost of the campaign is determined by the customer through the real-time bidding process, through management of the campaign the customer can define supplier preferences or specific suppliers from a list we maintain, and the amount we earn is fixed based on a percentage of the media spend of a customer’s campaign.

Platform Services — We generate Platform Services revenue by delivering digital video advertisements based upon a pre-agreed set of fixed objectives with a customer. Our Platform Services business is generally priced based upon a cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, or based upon specific campaign specifications such as number of engagements, completed views or on-target impressions. We primarily contract with advertising agencies that purchase from us on behalf of brands.

We recognize Platform Services revenue on a gross basis primarily based on our determination that we have the risk of fluctuating costs from our media vendors, have latitude in establishing prices with our customer, have discretion in selecting media vendors when fulfilling a customer’s campaign, and have credit risks.

Our Platform Direct arrangements are evidenced by signed contracts and our Platform Services arrangements are evidenced by signed insertion orders. Revenue is recognized during the period in which the advertising is delivered. We also maintain processes to determine the collectibility of amounts due from our customers. To the extent any of the revenue recognition criteria are not met, we defer revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation

Our stock-based compensation expense is accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance and is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires judgment. We calculate the fair value of each option award to employees on the date of grant and to non-employees on each measurement date under the Black Scholes option pricing model using certain assumptions related to the fair value of our common stock, the option’s expected term, our expected stock price volatility, risk free interest rates and dividend yield as follows:

Fair Value of Our Common Stock . See discussion below “— Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock.

Expected Term. The estimate of expected term was based on expected exercise behavior of our employees using the simplified method permitted under guidance of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Volatility. Our estimates of volatility are based on the volatility of public companies that were included in a group of comparable industry peer companies. We selected these companies on the basis of several factors including size, development stage and financial profile and these companies were the same as the comparable companies used in the common stock valuation analysis.

Risk Free Interest Rates. These rates are based on the U. S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a time period consistent with the expected term of the option.

Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following table presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2011    2012    2013

Risk-free interest rate

   1.02% to 2.57%    0.81% to 1.12%    1.18% to 1.98%

Dividend yield

   —  %    —  %    —  %
Volatility    67% to 74%    68% to 71%    68% to 69%
Expected term    5.6 to 6.1 years    5.8 to 6.1 years    5.2 to 6.6 years

The following table presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to non-employees during the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2011    2012    2013

Risk-free interest rate

   1.73% to 2.48%    0.81% to 1.72%    1.08% to 2.49%

Dividend yield

   —  %    —  %    —  %

Volatility

   75% to 76%    64% to 72%    64% to 68%

Expected term

   7.5 to 8 years    5 to 9.3 years    5 to 9.3 years

We granted stock options with the following terms between January 1, 2012 and through December 31, 2013:

 

     Number of
Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Common Stock
Fair Value Per
Share at Grant
Date
 

Option Grant Dates:

        

April 19, 2012

     1,584,000       $         0.35       $         0.56   

June 8, 2012

     210,000         0.35         0.69   

July 19, 2012

     145,000         0.35         0.79   

October 11, 2012

     292,500         0.35         1.01   

November 20, 2012

     400,000         0.35         1.12   

June 10, 2013

     1,846,827         1.16         1.32   

June 18, 2013

     37,750         1.16         1.32   

July 17, 2013

     71,500         1.16         1.32   

November 11, 2013

     1,318,500         1.38         2.71   

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic fair value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 was $            .

Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation  of  Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

   

independent third-party valuations of our common stock performed as of January 31, 2012, May 9, 2013, September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013;

 

64


Table of Contents
   

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly-traded advertising and technology companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

The dates of our contemporaneous valuations did not always coincide with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, management’s estimates were based on the most recent contemporaneous valuation of shares of our common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included, when available, the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions, and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

There were significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates included assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could have been significantly different.

In valuing our common stock, the board of directors determined the equity value of our business by taking a combination of the value indications under the following valuation approaches:

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of a company’s future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values to reflect the risks inherent in the company achieving these estimated cash flows. Significant inputs of the income approach (in addition to our estimated future cash flows themselves) include the long-term growth rate assumed in the residual value, discount rate, and normalized long-term operating margin. The terminal value was calculated to estimate our value beyond the forecast period by capitalizing terminal year cash flows.

The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business. The market multiples are based on key metrics implied by the enterprise values of comparable publicly-traded companies. Given our significant focus on investing in and growing our business, we primarily utilized the revenue multiple when performing our valuation assessment under the market approach. When considering which companies to include in our comparable industry peer companies, we focused on publicly-traded companies with businesses similar to ours. The selection of our comparable industry peer companies requires us to make judgments as to the comparability of these companies to us. We considered a number of factors including business description, business size, market share, revenue model, development stage and historical operating results. We then analyzed the business and financial profiles of the selected companies for relative similarities to us and, based on this assessment, we selected our comparable industry peer companies. Several of the comparable industry peer companies are our competitors and are generally larger than us in terms of total revenue and assets. We believe that the comparable

 

65


Table of Contents

industry peers selected are a representative group for purposes of performing contemporaneous valuations. The same comparable industry peers were also used in determining various other estimates and assumptions in our contemporaneous valuations.

For each valuation, the equity value determined by the income and market approach was then allocated to the common stock using either the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, or a hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid of the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM and OPM.

The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call options. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

The PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM included non-initial public offering market based outcomes as well as initial public offering scenarios. In the non-initial public offering scenarios, a large portion of the equity value is allocated to the preferred stock to reflect the preferred stock liquidation preferences. In the initial public offering scenarios, the equity value is allocated pro rata among the shares of common stock and each series of preferred stock, which causes the common stock to have a higher relative value per share than under the non-initial public offering scenario. The fair value of the enterprise determined using the initial public offering and non-initial public offering scenarios was weighted according to the board of directors’ estimate of the probability of each scenario.

Over time, as increased certainty developed regarding possible discrete events, including an initial public offering, or IPO, the allocation methodology utilized to allocate our enterprise value to our common stock transitioned away from the OPM, which was utilized for grants through July 17, 2013, to the hybrid method, which we will utilize for grants after July 17, 2013.

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-based Compensation Grants

Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

April, June, July, October and November 2012 Awards

We granted 1,584,000 options on April 19, 2012, 210,000 options on June 8, 2012, 145,000 options on July 19, 2012, 292,000 options on October 11, 2012 and 400,000 on November 20, 2012. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $0.35 per share for these options based in part on a valuation prepared as of January 31, 2012. The January 31, 2012 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis assuming our business was in the expansion stage of development.

This valuation was developed using the income approach and market approach. For the income approach, a discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our cash flow projections for the years ending December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2018. These estimated future cash flows were discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of 19.1%. For the market approach, we analyzed the financial performance of eight publicly-traded comparable companies in the digital advertising and related technology industries.

 

66


Table of Contents

Based on the processes described above, our board of directors believed an 80% weight on the income approach and a 20% weight on market approach to determine an aggregate equity value was appropriate. This equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of five years, risk-free rate of 0.71%, and dividend yield of 0.0% and annualized volatility of 73.0% over the time to a liquidity event. As a result, the fair value of our common stock, as determined by an OPM and after applying a marketability discount of 45.0%, was determined to be not less than $0.35 per share, and our board of directors determined the fair market value to be $0.35 per share.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $0.35 per share as of January 31, 2012 and $1.16 per share as of May 9, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on April 19, 2012, June 8, 2012, July 19, 2012, October 11, 2012 and November 20, 2012 to be $0.56, $0.69, $0.79, $1.01 and $1.12, respectively.

June and July 2013 Awards

We granted 1,846,827 options on June 10, 2013, 37,750 options on June 18, 2013 and 71,500 options on July 17, 2013. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $1.16 per share for these options based in part on a valuation prepared as of May 9, 2013. The May 9, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis assuming our business was still in the expansion stage of development. During the first half of 2013 our Total Spend and Adjusted EBITDA significantly exceeded our plan and we added 57 Platform Direct Clients.

This valuation was developed using the income approach and market approach. For the income approach, the discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our cash flow projections for the years ending December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2023. These estimated future cash flows were discounted using a WACC of 34.1%. For the market approach, the comparable peer companies were updated to include one recently public company in a related industry, and to eliminate another company that was determined to be less relevant. In addition, for the market approach, substantial weight was given to the OPM backsolve and lesser weight to a prior transaction analysis. The backsolve was based on the recent Series C financing using the option pricing method, because the recently concluded Series C financing transaction had been led by a new investor and was seen as a strong indicator of market value. In performing the backsolve in the option pricing method, equity value was adjusted until the Series C preferred stock was allocated an amount per share equal to the price at which it sold. The prior transaction analysis was based on a secondary transaction between three of our primary venture capital investors and our founders. In this transaction the venture capital investors purchased 1.55 million of shares of our common stock for $2.00 per share. Because all of the three venture capital investors have board representation, and collectively hold a near majority of our outstanding shares, and because the transaction was relatively small, the board of directors did not believe the transaction provided a strong indicator of fair value.

Based on the processes described above, our board of directors believed a 90% weight on the backsolve method and 10% weight on the prior transaction price was appropriate to determine the common stock value. For the backsolve method equity value was allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of three years, risk-free rate of 0.34%, dividend yield of 0.0% and annualized volatility of 59.4% over the time to a liquidity event. As a result, the fair value of our common stock, as determined by an OPM and prior transaction analysis and after applying a marketability discount of 35.0%, was determined to be not less than $1.16 per share, and our board of directors determined the fair market value to be $1.16 per share.

For financial reporting purposes, we determined that a per share value between the valuations of $1.16 per share as of May 9, 2013 and $1.38 per share as of September 30, 2013 would be appropriate. Accordingly, we determined a value per share of $1.32 to establish the fair value of our June and July 2013 awards.

 

67


Table of Contents

November 2013 Awards

We granted 1,318,500 options on November 11, 2013. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $1.38 per share for these options based in part on a valuation prepared as of September 30, 2013. The September 30, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis assuming our business was still in the expansion stage of development.

This valuation was developed using the income approach and market approach. For the income approach, the discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our cash flow projections for the years ending December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2023. These estimated future cash flows were discounted using a WACC of 33.0%. For the market approach, the comparable peer companies were updated to include four recently public companies in related industries, and to eliminate two companies included in the prior valuation that were seen as less relevant.

At the time of this valuation, the range of discrete events, specifically the IPO scenario, was becoming established; therefore, a hybrid method was utilized to estimate the fair value of our common stock during this period instead of the OPM approach as applied previously. The expected outcomes were weighted as follows: (1) 10% toward an IPO scenario; and (2) 90% toward remaining a private company (using the OPM method). We determined the appropriateness of the weighting of the expected outcome of the IPO by considering factors such as the planning stage we were in regarding the IPO, as well as a discount for general market factors. For example, during the September 30, 2013 valuation timing, our board of directors had begun considering our prospects for an IPO in 2014 or later, but had not yet decided to move forward with the IPO process. The IPO value assumed an IPO in the third quarter of 2014.

As a result, the fair value of our common stock, determined by the hybrid method and after applying a marketability discount of 39.0% for remaining a private company and 21.0% for the IPO scenario, was determined to be $1.38 per share. The increase in the fair value from the May 9, 2013 valuation was primarily due to our transition to the hybrid method, recognition that an IPO was becoming established as a potential outcome and reduction in the time to a liquidity event.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $1.38 per share as of September 30, 2013 and $3.55 per share as of December 31, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for these option awards granted during this period. We determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. Based on the straight-line calculation, we determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on November 11, 2013 of $2.71.

The December 31, 2013 valuation was developed using the income approach and market approach. For the income approach, the discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our cash flow projections for the years ending December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2024. These estimated future cash flows were discounted using a WACC of 33.1%. For the market approach, the comparable peer companies were updated to include three public companies in related industries, and to eliminate four companies included in the prior valuation that were seen as less relevant. This change is based on potential comparable companies identified by our investment bankers.

This valuation, like the September 30, 2013 valuation, was in part based upon a hybrid method instead of the OPM approach as applied in valuations prior to September 30, 2013. At the time of this valuation, the range of discrete events, specifically the IPO scenario, was becoming established; therefore, a hybrid method was utilized to estimate the fair value of our common stock during this period. The expected outcomes were weighted as follows: (1) 40% toward an IPO scenario; and (2) 60% toward remaining a private company (using the OPM method). We determined the appropriateness of the weighting of the expected outcome of the IPO by considering

 

68


Table of Contents

factors such as the stage we were in regarding the IPO, as well as a discount for general market factors. For example, during the December 31, 2013 valuation timing, our board of directors had authorized management to prepare the Company for an IPO including engaging investment bankers, conducting an organizational meeting and beginning drafting our registration statement. The IPO value assumed an IPO in the second quarter of 2014.

As a result, the fair value of our common stock, as determined by the hybrid method and after applying a marketability discount of 39.0% for remaining a private company and 14.0% for the IPO scenario, was determined to be $3.55 per share. The increase in the fair value from the September 30, 2013 valuation was primarily due to the recognition that an IPO was becoming more probable as a potential outcome and reduction in the time to a liquidity event. The fact that our investment bankers used a multiple of gross profit in their valuation guidance also increased value. We relied on a gross profit multiple to arrive at a value in the market approach, the IPO scenario and to determine a terminal value in the income approach.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

For web site development costs and development costs related to our platform, we follow authoritative guidance. This requires us to capitalize qualifying computer software costs which are incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred to research and development. Significant judgments are required in determining which project activities are subject to capitalization and at which point the application development stage begins. Based on these judgments and the authoritative guidance amounts subject to capitalization have historically been insignificant and accordingly, no amounts remain capitalized as of December 31, 2011 or 2012. We capitalized $0.6 million in internal-use software costs and website development costs during 2013, related to enhancements in our platform which are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization commences when the website or software for internal use is ready for its intended use and the amortization period is the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Amortization expense totaled $90,000 for 2013. Costs for research and development efforts have been expensed as incurred and relate primarily to personnel costs incurred in the development of our platform.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, under which deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for net operating loss, or NOL, and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce their deferred tax assets to the net amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We utilize a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. Recognition, step one, requires evaluation of the tax position to determine if based solely on technical merits it is more likely than not, or MLTN, to be sustained upon examination. The MLTN standard is met when the likelihood of occurrence is greater than 50%. Measurement, step two, is addressed only if step one is satisfied. In step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is MLTN to be realized upon ultimate settlement with tax authorities. If a position does not meet the MLTN threshold for recognition in step one, no benefit is recorded until the first subsequent period in with the MLTN standard is met, the issue is resolved with the tax authority, or the statute of limitations expires. Positions previously recognized are derecognized when we subsequently determine that the position is no longer MLTN to be sustained.

We recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes in income tax expense. As of the date of the consolidated financial statements, we were not aware of any pending income tax audits. Our tax years ended December 31, 2007 and forward are open for audit by federal, California, and New York tax authorities. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we have not recorded any liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

 

69


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. Our borrowings under notes payable and capital lease obligations are generally at fixed interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have limited foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the Australian dollar, the British pound and the Euro. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. Although we have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net loss as a result of transaction gains (losses) related to revaluing certain cash balances, trade accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we believe such a change will not have a material impact on our results of operations. As our international operations expand, our operating results may be more exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities would have on our results of operations.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We considered recent accounting pronouncements and determined that none were applicable in the period.

 

70


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

TubeMogul is an enterprise software company for digital branding. By reducing complexity, improving transparency and leveraging real-time data, our platform enables advertisers to gain greater control of their digital video advertising spend and achieve their brand advertising objectives.

Our customers plan, buy, measure and optimize their global digital video advertising spend from our self-serve platform. By integrating programmatic technologies and disparate sources of inventory within a single platform, we enable our customers to launch sophisticated, scalable digital video advertising campaigns — onto any digital device — within minutes. This is in contrast to the still prevailing and inefficient approach to media buying that occurs through a manual campaign-by-campaign request for proposal, or RFP, process, which often involves multiple digital advertising service providers.

Our customers primarily include brands, which generally refer to companies, or product lines within companies, that control advertising budgets for a single marketing brand, or group of marketing brands, and the advertising agencies that serve them. Agency trading desks, ad networks and publishers also use our platform. We refer to our customers and other businesses that are engaged in purchasing digital marketing as advertisers.

Our platform is integrated with many public digital video ad inventory sources, where individual ad impressions can be purchased dynamically utilizing real-time bidding technology, or RTB. Our platform automates the real-time purchase of video ad impressions based upon campaign objectives. Additionally, our customers can easily integrate the ad inventory they source directly from publishers and private exchanges. As a result, our platform enables holistic campaign management across public and private inventory using a single interface.

As consumers are increasingly watching video content on digital devices, advertisers are shifting more of their advertising spend from traditional TV to digital video. As a result, advertisers want to plan, buy and measure TV and digital video on an equivalent basis. Our platform enables advertisers to plan and buy digital video advertising using industry-standard metrics such as gross rating points, or GRPs, which are a measure of reach and frequency among a target audience, and verify the audience they reach using Nielsen reporting, thereby unifying the planning and measurement of TV and digital video campaigns.

Our platform measures key brand advertising metrics including brand lift, as measured by integrated brand surveys, as well as GRPs and engagement. As a result, advertisers can verify the success and impact of their digital video advertising campaigns by measuring the audience reached by the campaign, how the audience interacted with their advertisements and the impact the campaign had on the consumer’s perception of the brand. Using these real-time insights, our platform dynamically optimizes spend based upon brand advertising objectives set by the advertiser.

We offer advertisers unique visibility into the inventory they purchase, including enabling them to see video ad performance and viewability at any dimension of a campaign. Our platform also includes a suite of brand safety technologies designed to prevent unacceptable ad placements and to detect and block sites with inappropriate content, auto-play ad placements or fraudulent bot-driven traffic.

We make our platform available through two offerings: Platform Direct, which allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns through a self-serve model, and Platform Services, which allows advertisers to specify campaign objectives and have our team execute on their behalf using our platform. For 2013, campaigns were executed through our platform for over 2,000 brands, usually through an agency but in some cases directly. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our total revenue was $15.7 million, $34.2 million and $57.2 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 91%, and Total Spend through our platform was $17.8 million, $53.8 million, and $111.9 million, respectively, representing a CAGR of 151%. We define Total Spend as the aggregate gross dollar volume that our Platform Direct customers and Platform Services customers spend through our platform, which includes cost of media purchases and our fees.

 

71


Table of Contents

Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using Total Spend as a financial measure and for reconciliations of Total Spend and revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our gross margin was 48%, 52% and 66%, respectively. For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net loss was $4.1 million, $3.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively, with our net loss for 2013 representing a 108% increase compared to 2012.

Market Overview

The global advertising market is large, totaling $490 billion in 2013, according to MAGNA GLOBAL, a strategic global media company. Given the importance of branding to maintain and improve differentiation, market share and pricing power, a significant portion of these dollars are spent on brand advertising. Brands rely on use the sight, sound and motion of advertising video to establish an emotional connection with consumers that is critical to branding. Brands have primarily utilized traditional TV advertising to deliver video messages to the large audiences they require. As a result, the traditional TV market is the largest advertising market segment, reaching $197.0 billion globally in 2013, which is estimated to grow to $244.9 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 6%, according to MAGNA GLOBAL.

While TV advertising represents the largest single portion of today’s advertising spend, consumers are shifting their consumption of media content from analog mediums, such as TV, print and radio, to digital mediums such as websites and mobile applications. Consumers expect to be able to view digital media content seamlessly across multiple digital devices, including computers, tablets, smartphones and connected TVs. Based on various industry publications, consumers used over 500 million smartphones, tablets and connected TVs in 2011 and we expect this number to exceed 1.8 billion by 2015. In 2013, the average time spent with digital media per day will exceed the time spent on TV and the average time spent on mobile devices will exceed time spent on desktops during 2013, according to eMarketer.

Recognizing this trend, brands are increasingly shifting their advertising spend to digital mediums. The majority of digital advertising spend to date has been directed to search and display advertising to achieve direct response objectives. Direct response advertising is designed to optimize the delivery of ads to increase ‘conversions’ or the action the viewer takes after seeing the ad, such as visiting a website, filling out a form or making an online purchase. However, direct response advertising does not serve the needs of brand advertisers who want to reach and persuade their target audiences and track the impact on consumer perceptions of their brand. As a result, brands are increasingly seeking to use digital video advertising channels for their brand advertising campaigns. This form of advertising allows brands to establish emotional connections with viewers by presenting powerful messages to consumers on whatever digital device they choose to view content. Further, as consumers watch video content on websites and within mobile applications, they create a record of their demographic, behavioral and socioeconomic data. By leveraging this data, brands are able to more effectively target the right audience, with the right message, on the right screen at the right time. MAGNA GLOBAL estimates that brands will increase their spending on digital video advertising globally from $8.3 billion in 2013 to $22.5 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 28%.

As brands shift advertising spend to digital mediums, they encounter increasing complexity in executing their digital video advertising campaigns. Brands, their agencies and other entities, which we refer to as advertisers, generally need to use dozens of digital advertising service providers to execute a campaign. These service providers include the many sources of inventory available to advertisers, such as public ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, private marketplaces, ad networks and direct premium publishers, as well as providers of specific technologies, including ad serving, ad verification, data management, brand safety, rich media, audience data and analytics. Brands have traditionally relied on media agencies to allocate their spend to these service providers on a campaign-by-campaign basis through individual requests for proposal, or RFPs. This has resulted in a complex, fragmented and inefficient system.

 

72


Table of Contents

Software’s Impact on Brand Advertising

Over the last two decades, enterprise software solutions, such as enterprise resource planning, customer relationship management and human capital management, have transformed many business processes. More recently, cloud-based solutions have reduced operating costs, increased scalability, and provided better data for decision making. Largely because software solutions that address the complexities of digital video advertising are in the early stages of development, brand marketers within large corporations have not yet realized the benefits that enterprise software solutions can offer.

While adoption of comprehensive enterprise software solutions for digital video advertising is in its early stages, there has been rapid growth in the use of technology to buy and sell digital video advertising inventory. This technology, which is generally referred to as programmatic, includes RTB where advertisers bid in real-time in hundredths of a second for the right to serve an ad to a particular consumer. The adoption of programmatic technology has been driven by the opportunity to apply the massive amounts of data, or big data, collected by brands and third parties to improve the performance of digital marketing campaigns.

To date, programmatic technology has been primarily applied to display advertising campaigns with direct response objectives. MAGNA GLOBAL estimates that, as a percentage of the U.S. digital display-related advertising transactions market, U.S. programmatic transactions will increase from 53% in 2013 to 83% in 2017. More recently, brands and their agencies have begun to adopt programmatic tools for video advertising campaigns with branding objectives. In 2013, video advertising spend transacted using RTB in the U.S. was projected to be $686 million and is expected to grow 66% in 2014 to $1.1 billion, according to Forrester Research, an independent research firm.

Challenges of Video Advertising for Brands

As the digital video advertising market continues to develop and grow, advertisers are seeking alternatives to the highly manual, repetitive and uncoordinated processes that they have historically used to plan, execute and measure their digital video advertising campaigns. However, they continue to face several specific challenges including:

 

   

Fragmented and Manual System for Buying Digital Media. Compared to the number of national broadcast networks and cable networks on traditional TV, tens of thousands of digital publishers sell digital video advertising inventory. Digital publishers typically offer their premium inventory directly to advertisers, then make remaining inventory available through many service providers, including ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, and ad networks. Advertisers need to reach audiences on many websites to achieve campaign goals, and must do so across many types of digital devices. Advertisers also typically engage in repetitive manual RFP processes with multiple sources of inventory to select the video advertising inventory suitable to reach their target audience, resulting in significant inefficiencies.

 

   

Challenging to Integrate and Leverage Multiple Technology Providers. Advertisers need multiple technologies to execute digital video advertising campaigns, such as ad serving, ad verification, data management, brand safety, rich media, audience data and analytics technologies. However, these technologies are generally offered by different providers and it is difficult for advertisers to make these technologies work well together. This impedes campaign performance, increases costs and lowers efficiency.

 

   

Limited Options for Advertisers to Manage and Control Entire Buying Process . Current service providers do not allow advertisers to manage, control and optimize digital video campaigns using a self-serve model. Instead, to reach audiences across thousands of websites, advertisers are often forced to purchase inventory through media aggregators, which generally do not allow advertisers to choose the websites on which their ads run, make adjustments during the course of a given campaign, or obtain the performance data necessary to evaluate and improve ongoing campaign decision making.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

TV Advertising and Digital Video Advertising are Purchased and Measured Differently. Traditional TV remains an important medium to reach consumers with brand messages. To date, TV and digital advertising campaigns have been executed separately and measured by different metrics, leading to inefficiencies. The separate processes and metrics make it difficult to effectively plan and measure video campaigns focused on reaching targeted audiences across TV and digital channels.

 

   

Advertising Service Providers Have Conflicting Interests and Offer Limited Inventory and Economic Transparency. Many digital video advertising service providers offer services to both advertisers and publishers. These service providers typically purchase advertising inventory directly from publishers and resell it to advertisers seeking to purchase the same inventory. This model can create conflicting interests. In particular, when fulfilling campaigns, such service providers may have an economic incentive to favor their own inventory, over equally effective or superior inventory that is otherwise available. Further, it may be in the interests of these service providers to not disclose to the advertiser the sites on which their video advertising campaigns are shown or their cost to purchase that inventory.

 

   

Difficult to Measure Return on Investment. As consumers increasingly view content through a broader range of devices and channels, it is difficult for brands to verify a number of objectives important to brand advertising, such as reach and frequency among a target audience, engagement and brand lift.

 

   

Challenging to Deploy and Manage Global Campaigns. Advertisers often seek to reach and impact a global consumer base by launching targeted video advertising campaigns across multiple countries simultaneously. Managing video advertising campaigns globally is currently a costly and inefficient process requiring brands to contract with multiple agencies, ad exchanges, ad networks, supply-side platforms, publishers and technology providers.

 

   

Difficult to Identify and Eliminate Undesired Ad Placements and Fraudulent Traffic. Given the emerging nature of the digital video advertising market, there are few standards and tools to categorize various types of digital video ad placements. For example, a video ad that requires a consumer to initiate a video is more valuable than a video ad that plays automatically in a display, or banner, space, but some providers do not make a distinction or deliberately conflate the two placements. Advertisers also have limited control over the content alongside which their ad is placed, which is critical to brands, and whether each ad placement is viewable by the consumer. Finally, advertisers are also concerned with the increasing proportion of fraudulent web traffic that is generated by computers, or bots, resulting in advertisers paying for impressions that are not viewed by consumers.

Our Solution

We enable advertisers to plan, buy, measure and optimize global video advertising spend from a single platform. Our platform incorporates our proprietary programmatic technologies, including RTB, automated optimization and advanced audience targeting capabilities, and integrates key third-party technologies. Through an intuitive user interface, our customers are able to control and automate advertising spend across the various sources of inventory, including inventory acquired directly from individual publishers, to reach targeted audiences across digital devices at any time. In addition, by using a single platform, our customers benefit from comprehensive, real-time reporting that is comparable across sources of inventory, geographies, digital devices and ad formats. We make our cloud-based platform available through two offerings: Platform Direct, which allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns through a self-serve model, and Platform Services, which allows advertisers to specify campaign objectives and have our team execute on their behalf using our platform.

 

   

Integrated Software Platform. Our platform integrates with over 30 third-party technology providers who offer specific technologies for digital video campaigns. For example, we integrate with data management platforms to enhance audience targeting and reporting, with video rich media providers to enhance ad formats, and with contextual data providers to enhance brand safety. By using our platform, advertisers can utilize a single control interface that integrates with best-of-breed third-party technology suppliers for campaign execution.

 

74


Table of Contents
   

Designed for Self-Serve Model. Through our Platform Direct offering, our platform is accessible using a cloud-based, self-serve model. Our Platform Direct customers have full control and transparency over their digital video advertising spend. Our intuitive user interface enables advertisers to manage an unlimited number of campaigns simultaneously on a single platform, thereby reducing cost, complexity and inefficiencies caused by intermediaries. During 2013, our Platform Direct customers launched over 5,500 global campaigns.

 

   

Enable TV Advertisers to Buy Digital Video. Our platform enables TV advertisers to buy digital video advertising using industry standard metrics such as GRPs, and verify the audience they reach using integrated Nielsen reporting, thereby unifying the planning and measurement of TV and digital video advertising campaigns and improving efficiencies.

 

   

Independent and Transparent Buy-Side Positioning. We have built our business to serve only buyers of digital video advertising. We generally do not take an economic interest in the inventory that customers can access through our platform and as a result, we do not have an incentive to favor specific inventory when fulfilling campaigns. We show our customers the specific sites where ads are displayed and our Platform Direct customers can see the price they pay for the media. We charge our Platform Direct customers a fee as a percentage of their spend, providing them with greater economic transparency.

 

   

Verifies and Measures Campaign Performance and Brand Lift. Our platform enables advertisers to verify audience reach and engagement and measure the impact of a video ad campaign on consumers through our integrated brand survey module. Our reporting is made available for multiple dimensions of a campaign, including by video ad, ad format, website and mobile application.

 

   

Purpose-Built for Global Video Advertising. Our platform has been designed for brands to manage and execute global digital video campaigns using a single integrated workflow. Although substantially all of our revenue to date has been generated from English language countries, we currently enable campaigns in over 70 countries and our platform is currently available in four languages and supports 11 currencies. By providing access to inventory and targeting data across many countries, we enable brands to launch global campaigns without the need for additional service providers.

 

   

Integrated Brand Safety Tools. Our platform includes a suite of technologies designed to prevent unacceptable ad placements. Our platform detects, categorizes and blocks sites with inappropriate content, fraudulent bot-driven traffic and auto-play ad placements. We integrate technology that scans the content of individual web pages prior to an ad being served to ensure the content is appropriate for the brand.

Our Strengths

We believe the following attributes and capabilities provide us with long-term competitive advantages:

 

   

Focused on Software-based Solutions for Brands. Our platform offers advertisers a robust and comprehensive solution for digital branding, which we believe differentiates our offerings from those of our competitors. We work to continuously improve our platform to provide our customers with the necessary capabilities to meet their evolving brand advertising objectives.

 

   

Empower Customers through Our Self-Serve Model. Our Platform Direct customers have direct access to our platform which enables them to execute their own strategies for their digital video advertising spend. As a result of the performance and functionality of our platform, we believe many of our customers rely on our platform for a significant and growing portion of their digital video advertising spend. These self-serve customers are highly engaged. For example, they attend and provide input at our various weekly webinars, TubeMogul University customers conferences, and quarterly business and roadmap updates to provide ongoing feedback to our product teams and management.

 

   

Product Built for Global Opportunity . Our platform is built for managing and executing global advertising campaigns. In addition, our intuitive user interface enables geographically dispersed

 

75


Table of Contents
 

personnel within a global organization to work together seamlessly with an auditable workflow. We have operations in many large advertising markets. For 2013, 33% of our revenue was generated from customers with billing addresses outside of the U.S.

 

   

Industry Pioneer . We believe we were the first to deliver a programmatic digital video advertising platform designed exclusively for advertisers, and as a result, we believe we have developed a deep expertise and a strong reputation in our market. Additionally, we demonstrate thought leadership through industry initiatives such as founding the OpenVideoViewability consortium and creating the first education and certification program for programmatic video. 

 

   

Attractive and Scalable Financial Model . We are able to scale our operations in a highly efficient manner with our Platform Direct offering. Because our Platform Direct offering allows advertisers to continuously run campaigns on a self-serve basis, we require fewer sales resources following initial sales and, therefore, our sales expense tends to represent a lesser portion of follow-on Platform Direct Spend.

 

   

Experienced Team. We are a founder-led software company that has been focused on developing innovative software solutions for digital video since we were founded in 2007. The extensive industry and technology experience of our management team has allowed us to create and maintain a culture of innovation at every level of the company.

Our Strategy

We believe that the digital video advertising market is in the early stages of a significant shift toward enterprise software solutions that address the complexities of digital brand advertising. We intend to capitalize on this opportunity by pursuing the following key growth strategies.

 

   

Expand Our Customer Base. Our global sales force is focused on growing the number of our customers, particularly our Platform Direct customers. To increase our global market share, we continue to invest in training and other initiatives to increase the productivity of our sales personnel. We increased the size of our sales force by approximately 70% in 2013 and we plan to selectively add to our sales force.

 

   

Increase Our Share of Our Customers’ Video Advertising Spend . We continue to add features and functionality to our platform that encourage customers to consolidate, and ultimately increase, their digital video advertising spend on our platform. Our customers support team trains and educates our Platform Direct customers on these new features and identifies opportunities to capture an increased share of advertising spend from our existing customers.

 

   

Migrate Platform Services Customers to Platform Direct . We plan to continue to focus on educating our Platform Services customers about the benefits of our Platform Direct solution. Using our Platform Direct solution, customers are frequently able to save fifty percent of the fees exclusive of media costs that they would typically pay using our Platform Services solution. Using the self-service features of our Platform Direct solution, customers gain increased control over the execution of their campaigns and increased transparency into impression-level economics as compared to traditional insertion order based purchasing. We believe that an increased migration to our Platform Direct solution will ultimately increase the number of recurring campaigns and size of advertising spend on our platform and as a result, increase our gross profit.

 

   

Expand into TV Brand Advertising. We plan to expand into the TV advertising market by continuing to build technologies that are relevant to brands that have traditionally advertised on TV. As the advertising industry evolves and new mediums are used by TV advertisers, we intend to continue to develop our platform with the goal of enabling TV advertisers to reach audiences wherever video advertisements are shown.

 

   

Continue to Innovate. We intend to continue to make substantial investments in our platform by introducing enhancements and new features and functionality that position us to capture a larger share

 

76


Table of Contents
 

of new market opportunities. In addition to improving our algorithms and underlying software, we also intend to continue to invest in ways of extracting greater value from the data we collect for the benefit of our customers. We believe these investments will enhance our value proposition for both existing and prospective customers.

 

   

Extend Global Footprint . To best support our global advertisers, we plan to utilize our cloud-based architecture to expand our international presence in a cost-effective manner.

Our Customers

Our customers include many of the world’s leading advertisers. For example, during 2013, advertising for 67 advertisers listed on the 2012 AdAge Top 100 U.S. Brands was placed through our platform. Our Platform Direct customers primarily consist of brands, agencies, agency trading desks, ad networks and publishers. Our Platform Services customers are primarily composed of media agencies working on behalf of brand advertisers. For 2013, we had 208 Platform Direct Clients and we had 157 Platform Services customers that had Total Spend of at least $10,000 through our platform. For this purpose, all branches of a single entity are considered a single Platform Services customer.

There were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. For this purpose, we define a Platform Direct customer as one which operates under a distinct contract with us for our Platform Direct offering and we define a Platform Services customer as one which has provided an insertion order and has a distinct billing address. Branches or divisions of an advertiser that operate under distinct contracts are generally considered as separate customers. In particular, we treat as separate customers different groups within global advertising agencies if they are based in different jurisdictions or with respect to which we have negotiated and manage separate contractual relationships.

The following case studies are reports from the customers identified below illustrating how these customers have been able to benefit from our Platform Direct and Platform Services offerings.

Lenovo

Situation:  Lenovo wanted to scale its digital video advertising initiatives across four continents — requiring the brand, creative and media teams to manage a complex RFP process involving a multitude of vendors. As Lenovo’s digital advertising efforts broadened, it became increasingly difficult to manage the process and gain economic and performance visibility across its global initiatives.

Solution:  With our Platform Direct solution, Lenovo has been able to manage all open marketplace media buys through a centralized platform, reducing the amount of vendors to manage. Lenovo has been able to obtain real-time insight into campaign costs and performance globally, allowing for dynamic refinements to media and targeting data throughout each campaign.

Result :

 

   

Lenovo reduced their cost per completed view by 67% during the first four months of using our Platform Direct offering;

 

   

Automated optimization led to significant improvements in campaign results;

 

   

Lenovo’s brand and media teams freed to shift time from managing the RFP process to planning future initiatives; and

 

   

Overall improved performance per spend based on brand awareness and purchase intent goals.

 

77


Table of Contents

IKON

Situation:  A leading restaurant chain presented Australian agency IKON Communications with the challenge of competing for market presence with a fraction of the media spend of its competitors. The chain primarily spent on traditional TV, but at certain reach and frequency goals, costs on TV alone increased significantly for each percent of incremental reach. IKON wanted to show that pairing TV with digital video advertising was the most cost-effective way to drive incremental reach of TV activity and wanted to measure the impact on brand metrics when TV and digital video were used together.

Solution:  Based on increasing digital video consumption, and with limited use of digital video by competitors, IKON proposed a plan to invest in digital video advertising in addition to their TV advertising. Surveys deployed as part of the digital video advertising campaign managed on our platform measured consumer sentiment during the brand’s online and offline advertising initiatives — including ad recall, brand awareness, favorability and purchase intent.

Result :

 

   

Delivered 5% incremental reach beyond their TV campaign over the course of their advertising campaign;

 

   

6% lift in purchase intent above their control group from digital advertising; and

 

   

17% lift in purchase intent above their control group when digital advertising and TV advertising used in combination.

Targeted Victory

Situation: Targeted Victory is a leading digital agency focused on politically related advertising. For the 2012 presidential campaign, Targeted Victory needed to quickly reallocate video spend based upon daily results, which was difficult to accomplish utilizing multiple video sources.

Solution: Targeted Victory centralized its entire video spend, including accessing inventory on advertising networks such as Undertone and YuMe, on our platform. They also integrated their custom audience data into our platform.

Result :

 

   

Lowered media costs by an average of 28% during October 2012 relative to the video advertising providers they used prior to adopting our platform.

Harmelin

Situation:  Harmelin Media is the largest independent full service media planning and buying agency in Pennsylvania. Harmelin manages over $150 million in regional television advertising for customers including Philadelphia Ford Dealer Association and Blue Diamond Growers. To help drive successful business outcomes for its customers, Harmelin developed a TV/Digital convergence video solution and needed a buying platform to consolidate investment, streamline workflow, and improve video campaign measurement and insights. One of Harmelin’s strategic goals for 2014 is to migrate third-party video advertising network spend to Harmelin’s new in-house programmatic buying team.

Solution:  Our BrandPoint digital GRP planning and buying tools provide Harmelin with an intuitive solution to plan, buy, measure and optimize digital video in a comparable way to TV.

 

78


Table of Contents

Result:  

 

   

Our extensive reach in smaller regional TV markets provides Harmelin necessary scale; and

 

   

Harmelin is able to consolidate more than a dozen various digital video vendors on our platform.

Cadreon Australia

Situation:  Cadreon is the programmatic buying unit for the Interpublic Group of Companies, or IPG. Utilizing various software and manual solutions for different parts of Cadreon’s video business was becoming increasingly inefficient. Cadreon Australia utilized our platform for video RTB buying but also wanted to streamline the management of its direct buys with premium publishers.

Solution:  With our BrandAccess programmatic direct module, Cadreon Australia automated its direct buy process and centralized all video planning, buying and execution within our platform. Cadreon Australia media traders can now access video RTB inventory as well as inventory from premium publishers like Yahoo!7, Ninemsn and Fairfax Digital within a single platform.

Result:

 

   

Cadreon Australia has realized significant time savings in planning, buying, measuring and optimizing their digital video advertising campaigns;

 

   

Increased campaign performance including viewability and audience on-target rate; and

 

   

Seen significant growth in part by enabling its staff to focus on strategic and value-add tasks by automating its media buying.

Our Platform

Our platform integrates the various technology components and digital video ad inventory sources required to enable advertisers to manage and execute digital video advertising globally. Our platform is cloud-based and accessed using a simple and intuitive user interface. The components are organized into the three phases of managing a campaign: campaign planning, campaign execution and campaign measurement. In addition, we offer specific modules as part of our BrandSuite that integrate various platform components to create distinct solutions for our customers. The following graphic illustrates these components of our platform:

 

LOGO

 

79


Table of Contents

User Interface

Our user interface simplifies the video ad buying process and enables advertisers to launch sophisticated video campaigns in minutes. Each feature of the interface has been designed with the user in mind and offers an intuitive approach to planning campaigns, buying impressions, optimizing spend and measuring campaign effectiveness.

 

LOGO

Campaign Planning

Customers access the information critical for campaign planning and then select the campaign parameters they require. Our interface dynamically predicts available inventory levels based on the targeting options and video ad formats selected by the customers.

Global Inventory

Using our platform, customers can access inventory across both public and private sources of inventory, on desktop, mobile and connected TV devices, in over 70 countries. We display inventory availability by publisher and ad format, enabling our customers to plan campaigns more effectively.

 

   

Public Inventory Sources. Through public ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, publishers and ad networks, our platform is estimated to reach 96% of all U.S. Internet users and over 60% of global Internet users, according to comScore Media Metrix, November 2013. We connect with a large number of video ad exchanges, including all major exchanges, offering advertisers the ability to bid on an average of over 13 billion video ad impression auctions per day. In addition, our TubeMogul Select offering allows access to inventory from super premium publishers that only make their inventory available to limited high quality advertisers.

 

   

Private Inventory Sources. Many publishers seek to control their premium inventory and offer it directly to advertisers. Using our BrandAccess module, advertisers can establish an automated connection to inventory they buy directly from premium publishers using our platform. By consolidating private inventory onto our platform, customers benefit from integrated planning, buying and reporting for their entire video buy. This provides customers with a more streamlined workflow, consistent application of targeting data and optimization across sources of inventory.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Audience Targeting

Our platform offers advertisers control over multiple targeting parameters to enable them to deliver video campaigns to their desired audiences. Targeting options that can be selected include first- and third-party audience data, site-level contextual targeting, keyword topic targeting, global geo targeting, device, operating system, day of week and time of day.

Ad Formats and Rich Media

There are many different ways to present video advertising on digital devices and we enable access to inventory across video ad formats including: pre-roll, in-banner (user-initiated), social, mobile, tablet and connected TV. An ad configurator within our platform allows simple and rapid creation of interactive creative elements, such as call-to-action animations, banner overlays or social network sharing buttons.

Campaign Execution

Our powerful, real-time optimization and decisioning engine helps enhance brand advertising performance while at the same time focusing on brand safety.

Media Buying

Our platform automates impression buying and ad serving for campaigns. Based on budget and targeting parameters set in the planning module, our platform continually evaluates impressions across sources of inventory and dynamically bids for each impression. When an auction is won, the platform serves the ad to the publisher site to be displayed to the user. The entire process typically takes less than 0.25 seconds.

Decisioning and Optimizing

Our platform enables customers to purchase the “best” impression each time according to the audience targeting criteria established in the campaign planning phase. Each second, our platform evaluates as many as 150,000 ad impressions, determines which impressions would be desirable for our customers, based on their targeting criteria, and bids accordingly.

 

81


Table of Contents

In addition to the decisions made on each bid for an ad impression, our platform continually evaluates which of the criteria are delivering the best performance and then automatically makes adjustments to the bidding strategy to help maximize overall campaign performance.

Fraudulent Placements and Brand Safety

Using site, page and player safety technology, our platform is designed to screen and block sites with objectionable content, in-banner auto-play ad placements and fraudulent bot-driven traffic, with the goal of ensuring that ad placements are consistent with campaign objectives. Our multi-layered approach for protecting brand equity includes manual site screening and categorizing of websites according to content quality, combined with technology that assesses page and placement level content.

Campaign Measurement

We reduce the complexity typically associated with video ad buys by offering a unified view of advertising performance across the campaign for all sources of inventory. Comprehensive and granular site, audience and video level analytics are delivered in real-time across all sources of inventory accessed through our platform.

Audience Verification

We enable advertisers to compare the reach and frequency of their digital and TV campaigns with a common GRP metric through our integration with Nielsen reporting. In addition, our audience analytics help brands gain valuable insights into the types of consumers they reach with information about age, gender and other relevant demographic traits that are important to advertisers.

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

Brand Metrics

We offer our proprietary integrated brand survey module that enables advertisers to understand the impact of a campaign with survey-based measurement of brand awareness, favorability, purchase intent and other metrics. We also support major third-party brand survey providers.

Video Analytics

We provide transparent, site-by-site video analytics that enable advertisers to measure the effectiveness of their campaigns. Detailed information on how viewers are consuming videos includes real-time tracking and analysis for metrics such as viewed minutes, completion rates, playtime per view, social shares and geo tracking down to the city level.

Viewability Measurement

We offer viewability reporting that enables advertisers to determine whether their ads were viewed based upon 11 metrics including viewable impressions, viewability rate, viewable completions and player size. Our viewability reporting is based on OpenVideoView, an open source software technology originally developed by us. We founded the OpenVideoView consortium, which is currently supported by over 20 industry members.

BrandSuite

To supplement the various phases of our campaign management platform, we offer our BrandSuite collection of software modules. These modules include:

BrandAccess

BrandAccess enables advertisers to automate direct buys of inventory from premium publishers and other sources of inventory, including ad networks. With BrandAccess, our customers benefit from improved on-target audience delivery and viewability reporting across all the sources of video inventory they utilize.

 

83


Table of Contents

BrandPoint

BrandPoint provides a simple solution for advertisers that want to plan, buy and measure digital video based on GRPs. By mirroring broadcast buying practices — such as the ability to target by demographic criteria and desired GRPs — advertisers can execute digital video campaigns in a comparable way to TV. BrandPoint is built on proprietary audience modeling technology that is designed to continually learn and adjust automatically over time and includes integrated Nielsen-verified reporting.

 

LOGO

BrandSafe

BrandSafe is our multi-layered approach to protect brand equity that is part of our core platform and includes:

SiteSafe . Every site that is available on our platform has been manually screened and categorized into a 3-Tier structure by site quality. Advertisers have complete control over which tiers they are comfortable running on and are able to select sites before, and even during, a campaign.

PageSafe . PageSafe examines the content of individual web pages and determines if they contain objectionable content. This technology is integrated into our real-time buying process, so we can block ads before they are served on pages with offensive content. Pages are categorized into safety ratings (G, PG-13, PG, R) and topics that may be objectionable to the advertiser, such as alcohol, tobacco or adult content, and advertisers can select the safety rating and topics on which they want to avoid running ads.

PlaySafe . PlaySafe prevents in-banner auto-play video ads from running within display banners on low quality sites. We manually identify and categorize these placements on the platform and run PlaySafe technology to detect ad unit and video player size.

 

84


Table of Contents

BrandSights

BrandSights is an integrated survey module that enables advertisers to gather insights in real-time. In the same way video campaigns are set up and managed on our platform, BrandSights enables customers to easily create, target and launch customized surveys to measure brand awareness, favorability and purchase intent.

 

LOGO

Customer Service, Support and Training

We offer a full-service campaign management solution that runs on our platform for those advertisers seeking to transact on a campaign-by-campaign basis using our Platform Services team. This team utilizes our platform to execute campaigns according to customer specifications. Our sales and support teams respond to RFP’s, execute campaigns and provide periodic reporting.

As part of our Platform Direct offering, we provide a dedicated customer support team to our customers. This team assists customers with advanced campaign setup and execution as needed. This team also educates customers on the benefits of our platform and provides training to customers to enable them to extract the most value from our platform. We also have a dedicated training team that designs the training curriculum, manages our extensive “Help Wiki” that customers can access via our platform, and runs the certification program we offer our customers to verify their skill level in using our platform.

Technology and Infrastructure

Our platform is the result of a significant and sustained financial investment over seven years of research and engineering efforts. Our product and research and development organizations are responsible for the design, development and testing of our platform. We are committed to continuous innovation and rapid introduction of new technologies, features and functionality that bring value to our customers.

Core elements of the platform include:

 

   

Scalable Big Data Architecture. Our platform is composed of scalable and flexible services built from proprietary and open-source technologies. On a daily basis, the platform reviews billions of ad

 

85


Table of Contents
 

opportunities and runs over 10 terabytes of queries on this data. Our platform infrastructure is a hybrid of cloud services and collocated facilities in six global data centers across three continents.

 

   

Real-Time Bidding. On average, our real-time bidding technology evaluates more than 13 billion ad opportunities per day, with each ad opportunity evaluated in less than approximately 50 milliseconds. Our core bidding technology utilizes adapters that allow it to communicate in the format required by different sources of inventory. This allows our platform to easily adapt to a variety of inventory formats, including across channels such as mobile and connected TV.

 

   

User Demographics Predictive Models. Our machine learning team leverages the massive data sets captured by our platform to build predictive models around user demographic attributes to maximize alignment with Nielsen Online Campaign Ratings and/or Comscore Validated Campaign Essentials, the primary third-party verification services for the digital video advertising industry. Data from our platform is continually fed back into these models, which are reconstructed daily, and improve with engagement with consumers.

 

   

Optimization. During campaign execution, the optimization engine continually scores a variety of attributes of each impression, such as website, industry vertical or geography, for their likelihood to achieve campaign performance goals. Our real-time bidding engine then shifts budget in real-time to those delivering the most optimal performance. Our platform enables customers to set multiple, simultaneous optimization goals.

 

   

Video Ad Serving. Our platform includes a robust, globally-distributed video ad server capable of low-latency delivery of digital video ads onto digital devices. The ad server supports uploading video files, transcoding files into the required format and rendering custom interactive components.

 

   

Real-Time Analytics. Data is collected regarding inventory available for ad opportunities for continuous assessment of the availability of advertising inventory and the associated costs of that inventory. In addition, real-time campaign delivery and spend totals are used to manage campaign budgets and goal caps, as well as for campaign reporting. All collected data is fed back into the optimization engine to improve campaign performance, and into machine-learning models for user demographic predictive modeling.

 

   

World-Class User Interface. A self-serve user interface provides a robust and intuitive set of campaign workflow management, data reporting and visualization tools, ensuring video advertising campaigns can be easily managed by our broad customer set. User experience and interface design have been paramount in designing an interface that is as simple as most consumer products.

 

   

Partner Integrations. Our platform is integrated with over 300 sources of inventory and dozens of data management platforms and data exchanges, making thousands of targeting segments available for reaching a desired audience through our platform. Our platform incorporates numerous third-party ad servers, ad verification services, survey vendors and other third-party campaign tools to streamline various campaign execution processes.

The technical infrastructure for our platform is currently primarily managed through third-party web hosting services providers, or third-party service providers, and to a limited extent our own servers which are located at a third-party data center facility. We do not have long term agreements with these service providers and the operator of the data center facility.

Our research and development expenses were $3.8 million, $7.4 million and $11.8 million for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Sales

Our global sales force is focused on growing the number of our customers, particularly our Platform Direct customers. We grew our sales force over 70% in 2013 and as of December 31, 2013, our sales team included 63 employees. We plan to selectively add to our sales force. Our Platform Direct sales team sells our enterprise software solution to customers who want to directly manage and execute their digital video advertising initiatives. These customers include brands, agencies, agency trading desks, ad networks, and publishers seeking to augment their own inventory to satisfy their campaign commitments. Platform Direct sales are complex and difficult to complete. Prospective customers generally consider a number of factors at a senior level and over an extended period of time. Our Platform Direct sales team seeks to build relationships with senior-level decision makers, usually vice president and above at these organizations, and focuses their efforts on informing prospective customers about the value our platform offers. Our Platform Services team primarily addresses media agencies working on behalf of brand advertisers who prefer a fully managed service solution and typically purchase through an RFP and insertion order process. Our Platform Services team includes salespeople and the account managers who execute and optimize campaigns on our customers’ behalf.

Marketing

Our marketing activities are focused on increasing awareness of our brand, executing thought-leadership initiatives, supporting our direct sales team and generating new advertiser leads. We seek to accomplish these objectives by presenting at industry conferences, hosting customer conferences, publishing white papers and research, public relations, social media, and executing integrated advertising campaigns that include direct e-mail, digital advertising, webinars and blog posts.

We host three annual customer conferences, known as TubeMogul University, in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. We offer 2-3 days of education, training and other activities at these conferences. We believe these events have increased our profile in each region, developed our reputation as a thought-leader in the industry and helped to solidify relationships with customers.

Employees and Culture

As of December 31, 2013 we had 232 worldwide employees, 38 of which are located outside of the United States. Our engineering and product teams reside within our Emeryville, California headquarters. We have 55 engineering and product employees, many with backgrounds in big data, machine-learning and distributed systems. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our employee relations are good and we have never experienced any work stoppages.

We have a strong, founder-led culture that is cultivated and sustained through highly coordinated training and performance management. We have received many industry awards, including the 2013 ASPY Award for Best Customer Service.

Competition

The market to provide programmatic solutions for digital video brand advertising is at an early stage of development. As such, this market is rapidly evolving and highly competitive, subject to changing technology, branding objectives and customer demands. We compete primarily with companies developing solutions to automate the purchase of video advertising impressions across multiple sources of inventory. We also compete with other companies that address certain aspects of the digital video advertising market, including demand-side platforms and video-focused ad networks, and in-house tools and custom solutions currently used by brand advertisers and their agencies and by publishers to manage advertising activities. In addition, we compete for advertising spend with large entities that offer digital video advertising services as part of a larger solution for

 

87


Table of Contents

digital media buying. In the future, we may compete with companies developing comprehensive marketing platforms. Other companies that offer analytics, mediation, exchange or other third-party specific technologies may also compete with us. As our platform evolves and we introduce new technologies, features and functionality of our platform, we may become subject to additional competition. Some of our current and prospective competitors in the broader digital advertising market have substantially greater resources and longer histories than us in the digital advertising space, may actively seek to serve our market and have the power to significantly change the nature of the marketplace to their advantage. These companies could develop and offer new solutions that directly compete with ours or leverage their position to make changes to their existing platforms that could be disadvantageous to our competitive position.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the availability of brand-focused tools and an easy to use user interface, the capability to enable advertisers to effectively reach target audiences, multi-device campaign execution capability, buy-side positioning, proven and scalable technologies, relationships with leading brand advertisers and their respective agencies and brand awareness and reputation. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors and are well-positioned as a provider of a digital video brand advertising software platform.

Intellectual Property

The protection of our technology and intellectual property is an important component of our success. We rely on intellectual property laws, including trade secret, copyright, trademark and patent laws in the United States and abroad, and use contracts, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements and other contractual rights to protect our intellectual property.

As of December 31, 2013, we held one issued US patent, which expires in 2028 and had filed 6 non-provisional patent applications and one provisional patent application in the United States. In addition, we maintain a trademark portfolio including common law trademarks and trademark applications pending in the United States, Canada and the European Union, and with the World Intellectual Property Organization.

Circumstances outside of our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other countries in which we provide our solution. In addition, the efforts we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business, our ability to compete and harm our operating results. In addition, as the number of competitors grows and solutions of competitors overlap, we may in the future face claims by third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. In the future, we, or our customers, may be the subject of legal proceedings alleging that our solutions or underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others.

Privacy and Government Regulation

We and our customers use data about Internet users collected through our platform to manage and execute ad campaigns in a variety of ways, including delivering advertisements to Internet users in particular geographic locations and using particular devices, and to enhance the accuracy of our demographic categorization of websites and Internet users. In addition, our customers may elect to use their own data about Internet users and data segments provided by third-party data companies on our platform to target advertisements to particular audiences. We do not use data that can be used to identify specific people, and we take steps to avoid collecting such personally identifiable information from any source. The definition of personally identifiable information, or personal data, however, varies by country and is evolving, and therefore we have to continually assess our technology platform against an evolving legal landscape. Future regulation affecting our ability to collect and use this data could harm our business. The collection and use of data about Internet users has come under scrutiny by consumer advocacy organizations and regulatory agencies in the U.S. and abroad that focus on online privacy.

 

88


Table of Contents

More specifically, these groups have voiced concern about the use of cookies and other online tools to record an Internet user’s browsing history, and the use of that information to deliver advertisements online based on inferred interests of the Internet user. If future regulation, industry standards or consumer preferences make the collection or use of such data more difficult or impracticable, the value of online advertising could be adversely affected which, in turn, could impact the demand for our products. The costs of compliance with privacy and other laws and regulations are high and are likely to increase in the future and any failure on our part to comply with laws and regulations may expose us to significant liabilities.

We participate in several industry self-regulatory organizations, including the Network Advertising Initiative, or NAI, the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, and the Internet Advertising Bureau. The self-regulatory principles for “interest based” or “online behavioral” advertising upheld by the NAI, the DAA and other organizations require us to provide consumers with notice and choice, including the ability to opt out of interest-based advertising. Our privacy policy offers consumers an easy, one-click opt-out mechanism, which we highlight for consumer users by using an icon with a link to our privacy policy in or around advertisements we handle that are targeted based on consumer interests. In addition to industry self-regulation, our compliance with our privacy policy is also subject to regulation by the United States Federal Trade Commission which may bring enforcement actions under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act against unfair and deceptive trade practices, including the violation of privacy policies.

Facilities

We maintain our principal office, totaling approximately 35,000 square feet, in Emeryville, California, under a combination of leases and subleases that expire between 2014 and 2017. We maintain additional leased space in several locations globally, including in Kiev, Ukraine for a small supplemental systems operations support team. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, we will be able to secure additional space to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings, litigation, or claims that could materially affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. We may, from time to time, be party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of any future matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors:

 

Name

   Age     

Title

Brett Wilson

     40       Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Paul Joachim

     48       Chief Financial Officer

John Hughes

     36       President of Products

Jason Lopatecki

     37       Chief Strategy Officer

Adam Rose

     39       Chief Technology Officer

Chip Scovic

     43       Chief Revenue Officer

Eric Deeds

     43       General Counsel and Secretary

Keith Eadie

     36      

Chief Marketing Officer

Daniel Schotland

     38       Vice President of Operations

Ajay Chopra (1) (2)

     57       Director

Russell Fradin (3)

     37       Director

Ashu Garg (3)

     44       Director

Jack Lazar (1)

     48       Director

David Toth (1) (2)

     57       Director

Thomas Vardell

     45       Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Brett Wilson co-founded TubeMogul and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in March 2007. Prior to founding TubeMogul, he founded YouCanSave.com, an ecommerce company, in August 1999 and served as its President until August 2004. Mr. Wilson also worked as a technology consultant at Accenture from 1996 to 1999 leading large financial system implementations. Mr. Wilson holds a B.S. in Business Administration from California State University, Chico and an M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley. We have determined that Mr. Wilson’s perspective, operational and historical expertise gained from his experience as our co-founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and one of our largest stockholders, make him a critical member of our board of directors.

John Hughes co-founded TubeMogul and has led Product Development since our inception in March 2007. He also served as the Chief Technology Officer of TubeMogul from March 2007 to October 2009. He originally conceived of TubeMogul while attending business school with Brett Wilson. Prior to TubeMogul Mr. Hughes was a Product Manager at Gateway, Inc. from February 2003 to June 2005. Mr. Hughes holds a B.S. in Pre-Medicine from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

Paul Joachim has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2013. He served as our Chief Revenue Officer from February 2012 to March 2013. Prior to joining us, from February 2006 to January 2012 Mr. Joachim was employed by Vibrant Media, Inc., a digital advertising company, most recently as Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas. Previously, he was a Managing Director with investment banking firm Jefferies Broadview where he worked from 1995 to 2006. Mr. Joachim was with IBM in sales from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Joachim holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

 

90


Table of Contents

Jason Lopatecki has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since October 2008. Previously, Mr. Lopatecki co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Illumenix, a video analytics software company, from 2008 until it was acquired by TubeMogul in October 2008. Mr. Lopatecki worked at Calix Networks, a communication equipment supplier, from 2000 to 2007, serving as the Product Architect for the E-series product line. Mr. Lopatecki started at Calix in the ASIC (chip-design) team. Mr. Lopatecki holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley.

Adam Rose has served as our Chief Technology Officer since October 2008. Previously Mr. Rose co-founded and served as Chief Technology Officer of Illumenix, a video analytics software company, from 2008 until it was acquired by TubeMogul in October 2008. From March 2001 to April 2008, Mr. Rose held positions as a Software Engineer, Engineering Manager and Systems Architect at Calix Networks, a communication equipment supplier. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Rose served as a Software Engineer at Cyras Systems, an optical networking platform developer, which was acquired by Ciena Systems. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Rose worked as a Software Integration Engineer at Spar Aerospace. Mr. Rose holds a B.Eng. in Computer Engineering from the Royal Military College of Canada.

Chip Scovic has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since April 2013. From December 2009 to March 2013, Mr. Scovic ran Google’s media platforms business for brands and independent agencies, as well as Google’s programmatic buying strategy for brand advertisers. Prior to that, Mr. Scovic served as Vice President of Sales at Teracent, Inc., an online advertising company, from February 2009 until Teracent was acquired by Google in December 2009. From September 2005 to February 2009 Chip worked at Yahoo!, an internet media company, where he ran Yahoo! video ad sales. Mr. Scovic holds a B.A. in Political Science from Miami University and a J.D. from Ohio Northern University. Before his career in digital media, Chip was a criminal prosecutor and practiced law in the State of Delaware.

Eric Deeds has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since April 2013. From October 1999 to March 2013, Mr. Deeds served as an attorney in the Corporate and Securities practice group at DLA Piper LLP (US). Mr. Deeds holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from the Georgetown University Law Center.

Keith Eadie has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since February 2014. He also served as our Vice President of Marketing from January 2012 to January 2014 and our Director of Marketing from June 2010 to December 2011. Prior to joining us, from September 2008 to May 2010, Mr. Eadie served as a technology and digital media consultant for the Boston Consulting Group, a management consulting firm. Mr. Eadie holds a B.Com. from the University of British Columbia and an M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

Daniel Schotland has served as our Vice President of Operations since April 2013. In this capacity, Mr. Schotland oversees our global operations team. From 2003 to 2013, Mr. Schotland served as Vice President of Client Services and Vice President of Business Development for Experian Marketing Services, a global provider of integrated consumer data. Mr. Schotland started his career as a technology consultant for Deloitte Consulting leading large enterprise resource planning implementations. Mr. Schotland holds a B.S. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

Ajay Chopra has served on our board of directors since April 2009. Mr. Chopra is currently a General Partner at Trinity Ventures, LLC, an early stage venture firm, which he joined in 2006. Prior to joining Trinity Ventures, Mr. Chopra co-founded Pinnacle Systems Inc., a media technology company, in 1986, and served in a variety of roles at various times while at Pinnacle, including as President and Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, and Chief Operations Officer, until it was acquired by Avid Technology Inc. in August 2005. Mr. Chopra holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Birla Institute of Technology and Science in India and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stony Brook University. As an active venture capital investor, Mr. Chopra is

 

91


Table of Contents

a member of the boards of directors of several private technology companies and serves as a member of the audit committee or compensation committee on some of these boards. We have determined that Mr. Chopra is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in both managing and evaluating companies as an executive officer, board member and investor.

Russell Fradin has served on our board of directors since July 2012. Mr. Fradin is the co-founder and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Dynamic Signal Inc., a marketing company, since November 2010. From October 2005 to April 2010 , Mr. Fradin co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Adify Corporation, an on-line advertising company sold to Cox Enterprises. Prior to founding Adify, Mr. Fradin held executive positions with Wine.com, comScore and FlyCast Communications. Mr. Fradin is an active angel investor and serves on a number of boards of directors. Mr. Fradin holds a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We have determined that Mr. Fradin is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of the breadth of his operational background and experience as an executive and director at a diverse range of digital media and online marketing companies.

Ashu Garg has served on our board of directors since September 2010. Mr. Garg is currently a General Partner at Foundation Capital, LLC, an early stage venture firm, which he joined in 2008. Mr. Garg currently serves on the boards of directors of several private technology companies. From 2003 to 2008, Mr. Garg served as General Manager of various groups at Microsoft Corporation. In addition, Mr Garg also worked with McKinsey & Company serving technology clients across Asia and North America. Mr. Garg holds a B.S. in Technology Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology at New Delhi and an M.B.A. from the Indian Institute of Management at Bangalore. We have determined that Mr. Garg is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies, especially in the digital media and online video sectors.

Jack Lazar has served on our board of directors and as audit committee chairman since October 2013. Mr. Lazar is currently the Chief Financial Officer at GoPro, a provider of wearable and mountable capture devices. In addition, Mr. Lazar has served on the board of directors and on the audit committee of Silicon Labs, a semiconductor company from April 2013. From May 2011 to January 2013, Mr. Lazar was Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and General Manager of Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. From September 2003 until the acquisition of Atheros Communications, Inc., a publicly traded provider of communications semiconductor solutions, by Qualcomm in May 2011, Mr. Lazar served in various positions at Atheros, most recently as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. Mr. Lazar is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. in Commerce with an emphasis in Accounting from Santa Clara University. We have determined that Mr. Lazar is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his strong financial and operational expertise gained from his experience as a technology company executive and consultant.

David Toth has served on our board of directors since 2008. He co-founded NetRatings, a leading provider of Internet audience information and analysis, in 1997 and served as its the President and Chief Executive Officer of until 2003. Prior to forming NetRatings, Mr. Toth was a Vice President at Hitachi Computer Products where he led the Network Products Group and was responsible for the development, sales and marketing of numerous hardware and software products. Mr. Toth is a member of the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Toth holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh. We have determined that Mr. Toth is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a technology company executive in the digital media sector.

Thomas Vardell has served on our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. Vardell is a Managing Director of Northgate Capital, L.L.C., a venture capital and private equity firm, which he co-founded in 2000. He is a member of the board of directors of a privately held network data storage company, and is a board observer or advisory board member of a number of other venture-backed private companies. Mr. Vardell holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University. We have determined that Mr. Vardell is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial operational and business-building expertise.

 

92


Table of Contents

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, six of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the NYSE.

All of our directors except Mr. Lazar currently serve on the board pursuant to the voting provisions of our amended and restated investor rights agreement between us and several of our stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms as follows:

 

   

Class I directors will be Messrs. Wilson and Garg, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

   

Class II directors will be Messrs. Toth and Vardell, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

   

Class III directors will be Messrs. Chopra, Fradin and Lazar, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. This classification of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control of our company or management.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chopra, Fradin, Garg, Lazar, Toth and Vardell do not have a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish other committees from time to time. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for each of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee that satisfy the listing standards of the NYSE. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of these charters will be available on our corporate website at www.tubemogul.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and such information should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Chopra, Lazar and Toth, with Mr. Lazar serving as our audit committee chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of the audit committee possess the level of financial literacy and sophistication required under the listing standards of the NYSE, and that Mr. Lazar is an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules. Our board of

 

93


Table of Contents

directors has also determined that Messrs. Chopra, Lazar and Toth satisfy the independence requirements of audit committee members under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting firm, all critical accounting policies and procedures;

 

   

reviewing with management the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reports;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited financial statements and any certification, report, opinion or review rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and investigating conduct alleged to be in violation of our code of conduct;

 

   

reviewing and approving related party transactions;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Chopra and Toth, with Mr. Toth serving as our compensation committee chairperson, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, each member of our compensation committee qualifies as a “non-employee director” as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving the following compensation for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers: salaries, bonuses, incentive compensation, equity awards benefits and perquisites;

 

   

recommending the establishment and terms of our incentive compensation plans and equity compensation plans, and administering such plans;

 

   

recommending compensation programs for directors;

 

   

preparing disclosures regarding executive compensation and any related reports required by the rules of the SEC;

 

   

making and approving grants of options and other equity awards to all executive officers, directors and all other eligible individuals; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

 

94


Table of Contents

In carrying out these responsibilities, the compensation committee will review all components of executive compensation for consistency with our compensation philosophy and with the interests of our stockholders.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Fradin and Garg, with Mr. Fradin serving as our nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

assisting our board of directors in identifying qualified director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

developing, recommending and reviewing corporate governance principles and a code of conduct applicable to us;

 

   

assisting our board of directors in its evaluation of the performance of our board of directors and each committee thereof; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Neither Mr. Chopra nor Mr. Toth is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

In four closings on December 10, 2012, February 1, 2013, March 25, 2013 and May 9, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 1,705,091 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price of $3.2374 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5,520,062 to Trinity Ventures, LLC, of which Mr. Chopra is a general partner. In connection with the Series C preferred stock financing, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement with our preferred holders including entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, LLC, pursuant to which we granted rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them, a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares, delivery of periodic financial statements and grants of rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by stockholders. For more information, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which outlines the principles of legal and ethical business conduct under which we do business. The code is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees and will be available on our corporate website following the completion of the offering. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act to the extent required by applicable rules and exchange requirements.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive, and did not receive in 2013, any cash compensation or any fee reimbursement for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. The

 

95


Table of Contents

following table provides information regarding total compensation that was granted to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Director Name

   Option Awards   (1)      Total  

Ajay Chopra

   $ —         $ —     

Russell Fradin (2)

     —           —     

Ashu Garg

     —           —     

Jack Lazar (3)

     150,117         150,117   

David Toth (4)

     —           —     

Thomas Vardell

     —           —     

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2013, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 7 to our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Fradin had one option to purchase a total of 100,000 shares. The shares subject to the stock option have an exercise price of $0.35 per share and vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on July 19, 2013 and thereafter 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to Mr. Fradin’s continued service with us through each vesting date. On December 30, 2013, Mr. Fradin exercised 35,416 shares subject to this option and as of December 31, 2013 had an option for 64,584 remaining shares, none of which were vested.
(3) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Lazar had one option to purchase a total of 225,000 shares. The shares subject to the stock option have an exercise price of $1.38 per share and vest over a four-year period with respect to 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to Mr. Lazar’s continued service with us through each vesting date. 9,375 of the shares subject to this option were vested as of December 31, 2013. The remaining unvested shares subject to this stock option will accelerate and vest in full in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Mr. Lazar’s offer letter). In addition, in the event of a termination or a Change of Control (as defined in Mr. Lazar’s offer letter), all vested options will remain exercisable over the life of the option grant. The shares subject to this stock option will accelerate and vest in full in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the 2007 Plan) in which the successor corporate entity does not assume, continue or otherwise substitute for the awards.
(4) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Toth had one option to purchase a total of 100,000 shares. The shares subject to the stock option have an exercise price of $0.35 per share and vest over a four-year period with respect to 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to Mr. Toth’s continued service with us through each vesting date. 41,666 of the shares subject to this option were vested as of December 31, 2013. The shares subject to this stock option will accelerate and vest in full in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the 2007 Plan) in which the successor corporate entity does not assume, continue or otherwise substitute for the awards.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as a director. During the year ended December 31, 2013, one of our directors, Mr. Wilson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was an employee and did not receive any additional compensation for his services as director.

We intend to implement a formal policy to be effective upon completion of this offering pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

96


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and two other mostly highly compensated individuals who served as our executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013. Throughout this prospectus, these three officers are referred to as our named executive officers:

 

   

Brett Wilson, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

John Hughes, our President of Products; and

 

   

Chip Scovic, our Chief Revenue Officer.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Brett Wilson

           

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2013        325,000        —          1,018,683        117,500 (2)       1,461,183   

John Hughes

           

President of Products

    2013        225,000        —          356,539        42,041 (2)       623,580   

Chip Scovic

           

Chief Revenue Officer

    2013        182,853 (3)       —          506,593        91,482 (4)       780,928   

 

(1) The amounts reported reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the year as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 7 to our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(2) The amounts consist of payments earned for achievement of mutually agreed-upon performance objectives. See “—2013 Executive Bonus Arrangements” below for further information on awards made pursuant to this arrangement. Amounts earned are payable annually, with such payments made in January 2014.
(3) Mr. Scovic joined us in April 2013 and his cash compensation information reflects a partial year of service.
(4) The amounts consist of cash incentive awards earned for achievement of mutually agreed-upon sales objectives. See the “—Sales Incentive Compensation Arrangements” section below for further information on awards made under this plan.

 

97


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013. Our named executive officers did not hold any restricted stock or other awards as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Option Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying

Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)  (1)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Brett Wilson

    2/18/2010 (2)(3) (8)       95,833         4,167         0.10         2/18/2020   
    12/9/2010 (2)(3) (8)       375,000         125,000         0.30         12/9/2020   
    4/19/2012 (2)(3) (8)       41,666         58,334         0.35         4/19/2022   
    11/11/2013 (3)(4)(5) (8)       —           500,000         1.38         11/11/2023   

John Hughes

    2/18/2010 (2)(3)(8)       95,833         4,167         0.10         2/18/2020   
    12/9/2010 (2)(3)(8)       176,250         58,750         0.30         12/9/2020   
    4/19/2012 (2)(3)(8)       41,666         58,334         0.35         4/19/2022   
    11/11/2013 (3) (5)(6)(8)       —           175,000         1.38         11/11/2023   

Chip Scovic

    6/10/2013 (3)(7)(8)       —           600,000         1.16         3/15/2023   

 

(1) This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.
(2) The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period with respect to 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(3) Option is subject to 100% acceleration if the successor entity does not assume, continue or otherwise substitute for the awards upon a qualifying Change of Control (as defined in the 2007 Plan).
(4) Consists of (i) an incentive stock option to purchase 106,395 shares and (ii) a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 393,605 shares, both of which have identical expiration dates and exercise prices.
(5) The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period as follows: 50% of the shares underlying the option vest on the two-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 25% of the shares vest on the 3rd anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 25% of the shares shall vest on the 4th anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(6) Consists of (i) an incentive stock option to purchase 106,395 shares and (ii) a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 68,605 shares, both of which have identical expiration dates and exercise prices.
(7) The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the option vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and thereafter 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(8) Option is subject to accelerated vesting upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment with us following a change of control.

2013 Executive Bonus Arrangements

Brett Wilson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and John Hughes, our President of Products, were eligible to receive bonuses during fiscal year 2013 which provided for cash payments based upon achievement of specified performance objectives.

Mr. Wilson’s performance objectives included achievement of annual Total Spend and gross profit targets and other management objectives, which were weighted at 60% and 40% respectively. Mr. Hughes’ performance objectives included achievement of annual corporate gross profit and other management objectives, which were weighted at 60% and 40% respectively. Following the end of the year, our compensation committee reviewed the achievement of Mr. Wilson’s objectives and approved the cash incentive amount earned by Mr. Wilson and Mr. Wilson, in consultation with our compensation committee, reviewed the achievement of Mr. Hughes’ objectives, and approved the cash incentive amount earned by Mr. Hughes, each as described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the 2013 Summary Compensation Table.

 

98


Table of Contents

Sales Incentive Compensation Arrangements

Chip Scovic, our current Chief Revenue Officer, participated in a sales incentive compensation arrangement based on achievement of certain specified annual sales targets. The amounts under the incentive compensation opportunity were calculated by multiplying the executive’s effective commission rate by the achieved sales targets. In addition, the arrangements provided that the effective commission rate would be increased if the participating executives exceed their annual sales targets. Under the terms of the arrangement, commissions were payable following the close of the quarter or the end of the year in which commissions were earned, depending on the sales target. The amounts paid under the sales incentive compensation arrangements are described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the 2013 Summary Compensation Table.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Brett Wilson

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Brett Wilson, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, on February 27, 2014, which sets forth the current terms and conditions of his employment with us. Mr. Wilson’s current annual base salary is $325,000 and he is eligible to earn additional cash compensation of $125,000 based on achievement of annual performance targets. Performance targets are determined 75% based upon achieving financial objectives and 25% based on achieving non-financial objectives. Mr. Wilson is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans made available to most of our other employees. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment.

John Hughes

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Hughes, our President of Products, on March 13, 2014, which sets forth the current terms and conditions of his employment with us. Mr. Hughes’s current base salary is $225,000 and he is eligible to earn additional cash compensation of $45,000 based on achievement of annual performance targets. Performance targets are determined 75% based upon achieving financial objectives and 25% based on achieving non-financial objectives. Mr. Hughes is also eligible to participate in employee benefit plans that are generally available to most of our other employees. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment.

Chip Scovic

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Scovic, our Chief Revenue Officer, on February 27, 2014, which sets forth the current terms and conditions of his employment with us. Mr. Scovic’s current base salary is $250,000 and he is eligible to earn additional cash compensation of $250,000 based on achievement of performance targets. Performance targets are determined 90% based upon achieving financial objectives and 10% based upon achieving non-financial objectives. Mr. Scovic is also eligible to participate in employee benefit plans that are generally available to most of our other employees. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment.

Post-Employment Compensation and Change in Control Payments and Benefits

Our offer letters with our named executive officers described above provide that upon termination without cause or resignation for good reason (as defined in their offer letters), the separating named executive officer will receive (a) payment of three months of salary (or twelve months of salary for Brett Wilson, our Chief Executive Officer) in accordance with our standard payroll procedures and (b) a lump sum payment equal to the amount of the monthly health care premiums for such named executive officer and his eligible dependents for six months. In addition, upon termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 90 days prior to or 12 months after a change in control (as defined in the offer letter), all unvested stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards held by the named executive officer will vest in full. With respect to the offer letters of our named

 

99


Table of Contents

executive officers described above, “good reason” means a named executive officer’s resignation within 60 days after one of the following conditions has come into existence without the consent of the named executive officer: (i) a more than 20% reduction in base salary (other than a proportional reduction applicable to all executive officers), (ii) a material reduction in their level of authority, duties or responsibilities, provided that a change in title alone in connection with a change of control will not constitute a material reduction of authority, duties or responsibilities; and (iii) a relocation of their principal workplace by more than 50 miles. A termination for good reason also requires compliance with certain notice and cure period provisions. Receipt of these severance benefits is contingent upon the named executive officer executing and not revoking a general release of claims in favor of us and our affiliates. Our offer letters have no specific term and constitute at-will employment.

Limitations of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

 

   

for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or

 

   

for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and authorize us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

 

100


Table of Contents

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in material claims for indemnification. We believe that our indemnity agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering are necessary to attract and retain qualified person as directors and executive officers.

Indemnity Agreements

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of the offering. These agreements generally provide for the indemnification of such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts, incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity, to the extent indemnifiable under the law. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Furthermore, as is typical, we have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover both us and our directors and officers for liabilities that may be incurred in connection with their services to us, and expect to increase the insurance limits upon completion of this offering.

Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

In                 , 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, to become effective as of the day immediately preceding the day on which the offering is completed. We intend to use the 2014 Plan following the completion of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or stock-based awards. In addition, the 2014 Plan contains a mechanism through which the Company may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

A total of five million (5,000,000) shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and (b) an amount determined by our board of directors. This reserve also will be increased by up to an additional nine million nine hundred fifty thousand (9,950,000) shares, to include (a) any shares remaining available for grant under our 2007 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, or the 2007 Plan, at the time of its termination; and (b) shares that would otherwise be returned to the 2007 Plan, upon the expiration or termination of awards granted under that plan.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2014 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

The shares available under the 2014 Plan will be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights. The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons

 

101


Table of Contents

to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2014 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options . We may grant nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten (10) years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights.  A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten (10) years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

 

   

Restricted stock . The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

   

Restricted stock units.  Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance awards . Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance enumerated in the 2014 Plan, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Cash-based awards and other stock-based awards . The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other stock-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or shares of our common

 

102


Table of Contents
 

stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holder will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the award. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other stock-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2014 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2014 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards which are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award which is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable and/or settable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2014 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2014 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In                 , 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP.

A total of one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, equal to the smallest of:

 

   

two percent (2%) of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP. The ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the ESPP.

 

103


Table of Contents

All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code but also permits us to adopt one or more sub-plans that cover any subsidiaries employing our non-U.S. employees. Any such sub-plan may or may not be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to 27 months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.

In general, our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to fifteen percent (15%) of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.

In addition to the foregoing, the ESPP permits the administrator to establish an offering period commencing on the effective date of the ESPP. If implemented, special participation rules would apply to this offering, including, but not limited to, the automatic enrollment of eligible employees in such offering, as well as the potential for all or some of the purchase price for shares acquired through such offering through means other than payroll withholdings.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date; and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of a shares of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or four hundred sixteen and sixty-seven hundredths (416.67) shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from participants’ compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.

 

104


Table of Contents

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

Our ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our ESPP at any time.

2007 Equity Compensation Plan

Our 2007 Plan was initially adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on July 9, 2007. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock awards, RSUs and SARs to our employees, including officers, directors, and consultants or those of any parent or subsidiary corporation. As of December 31, 2013, a total of 2,054,716 shares of common stock had been issued under the 2007 Plan, options for 8,580,133 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,552,559 shares of common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. The options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.64 per share.

We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following the completion of this offering. Instead, we will grant equity awards under our 2014 Plan. However, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan.

Our board of directors currently administers the 2007 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2007 Plan, the administrator determines the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2007 Plan and individual award agreements, and all decisions of the administrator are final and binding on all persons.

The administrator has discretion under the 2007 Plan to establish the vesting terms and conditions for awards granted under the 2007 Plan (including the options granted under the 2007 Plan). With respect to options granted under the 2007 Plan, in general, the options vest twenty-five percent (25%) on the first anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date, with the remainder vesting ratably over the next thirty-six (36) months, subject to the optionee’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Generally, RSU awards that may be granted under the 2007 Plan will vest only upon the first to occur of a specified date following the initial public offering of our common stock or a change in control during the term of the award, subject to the participant’s satisfaction of a service requirement. The participant service requirement will generally be satisfied as to twenty-five percent (25%) on the first anniversary of a specified date and in equal quarterly installments thereafter. We will issue one share of our common stock in settlement of each vested RSU, and, in the case of our initial public offering, by no later than March 15 following the year in which the offering is declared effective or the later date on which the applicable service requirement is satisfied.

The standard form of award agreements under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our stock during a lock-up period following this offering.

Our 2007 Plan provides that the administrator shall adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and each outstanding award and the price of shares under the award in order to preserve the plan’s intended benefits upon certain events, including, without limitation, changes in our capitalization through stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations. The 2007 Plan further provides that if, in the event of a merger or change in control, any award is not assumed, substituted or replaced by the successor

 

105


Table of Contents

corporation, then such award will fully vest and be subject to settlement or will become fully exercisable, if applicable, prior to the consummation of the change in control. The award will then terminate upon the consummation of the change in control.

401(k)

We maintain a tax-qualified salary deferral retirement plan, or the 401(k) Plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. The plan also permits us to make a non-elective employer contribution. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) Plan following the date they meet the plan’s eligibility requirements. Eligible employees are able to defer (on a pre-tax basis) a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code and plan limits. Participants are 100% vested in their deferrals. To be eligible for a discretionary non-elective contribution participants must be credited with no less than 1,000 hours of service and be employed on the last day of the 401(k) Plan year. Participants are vested 25% per year in non-elective contributions allocated to their account. Both employee deferrals and company contributions are allocated to individual participant accounts, and then are invested in investment alternatives selected by each participant. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, all contributions are deductible by us when made, and those contributions and any earnings thereon are not taxable (other than Roth contributions) to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) Plan.

 

106


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers, which are described in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock”, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In four closings on December 10, 2012, February 1, 2013, March 25, 2013 and May 9, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 8,851,871 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price of $3.2374 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.7 million of which 6,655,042 shares were sold to related parties. The table below summarizes these sales.

 

Purchaser

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred Stock
Purchased
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price

($)
 

Entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, LLC (1)

     1,705,091       $ 5,520,062   

Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital, LLC (2)

     1,658,849         5,370,358   

Entities affiliated with Northgate Capital, L.L.C. (3)

     3,291,102         10,654,614   

 

(1) Mr. Chopra, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner at Trinity Ventures, LLC, which holds more than 5% of our capital stock.
(2) Mr. Garg, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner at Foundation Capital, LLC, which holds more than 5% of our capital stock.
(3) Mr. Vardell, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Northgate Capital, L.L.C., which holds more than 5% of our capital stock.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

In December 2012, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, as amended, with our preferred stockholders, including entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, LLC, Foundation Capital, LLC and Northgate Capital, L.L.C., which each hold 5% or more of our capital stock and of which certain of our directors are affiliated. Such agreement, among other things:

 

   

grants certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement other than the one we are otherwise filing;

 

   

grants certain stockholders a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus; and

 

   

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of these stockholders.

The provisions of such agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-sale Agreement

In December 2012, we entered into an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-sale Agreement with some of our stockholders, including Mr. Wilson, our chief executive officer, Mr. Hughes, our president of products, Mr. Lopatecki, our chief strategy officer, and Mr. Rose, our chief technology officer, and the holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, LLC, Foundation Capital, LLC and Northgate Capital, L.L.C., which each hold 5% or more of our capital stock and of which certain of our directors are affiliated. Such agreement, among other things, grants our investors rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by stockholders and grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by stockholders. Such rights will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. For further information, see the section titled “Executive Compensation — Limitations of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

All future transactions, if any, between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, as well as any transactions between us and any entity with which our officers, directors or principal stockholders are affiliated will be reviewed and approved or ratified in accordance with policies and procedures that our board of directors intends to adopt effective upon the completion of this offering. Such policies and procedures will require that related person transactions be approved by the audit committee or our board of directors or otherwise in accordance with the then applicable SEC and rules and regulations governing the approval of such transactions. The audit committee and the board of directors have adopted policies and procedures for review of, and standards for approval of related party transactions. These policies and procedures have not been and will not be applied to the related party transactions described above.

 

108


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The information does not necessary indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 44,370,087 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of December 31, 2013. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on             shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock subject to stock options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or warrant for the purpose of computing the number and percentage ownership of outstanding shares of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Consequently, the denominator for calculating beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each beneficial owner.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o TubeMogul, Inc., 1250 53rd Street, Suite 1, Emeryville, CA 94608.

 

     Number of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares Beneficially Owned

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Prior to
this Offering
    After
this Offering

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Brett Wilson (1)

     3,941,666         8.8  

John E. Hughes (2)

     3,831,874         8.6     

Chip Scovic

     —           *     

Ajay Chopra (3)

     11,759,466         26.5     

Dave Toth (4)

     302,763         *     

Ashu Garg

     —           *     

Thomas Vardell (5)

     3,566,423         8.0     

Russell Fradin (6)

     39,583         *     

Jack Lazar (7)

     18,750         *     

All executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons) (8)

     26,944,928         58.3  

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, LLC (9)

     11,759,466         26.5  

Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital, LLC (10)

     10,056,170         22.7     

Entities affiliated with Northgate Capital, L.L.C.  (11)

     3,556,423         8.0     

 

109


Table of Contents

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1) Consists of (i) 3,400,000 shares held of record by Mr. Wilson and (ii) 541,666 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(2) Consists of (i) 3,500,000 shares held of record by Mr. Hughes and (ii) 331,874 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(3) Consists of shares held by Trinity Ventures X, L.P., Trinity X Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. and Trinity X Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Chopra may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by these limited entities. See footnote (9) below for additional details.
(4) Consists of (i) 256,930 shares held of record by Mr. Toth and (ii) 45,833 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(5) Consists of shares held by NCD Partners VII, L.P., NCD SWIB, L.P. and NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P. Mr. Vardell may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by these limited entities. See footnote (11) below for additional details.
(6) Consists of (i) 35,416 shares held of record by Mr. Fradin and (ii) 4,167 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(7) Consists of (i) 9,375 shares held of record by Mr. Lazar and (ii) 9,375 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(8) Consists of (i) 25,086,100 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and officers and (ii) 1,858,828 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013.
(9) Consists of (a) 11,586,711 shares held by Trinity Ventures X, L.P., (b) 64,825 shares held by Trinity X Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. and (c) 107,930 shares held by Trinity X Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Trinity TVL X, LLC, the general partner of Trinity Ventures X, L.P., Trinity X Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. and Trinity X Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Trinity Ventures X, L.P., Trinity X Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. and Trinity X Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. The management members of Trinity TVL X, LLC are Lawrence K. Orr, Noel J. Fenton, Augustus O. Tai, Fred Wang, Patricia Nakache, Ajay Chopra, TVL Management Corporation, Daniel Scholnick and Nina C. Labatt. The address for each of these entities is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 4-160, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(10) Consists of (a) 111,120 shares held by Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC (FC6P), and (b) 9,945,050 shares held by Foundation Capital VI, LP (FC6). Foundation Capital Management Co., VI, LLC (FC6M) serves as the sole Manager of FC6 and FC6P. William Elmore, Paul Koontz, Mike Schuh, Paul Holland, Richard Redelfs, Steve Vassallo and Warren Weiss are managers of FC6M. FC6M exercises sole voting and investment power over the shares owned by FC6 and FC6P. As managing members of FC6M, Mssrs. Elmore, Koontz, Schuh, Holland, Redelfs, Moldow, Vassallo, and Weiss may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares owned by FC6 and FC6P. The principal business address for all entities affiliated with Foundation Capital is 250 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(11) Consists of (a) 1,059,338 shares held of record by NCD Partners VII, L.P. (b) 1,621,476 shares held of record by NCD SWIB, L.P., (c) 777,907 shares held of record by NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P. and (d) 107,702 shares held of record by Northgate Partners, a Delaware Multiple Series LLC, or the Northgate Entities. NCD Management VII, L.L.C. is the General Partner of NCD Partners VII, L.P. and NCD SWIB, L.P. and NCD SWIB Management, LLC is the General Partner of NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P. Brent Jones, Mark Harris, Jared Stone, Thomas Vardell and Hosein Khajeh-Hosseiny, the Managing Members of each of NCD Management VII, L.L.C., NCD SWIB Management, LLC and Northgate Partners, a Delaware Multiple Series LLC, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by the Northgate Entities. The address for these entities is 649 San Ramon Valley Boulevard, Danville, CA 94526, Attention: Brent Jones.

 

110


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain terms of our capital stock, as in effect upon the completion of this offering. Our stockholders have approved an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2013, there were 44,370,087 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 87 stockholders. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of our preferred stock outstanding at the time, for as long as such stock is outstanding, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the directors in other classes continuing for the remainder of their three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Liquidation Rights

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

111


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 31,020,626 shares of common stock. All series of preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of preferred stock.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to determine for each such series of preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences, and special rights, qualifications, limitations, or restrictions as permitted by law, in each case without further vote of action by our stockholders. Our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2013, there were 8,580,133 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our equity plans with a weighted average exercise price of $0.64 per share.

Warrant

As of December 31, 2013, we had one outstanding warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.30 per share, which warrant expires on February 1, 2022, and one outstanding warrant to purchase up to 154,321 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4374 per share, which warrant expires on March 9, 2020. Immediately following the closing of this offering, all warrants to purchase shares of our Series A-1 preferred stock will convert automatically into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 154,321 shares of our common stock. The exercise prices of these warrants may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of our common stock having a value equal to the exercise price.

Registration Rights

Immediately prior to this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our investor rights agreement dated as of December 10, 2012, as amended, or IRA, and are described in additional detail below. The registration rights provided for in the IRA will expire five years following the closing of this offering with respect to all stockholders that are entitled to registration rights, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption during any three-month period.

Subject to certain conditions, we will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below, including up to $25,000 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for holders of such shares. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include in the offering.

 

112


Table of Contents

In addition, in connection with this offering, all or substantially all of our security holders that have registration rights have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is subject to extension in some circumstances, as described in the section titled “Underwriting.”

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 31,020,626 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time after the effective date of this offering, the holders of at least 20% of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. The request for registration must cover at least that number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10 million. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any one-year period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash, the holders of approximately 31,020,626 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. The holder of an additional 154,321 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant will be entitled to these “piggyback” registration rights. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to (i) a company stock plan, (ii) the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations, or (iii) a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 31,020,626 shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $1 million. The holder of an additional 154,321 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant will be entitled to these S-3 registration rights. These holders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; provided, however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if (i) if we have effected one such registration within the preceding twelve-month period; (ii) if we have effected a registration of securities in connection with a public offering within the preceding 180 day period; (iii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by such holders; or (iv) we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a Form S-3 registration, in which case we have the right to defer such registration for not more than 120 days from the date of request, provided that we have not utilized this right more than once in any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Matters

Charter and Bylaw Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering and amended and restated bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will include a number of provisions that may have the effect

 

113


Table of Contents

of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company and discouraging takeover bids. These provisions may also have the effect of encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board of directors, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election.

No Cumulative Voting

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that there shall be no cumulative voting.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual or special meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the amended and restated bylaws.

 

114


Table of Contents

Amendment to Bylaws and Charter

The amendment of the provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require approval by holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any rights of the holders of our outstanding capital stock to vote on such amendment under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The amendment of the provisions in our amended and restated bylaws will require approval by either a majority of our board of directors or holders of at least 66   2 / 3 % of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any rights of the holders of our outstanding capital stock to vote on such amendment under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control of us.

Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person or entity who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

115


Table of Contents

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Choice of Forum

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions, including an exception for indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or counterclaim) initiated by such persons; and

 

   

we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain officers and employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that, subject to limited exceptions and among other things, we will indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which a right to indemnification is available.

We also intend to maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may

 

116


Table of Contents

be permitted to directors, officers, or persons who control us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the proposed symbol “TUBE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             . The transfer agent’s address is             , and its telephone number is                     .

 

117


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise or settlement of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and assuming no exercise or settlement of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately              shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, plus up to an additional              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

The remaining              shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is discussed below. Holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for a period of time following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of December 31, 2013, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-up Agreements

In addition, our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our capital stock or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the securities. Exceptions to these restrictions include transfers (i) as bona fide gifts, (ii) by will or intestate succession, (iii) to a trust for the benefit of the security holder or such holder’s immediate family, (iv) from a business entity to an affiliated business entity or to its equity holders, (v) upon receipt of shares of common stock of the company resulting from the exercise or vesting of warrants or equity awards, including transfers to us for the payment of taxes due as a result of such vesting or exercise, (vi) pursuant to a company repurchase of shares of common stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan, (vii) in connection with a change of control, (xiii) by operation of law or (ix) court order. The foregoing permitted transfers are generally subject to the delivery of a lock-up agreement by the acquiror of the

 

118


Table of Contents

shares and include limitations on transfers for value and transfers by our directors and officers. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which in case of officers and directors, shall be with notice to us at least three business days prior to the effective date of the release. We have agreed in the underwriting agreement to announce the impending release by press release at least two business days prior to the effective date of the release. See “Underwriting” for further information.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate, has not been our affiliate for the previous three months, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, may sell all such shares. An affiliate or a person who has been our affiliate within the previous 90 days, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, may sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to compliance with the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale, and subject to the lock-up agreements described below. Sales under Rule 144 by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, consultants or advisors who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up agreements described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of the final prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 31,020,626 shares of our common stock will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for such shares, subject to restrictions imposed on shares held by affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the market. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 2007 Equity Compensation Plan. These registration statements are expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, after expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of closing of this offering, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the public market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us and requirements that apply to affiliates under Rule 144 described above.

 

119


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock who is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or any other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person in effect.

Generally, an individual may be treated as a resident of the United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes by, among other ways, being present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For purposes of this calculation, such individual would count all of the days in which the individual was present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Residents are generally taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if they were citizens of the United States.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion assumes that the non-U.S. holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally property held for investment).

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not discuss the potential application of the net investment income tax, alternative minimum tax, U.S. federal estate and gift tax, or any aspects of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to particular non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

investors that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services;

 

120


Table of Contents
   

persons whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; and

 

   

U.S. expatriates.

This summary does not consider the tax consequences for partnerships, entities classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership or any other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or other entity taxed as a partnership will generally depend upon the status of the equity owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity taxed as a partnership. Accordingly, a partnership or other entity taxed as a partnership that is a beneficial owner of our common stock, and equity owners of such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock, as well as the U.S. federal non-income, state, local, and non-U.S. tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Dividends

As described above under the heading “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the recipient’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under the heading “Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder). Under applicable Treasury Regulations, a non-U.S. holder will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements, generally on IRS Form W-8BEN, directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may be obtained by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Dividends that are effectively connected with such a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the recipient) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder provides the required forms, usually an IRS Form W-8ECI, or any successor form, to the payor of the dividend, but instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate non-U.S. holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, with respect to effectively connected dividends.

 

121


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding foreign account tax compliance, a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the non-U.S. holder’s shares of common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder), in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, the branch profits tax may apply, at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such non-U.S. holder’s country of residence) on the gain derived from the disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, if any, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in United States real estate comprised at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively held more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock, the name and address of the recipient and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of common stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. person status on an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required documents are timely filed with the IRS.

 

122


Table of Contents

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may be imposed on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable law) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). These rules may impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.

These withholding requirements are expected to be phased-in for payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014 and for payments of gross proceeds from a U.S. sale or other disposition of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

123


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and joint bookrunning managers for this offering. RBC Capital Markets, LLC is also acting as a joint bookrunning manager for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share    Without Option    With Option

Public offering price

   $    $    $

Underwriting discount

   $    $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to TubeMogul

   $    $    $

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         and are payable by us.

 

124


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers and employees. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “TUBE.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

 

126


Table of Contents

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information

 

127


Table of Contents

on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This

 

128


Table of Contents

prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be

 

129


Table of Contents

offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d) (as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

130


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), East Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of TubeMogul, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information that is in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain portions of the registration statement have been omitted as allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we may file with the SEC at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public filings can be obtained from the SEC’s Internet site www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.tubemogul.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website into this prospectus.

 

131


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

TubeMogul, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TubeMogul, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TubeMogul, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

February 28, 2014, except for Note 12(c),

    which is as of March 20, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    December 31,     Pro Forma
December 31,
2013
 
    2012     2013    
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,670      $ 19,475     

Restricted cash

    —         334     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $350 and $714, respectively

    23,118       46,920     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    320       1,420     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    43,108       68,149     

Deferred tax assets

    231       468     

Property, equipment and software, net

    356       1,467     

Other assets

    210       531     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 43,905     $ 70,615     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 4,669     $ 4,032     

Accrued liabilities

    10,991       34,414     

Convertible note

    232       419     

Current portion of note payable, net of discount

    1,345       1,416     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    296       684      $ —     

Deferred revenue

    305       467     

Deferred tax liabilities

    231       468     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    18,069       41,900     

Deferred rent

    42       97     

Note payable, net of current portion and discount

    2,785       1,363     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    20,896       43,360     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A; $0.001 par value; 4,177,390 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $2,532; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    4       4      $ —     

Series A-1; $0.001 par value; 7,847,028 shares authorized; 7,692,707 shares issued and outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $3,365; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    8       8      $ —     

Series B; $0.001 par value; 10,298,658 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $10,000; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    10       10      $ —     

Series C; $0.001 par value; 6,177,797 and 8,851,871 shares authorized; 5,481,132 and 8,851,871 shares issued and outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $17,745 and $28,658 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    6       9      $ —     

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 60,000,000, 62,000,000 and 62,000,000 shares authorized; 13,153,956, 13,349,461 and 44,370,087 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2013 pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    13        13        44   

Additional paid-in capital

    34,399       46,095        46,779   

Accumulated deficit

    (11,430     (18,841     (18,841

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1     (43     (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    23,009        27,255      $ 27,939   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 43,905      $ 70,615     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Revenue:

      

Platform Direct

   $ 2,171      $ 5,433      $ 19,331   

Platform Services

     13,488        28,726        37,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,659        34,159        57,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     8,214        16,374        19,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,445        17,785        37,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     3,797        7,364        11,837   

Sales and marketing

     5,340        10,384        21,378   

General and administrative

     2,294        4,931        10,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,431        22,679        43,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of InPlay

     —          1,950        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,986     (2,944     (6,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net:

      

Interest expense, net

     (72     (232     (169

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (11     (154     (388

Foreign exchange loss

     (23     (141     (618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (106     (527     (1,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,092     (3,471     (7,351

Provision for income taxes

     (1     (94     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.33   $ (0.28   $ (0.56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share

     12,433,544        12,867,616        13,265,372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

       $ (0.16
      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares use to compute pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

         44,490,319   
      

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013  

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411

Other comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     —          (1     (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,566   $ (7,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Series A
convertible
preferred stock
    Series A-1
convertible
preferred stock
    Series B
convertible
preferred stock
    Series C
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount        

Balances, January 1, 2011

    4,177,390      $ 4        7,692,707      $ 8        10,298,658      $ 10        —        $ —          12,307,758      $ 12      $ 16,112      $ —        $ (3,772   $ 12,374   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          454,581        1        15        —          —          16   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          133        —          —          133   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,093     (4,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2011

    4,177,390      $ 4        7,692,707      $ 8        10,298,658      $ 10        —        $ —          12,762,339      $ 13      $ 16,260      $ —        $ (7,865   $ 8,430   

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $93,307

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5,481,132        6        —          —          17,645        —          —          17,651   

Issuance of stock warrants for common stock to bank related to loan facility

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          13        —          —          13   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of option

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          391,617        —          51        —          —          51   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          430        —          —          430   

Unrealized exchange loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1     —          (1

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,565     (3,565
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2012

    4,177,390      $ 4        7,692,707      $ 8        10,298,658      $ 10        5,481,132      $ 6        13,153,956      $ 13      $ 34,399      $ (1   $ (11,430   $ 23,009   

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          —          3,370,739        3        —          —          10,910        —          —          10,913   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          195,505        —          25        —          —          25   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          761        —          —          761   

Unrealized exchange loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (42     —          (42

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (7,411     (7,411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

    4,177,390      $ 4        7,692,707      $ 8        10,298,658      $ 10        8,851,871      $ 9        13,349,461      $ 13      $ 46,095      $ (43   $ (18,841   $ 27,255   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2011     2012         2013      

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net loss

  $ (4,093   $ (3,565   $ (7,411

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    99        89        322   

Amortization of premium on certificates of deposits

    93        8        —     

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    20        22        —     

Loss on change in value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    11        154        388   

Loss on disposal of equipment

    —          15        6   

Provision for bad debts

    189        191        539   

Stock-based compensation expense

    133        430        761   

Gain on sale of InPlay

    —          (1,950     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (3,115     (17,258     (24,341

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    34        (133     (1,100

Other assets

    (146     (43     (321

Accounts payable

    1,920        1,430        (637

Accrued liabilities

    1,502        8,741        23,423   

Deferred rent

    141        (99     55   

Deferred revenue

    (334     39        162   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (3,546     (11,929     (8,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Restricted cash

    —          —          (334

Proceeds from sale of InPlay

    —          1,950        —     

Purchase of certificates of deposits

    (1,498     —          —     

Proceeds from certificates of deposit maturing

    6,453        2,945        —     

Proceeds from sale of property

    9        —          —     

Purchases of property, equipment and software

    (228     (210     (1,439
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    4,736        4,685        (1,773
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from issuance of Series C preferred stock, net of issuance cost

    —          17,651        10,913   

Proceeds from notes payable

    —          4,250        —     

Repayments on notes payable

    (591     (736     (1,351

Proceeds from line of credit

    —          —          100   

Repayment on line of credit

    —          —          (100

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

    —          232        187   

Proceeds from options exercised

    16        51        25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (575     21,448        9,774   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

    —          (1     (42
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    615        14,203        (195

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    4,852        5,467        19,670   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 5,467      $ 19,670        19,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

     

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 1        1        1   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 54        132        170   

Warrants issued as debt issuance cost

  $ —          13        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

1. The Company and its Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

TubeMogul, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, is an enterprise software company for digital branding. The Company’s customers include many of the world’s largest brands and their media agencies.

The Company’s headquarters are in Emeryville, California and it has offices in Chicago, Detroit, Kiev, London, Los Angeles, New York, Shanghai, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo, and Toronto.

The Company has relied on the sale of equity and bank borrowings since inception to fund its operations. The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations during each fiscal period presented. The Company incurred a net loss of approximately $7.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had negative cash flows from operations of approximately $8.2 million. The Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalent balances and the borrowing capacity under its revolving line of credit (see Note 4) to be sufficient for the Company to meet its obligations through at least January 1, 2015.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates in these consolidated financial statements include allowances for doubtful accounts, asset impairments, useful lives for depreciation and amortization, loss contingencies, valuation of deferred tax assets, provisions for uncertain tax positions, capitalization of software costs and assumptions used for valuation of stock-based compensation and convertible preferred stock warrant liability. Actual results could differ from those and other estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock and the Company’s warrants to purchase 154,321 shares of preferred stock will convert into a warrant to purchase the same number of shares of common stock. The December 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data have been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 31,020,626 shares of common stock.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue related to the utilization of its advertising platform. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, service has been provided to the customer, collection of the fees is reasonably assured, and fees are fixed or determinable. Arrangements with customers do

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software or platform at any time. The Company generates revenue from its platform through its Platform Direct and Platform Services offerings. Revenue for both Platform Direct and Platform Services is recognized when the advertisement is displayed. The Company’s arrangements are cancellable as to any unfulfilled portion of a campaign without penalty. Media is purchased on the Company’s platform on a real-time basis and purchasing ceases upon cancellation. Once the advertising is delivered, the related amounts earned for such advertising delivery are non-refundable.

The Company’s Platform Direct arrangements are evidenced by signed contracts. The Platform Services arrangements are evidenced through direct insertion orders. Revenue is recognized during the period in which the advertising is delivered. The Company also maintains processes to determine the collectibility of amounts due from customers. To the extent any of the revenue recognition criteria are not met, the Company defers revenue.

Amounts that have been invoiced for services are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria outlined above have been met. In instances where customers prepay, the Company will defer recognition of revenue until the criteria outlined above are met and actual ads have been delivered during the period based on the terms specified in the agreement with the customer.

In accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , paragraph 45-1, the Company recognizes revenue on a gross or net basis for each model based on its determination as to whether the Company is acting as the principal in the revenue generation process or as an agent.

Indicators that an entity is acting as a principal include: (a) the entity has the primary responsibility (primary obligor) for providing the goods or services to the customer or for fulfilling the order; (b) the entity has inventory risk before or after the customer order; (c) the entity has latitude in establishing prices, either directly or indirectly; and (d) the entity bears the customer’s credit risk for the amount receivable from the customer.

Indicators that an entity is acting as an agent exist when it does not have exposure to the significant risks and rewards associated with the sale of goods or the rendering of services. One key feature indicating that an entity is acting as an agent is that the amount the entity earns is predetermined, being either a fixed fee per transaction or a stated percentage of the amount billed to the customer.

Platform Direct — Platform Direct provides customers with self-serve capabilities for real-time media buying, serving, targeting, optimization and brand measurement. The Company enters into contracts with customers under which fees earned by the Company are based on a utilization fee that is a percentage of media spend through the platform as well as fees for additional features offered through the Company’s platform. These features are delivered concurrently with the related advertising and represent less than 10% of total Platform Direct revenue during all of the years presented. Due to the fact that the features are delivered concurrently, the Company does not allocate revenue between the two elements.

The Company recognizes revenue for Platform Direct on a net basis primarily based on the Company’s determination that it is not deemed to be the primary obligor, does not have inventory risk as the customer chooses the inventory to purchase on a real-time basis, the actual cost of the campaign is determined by the customer through the real-time bidding process, through management of the campaign the customer can define supplier preferences or specific suppliers from a list the Company maintains, and the amount earned by the Company is fixed based on a percentage of the media spend of a customer’s campaign.

Platform Services — Platform Services provide customers the opportunity to utilize the Company’s platform on a managed service basis, whereby the Company delivers digital video advertisements based upon a

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

pre-agreed set of fixed objectives with an advertiser or agency. The Company enters into customer agreements through discrete insertion orders.

For Platform Services, the Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis primarily based on the Company’s determination that it is subject to the risk of fluctuating costs from its media vendors, has latitude in establishing prices with its customer, has discretion in selecting media vendors when fulfilling a customer’s campaign, and has credit risks.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue is comprised primarily of media costs. Media costs consist of advertising impressions the Company purchases from sources of advertising inventory in connection with its Platform Services offering. The Company typically pays for these impressions on a cost per thousand impression (CPM) basis. Cost of revenue also includes technical infrastructure costs which include the cost of internal and third-party servers and related services, internet access costs and amortization of internal use software development costs on revenue-producing technologies.

Capitalized Internal-Use Software Development Costs

For web site development costs and development costs related to the Company’s platform, the Company capitalizes qualifying computer software costs which are incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred to research and development. The Company capitalizes costs when preliminary efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and used as intended. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional material functionality are capitalized. Amounts subject to capitalization in periods prior to December 31, 2012 were not material, and accordingly, no amounts remained capitalized as of December 31, 2012. The Company capitalized $582 in internal-use software development costs related to platform enhancement and $54 in website development cost during the year ended December 31, 2013, which are included in property, equipment and software, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization commences when the website or software for internal use is ready for its intended use and the amortization period is the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Amortization expense totaled $90 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and was recorded in cost of revenue. Costs for research and development efforts have been expensed as incurred and relate primarily to payroll costs incurred in the development of the platform.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments having original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of short-term money market instruments. Amounts held on deposit at financial institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured limits. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on such deposits.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2013 represents cash restricted for the Company’s irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $334 for the benefit of its sublandlord.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2011 the Company had invested in brokered certificates of deposits (CD) with various maturities. The Company’s investments in certificates of deposit are classified as held-to-maturity. These investments are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Investments classified as held-to-maturity are based on the Company’s positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. All of the Company’s CD’s matured during 2012.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of outstanding accounts receivable. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary. The Company analyzes specific accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, current economic trends, and changes in the customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for bad debts. Accounts receivable are written off when no future collection is possible. To date, no significant receivables have been written off.

Many of the Company’s contracts with advertising agencies provide that if the brand (i.e., the agency’s customer) does not pay the agency, the agency is not liable to the Company and the Company must seek payment from the brand. Accordingly, the Company considers the creditworthiness of the brand in establishing its allowance for doubtful accounts. However, since inception. the Company has not had to initiate collection efforts directly with any brands where the contract is with an advertising agency.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Balance, beginning of period

   $ (200   $ (350

Additions to allowance

     (191     (539

Write offs

     41        175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (350   $ (714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, Equipment and Software, net

Property, equipment and software, net are carried at cost and are depreciated on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When the assets are sold or retired or otherwise disposed of, their cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts with the resulting gain or loss reflected as an operating item in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, or the useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

Intangible Assets

The Company held intellectual property rights related to its InPlay Video Analytics (InPlay) product that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008. The intangible assets were fully amortized as of December 31, 2011. In January 2012, these assets were sold to a third party for $1.95 million.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

Fair Value Measurement and Financial Instruments

The Company measures the fair value of its financial instruments in accordance with of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) for Fair Value Measurements . Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair values of all reported assets and liabilities that represent financial instruments, the Company uses the carrying market values of such amounts. The provision establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company.

Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available under the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 — Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013, measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Financial Instruments at Fair Value as of December 31,  2012  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents-money market

   $ 19,670       $     —         $     —         $ 19,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $     —         $     —         $ 296       $ 296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Financial Instruments at Fair Value as of December 31,  2013  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents-money market

   $ 19,475       $     —         $     —         $ 19,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,475       $     —         $     —         $ 19,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability:

           

Warrant Liability

   $     —         $     —         $ 684       $ 684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

In fiscal year 2010, the Company issued a Series A-1 preferred stock warrant that contained a price protection clause that provides that the exercise price of the warrants is to be adjusted downwards upon the Company issuing Additional Stock (as defined in the warrant agreement) at more favorable pricing. As a result of this price protection clause, the Company determined that the warrant is not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and as a result recorded the warrant as a liability measured at fair value at the time of issuance. The Company records “mark-to-market” adjustments each reporting period under other income expense, net. As the warrant’s fair value is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, they are categorized as Level 3. Changes in warrant liability (see Note 4) consisted of the following during fiscal year 2012 and 2013:

 

     2012      2013  

Level 3 financial instruments at January 1,

   $ 142       $ 296   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     154         388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3 financial instruments at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

   $ 296       $ 684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Since all carrying amounts of these investments approximate fair value, no other comprehensive income or loss has been recognized. There were no sales, purchases, settlements, or transfers in or out of Level 3 liabilities.

Other financial instruments not measured at fair value on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2013, but which require disclosure of their fair values include accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt. The estimated fair values of such instruments at December 31, 2012 and 2013 approximated their carrying values. The fair values of all of these instruments are categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant:

 

    Fair Value at December 31,     Valuation
technique
  Significant
unobservable

input
        2012             2013          

Convertible preferred warrant liability

  $ 296      $ 684      Monte Carlo
Simulation
  Value of underlying
Series A-1
preferred stock,
volatility, and
expected term.

Sensitivity to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair measurement of the warrant are the volatility of the underlying stock value, expected term, and the value of the Company’s Series A-1 preferred stock. Significant increases (decreases) in these unobservable inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, under which deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss (NOL) and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce their deferred tax assets to the net amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. Recognition, step one, requires evaluation of the tax position to determine if based solely on technical merits it is more likely than not (MLTN) to be sustained upon examination. The MLTN standard is met when the likelihood of occurrence is greater than 50%. Measurement, step two, is addressed only if step one is satisfied. In step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is MLTN to be realized upon ultimate settlement with tax authorities. If a position does not meet the MLTN threshold for recognition in step one, no benefit is recorded until the first subsequent period in with the MLTN standard is met, the issue is resolved with the tax authority, or the statute of limitations expires. Positions previously recognized are derecognized when the Company subsequently determines that the position is no longer MLTN to be sustained.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes in income tax expense.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property, equipment and software and other assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds these estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group, based on discounted cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. There were no impairment charges recorded in any of the periods presented.

Advertising Costs

The Company’s policy is to expense all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense includes costs for user conferences, tradeshows, print marketing and design consulting. Advertising expense was $822, $1,847 and $3,800 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value and calculating the fair value of share-based awards requires judgment, including estimating share price volatility, forfeiture rates, expected dividends, and expected life. The Company calculates the fair value of each option award on the date of grant under the Black-Scholes option pricing model using

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

certain assumptions. For nonemployee consultants the Company revalues the unvested options at each measurement period.

The Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. The Company’s current estimate of volatility is based on the volatility of comparable public companies. To the extent volatility of the Company’s stock price increases in the future, the Company’s estimates of the fair value of options granted in the future could increase, thereby increasing stock-based compensation in future periods. The computation of expected lives was based on expectations of future employee behavior. The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. In addition, the Company applies an expected forfeiture rate when amortizing stock-based compensation. To the extent the Company revises this estimate in the future; its stock-based compensation could be materially impacted in the year of revision.

Segments

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (CODM), its Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information for the Company on a consolidated basis. The Company manages its business on the basis of one operating segment. The Company’s principal decision-making functions are located in the United States.

Earnings Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method for calculation and presenting earnings per share. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between common units and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Participating securities are defined as securities that participate in dividends with common units according to a pre-determined formula or a contractual obligation to share in the income of the entity. Basic net loss per common unit is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common units outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. Due to the net losses for all periods, there is no impact or change in presentation as a result of applying the two-step method.

Concentration of Risk

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the same customer accounted for 10% and 14% of outstanding gross accounts receivable, respectively. This customer is an advertising agency. There were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of revenue during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 or 2013.

Three media vendors individually accounted for 11%, 24% and 16% of total cost of sales as of December 31, 2011, respectively. Three media vendors individually accounted for 24%, 16% and 15% of total cost of sales as of December 31, 2012, respectively. Three media vendors individually accounted for 26%, 18% and 12% of total cost of sales as of December 31, 2013, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The consolidated financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchanges rates in effect during the period. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

transaction gains and losses have not been material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

2. Property, Equipment and Software

Property, equipment and software as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Computer and office equipment

     $235      $ 607   

Capitalized internal use software costs

     —          636   

Furniture and fixtures

     244        369   

Software

     7        73   

Leasehold improvements

     —          202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     486        1,887   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (130     (420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 356      $ 1,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of capitalized internal use software development costs, was $35, $89 and $232 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The amortization expense of capitalized internal use software development costs was $0, $0 and $90 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company held no capital leases as of December 31, 2012 or 2013.

Intangible Assets

Total amortization expense was $64, $0 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

On January 17, 2012, the Company sold the intellectual property related to its InPlay product for a total sale price of $2 million of which the Company collected $1.6 million in cash on the date of the sale. $400 of the sale price was held back by the buyer and was released according to a predetermined timeline outlined in the purchase agreement. The Company collected $200 and $150 of the holdback in July 2012 and October 2012, respectively. The buyer made an indemnification claim for the remaining $50 of the holdback based on the alleged nonperformance by the Company of a guaranteed service level and related expenses incurred by the buyer. The Company validated the indemnification claim and reduced the purchase price by $50. As a result of the sale, the Company recognized a gain totaling $1.95 million and has recorded the gain within loss from operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

3. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Accrued media costs

   $ 9,178       $ 28,603   

Sales commissions

     671         1,296   

Payroll and related expenses

     549         1,750   

Other accrued expenses

     210         1,321   

Customer rebates

     383         1,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,991       $ 34,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued media costs consist of amounts owed to the Company’s vendors for impressions delivered through December 31, 2012 and 2013.

4. Debt Obligations

Note Payable

In March 2010, the Company obtained a note payable from a financial institution in the amount of $1.5 million. The note bore a fixed rate of 5.6%, and was secured by the Company’s assets through a blanket lien. The note matured on December 1, 2012 and was repaid in full. The Company paid an additional payment of 3.0% of the note origination amount at the time of maturity.

Growth Capital Term-Debt and Working Capital Line of Credit

In February 2012, the Company added a revolving line of credit with a one year term and a growth capital facility. The line of credit provided a maximum of $3 million in advances to the Company and bore a fixed interest rate of 0.5% above the prime rate with a 3.75% minimum rate. The amendment also required the Company to maintain a minimum trailing three month revenue of at least 70% of its projected performance as a financial covenant of the line of credit. The Company was in compliance with this covenant during the term of the revolving line of credit. No advances had been drawn on the line of credit as of December 31, 2012. The revolving line of credit expired on January 31, 2013 and was not renewed.

Under the growth capital facility, the Company has the ability to borrow a maximum of $4.25 million in growth capital term loan advances. The additional growth capital term loan was to bear an interest rate which was the greater of 4.75% or 1.5% above the Wall Street Journal (“WSJ”) prime rate at the date of funding. The rate was 4.75% on the date of funding and is secured by the Company’s assets. The terms of the growth capital facility also require the Company to comply with certain non-financial covenants and no financial covenants. The Company drew down the full growth capital facility of $4.25 million in May 2012. Monthly payments of principal and interest are payable in equal installments from June 2012 through November 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the balance of the growth capital loan was $2.79 million, less the remaining warrant discount of $6 for a net balance of $2.78 million.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

On August 21, 2013, the Company amended its agreement, which was previously entered into in February 2012 with a financial institution to revise and restate the terms on the existing outstanding growth capital facility and to add a new revolving line of credit. The amendment removed the adjustable interest rate terms and stated the interest rate was fixed at 4.75% on the date of funding the $4.25 million. All other terms for the growth capital facility remained the same.

Under the revolving line of credit, the Company may be advanced up to $20 million based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable less the outstanding growth capital term loan balance at the advance date as defined in the amended agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had available borrowings with the revolving line of credit of $17.2 million. Advances against the line of credit shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Western Edition WSJ Prime rate. Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month. The revolving line of credit is subject to certain reporting conditions and financial covenants. The Company is required to maintain a quick assets to current liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue ratio of greater than 1 to 1 if the borrowings against the revolving line of credit exceed $10 million. If the Company is below that ratio, the Company is subject to increased reporting requirements and monitoring requirements. The revolving line of credit expires on August 21, 2015. There were no outstanding borrowings under this line as of December 31, 2013 and no borrowings have occurred through the date of this report. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Future Payments

Future principal payments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

2014

     1,421   

2015

     1,364   
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,785   
  

 

 

 

Discount

     (6

Less current portion

     (1,416
  

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion of debt

   $ 1,363   
  

 

 

 

Warrants

In connection with the note payable obtained in March 2010, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 154,321 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock at a price of $0.4374 per share. The warrant will expire in 10 years. The warrants contain a down round protection clause. The Company accounted for the warrant at fair value and recorded it as a liability in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity . Changes in the fair value of the warrant from the date of issuance up to the balance sheet date are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the year. The fair value of the warrant liability is based on a Monte Carlo Simulation that utilizes various assumptions, including expected term, volatility, risk-free interest rate, share issuance frequency, and exercise price.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

The following assumptions were used at December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
              

Risk-free interest rate

     1.72     3.04

Expected volatility

     80     80

Expected lives

     7.3 years        6.3 years   

Fair value of underlying equity

   $ 1.85      $ 4.70   

The Company recorded the fair value of the warrant at issuance of $56 as a discount to the note payable to be amortized over the three year life of the loan. The Company recognized amortization of $20, $20 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The warrant liability recorded by the Company was $296 and $684 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. A revaluation expense of $11, $154 and $388 were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, relating to the change in fair value in each year.

In February 2012, in conjunction with entering into an agreement governing the line of credit and growth capital facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at a price of $0.30 per share. The warrant will expire on February 1, 2022. The common stock is not redeemable and accordingly under FASB ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC Topic 815, Derivative and Hedging, was determined to be classified as equity. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrant at issuance of $12 as a discount to the loan to be amortized over the three year life of the loan. The fair value of the warrant is based on a Monte Carlo Simulation that utilized a risk-free interest rate of 1.97%, expected volatility of 80.00%, expected life of ten years and exercise price of $0.30. The Company recognized amortization of $3 during each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

TubeMogul Japan Inc. Financing

In December 2012, the Company’s subsidiary TubeMogul Japan Inc. raised $232 from an investor through the issuance of a convertible note to finance its operations in Japan. In February 2013, the Company’s subsidiary raised an additional $187 in financing from three new investors, of which one is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, through the issuance of convertible notes, to secure additional financing for our wholly-owned subsidiary in Japan. The notes are non-interest bearing and non-collateralized.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

Series A, A-1, B and C Convertible Preferred Stock at December 31, 2012 and 2013 consisted of the following and the preferred stock financing issuance costs were insignificant and netted against the financing raised:

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price Per
Share
     Carrying
Value (1)
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     4,177,390         2,515,670       $ 0.6062       $ 1,448       $ 1,525   

Series A (2)

     —           1,661,720         0.4547         756         1,007   

Series A-1

     7,847,028         7,350,252         0.4374         3,128         3,215   

Series A-1 (2)

     —           342,455         0.3499         120         150   

Series B

     10,298,658         10,298,658         0.9710         9,896         10,000   

Series C (3)

     6,177,797         5,481,132         3.2374         17,651         17,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     28,500,873         27,649,887          $ 32,999       $ 33,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series C (3)

     2,674,074         3,370,739         3.2374         10,913         10,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     31,174,947         31,020,626          $ 43,912       $ 44,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts are net of issuance costs.
(2) Automatic note conversion triggered by the convertible preferred Series A financing in February 2008 and the convertible preferred Series A-1 financing in March 2009.
(3) Series C financing was comprised of four closings in December 2012, February 2013, March 2013 and May 2013.

Conversion Rights

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original per share purchase price for such share of preferred stock by the per share conversion price for the respective share of preferred stock in effect at the time of conversion (the Conversion Rate). The conversion price for the preferred stock shall initially be $0.6062 for the Series A preferred stock, $0.4374 for the Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.9710 for the Series B preferred stock, and $3.2374 for the Series C preferred stock (the Conversion Price), and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

Automatic Conversion

Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, at the Conversion Rate effective for such series of preferred stock upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Company’s common stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in the offering (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and registration expenses) are not less than $50 million and with a preoffering valuation of the Company of at least $300 million; or (ii) the date specified by vote or written consent of (1) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and (2) with respect to the shares of Series C preferred stock, in the event that such conversion is being effected in contemplation of (A) a liquidation event and the amount to be received by a holder of Series C preferred stock would be greater is such holder did not convert shares of Series C preferred stock into shares of common stock; or (B) a public offering (other than a qualified public

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

offering described above) covering the offer and sale of the common stock and the price per share in such offering is less than the original Series C preferred stock issuance price, then the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock voting together as a separate class.

Adjustment of Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances

In the event the Company issues additional shares of common stock after the preferred stock original issue date without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then and in each such event (subject to customary exceptions) the Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price equal to such Conversion Price multiplied by the following fraction:

the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of common stock, which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of additional shares of common stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance

the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares of common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of additional shares of common stock so issued

Dividends

The holders of the then outstanding preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari-passu basis, when and as declared by the board of directors, out of assets legally available therefore, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock (payable other than in common stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock), dividends at the annual rate of $0.0485 per share of Series A preferred stock, $0.03499 per share of Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.07768 per share of Series B preferred stock, and $0.2590 per share of Series C preferred stock, each as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, and similar recapitalization events. No dividends shall be paid on any share of common stock unless a dividend (in addition to the amount of any dividends paid pursuant to the above provisions) is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of preferred stock in an amount for each such share of preferred stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of common stock into which each such share of preferred stock could then be converted. The right to dividends on shares of preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest. No dividends have been declared on the Company’s preferred stock through December 31, 2013.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company either voluntarily or involuntarily (including a deemed liquidation event), the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows:

The holders of the preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, on a pari-passu basis with respect to all series of preferred stock and prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock an amount equal to the sum of $0.6062 per share for the Series A preferred stock, $0.4374 per share for the Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.9710 per share for the Series B preferred stock, and $3.2374 per share for the Series C preferred stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

of preferred stock. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the preferred stock, in proportion to the full preferential amounts that they would be entitled to receive.

After the full preferential amounts due the holders of preferred stock have been paid or set aside, any remaining assets or funds of the corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of common stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder.

Voting Rights

Each holder of preferred stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of preferred stock could then be converted and, except as otherwise required by law, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock.

At each election of directors of the Company, (i) for so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A preferred stock and Series A-1 preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director, (ii) the holders of Series B preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director, (iii) the holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors and (iv) the holders of all preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Company.

Redemption

The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

Protective Provisions

As long as shares of preferred stock are outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the requisite holders: (i) modify the rights, preferences, privileges, or restrictions of the preferred stock so as to adversely affect the preferred stock; (ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock; (iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security having preference senior to, or on a parity with, the Series C preferred stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption, or voting; (iv) declare or pay any dividend on the common stock, other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Common Stock; (v) redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire any shares of common stock or preferred stock other than in connection with (i) the repurchase of common stock at the original purchase price from employers, officers, directors, consultants, or other service providers pursuant to the agreements providing for such repurchase upon termination of employment, or (ii) the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal entitling the Company to purchase such shares upon substantially the same terms offered by a third party, provided that the purchase is approved by the board; (vi) effect a reclassification, recapitalization, or similar event, by merger or reorganization or otherwise, with respect to any outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock; (vii) consent to or consummate a liquidation event; (viii) create a subsidiary of the Company; (ix) change the authorized number of directors of the Company; (x) amend the articles of

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

incorporation or bylaws of the Company; (xi) incur indebtedness or guaranty of more than $50 in the aggregate or at any one time, unless unanimously approved by the board of directors; or (xii) transfer or grant of any rights to the Company’s intellectual property, other than licenses incidental to sales of the Company’s products in the ordinary course of business. In addition, as long as shares of Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series B preferred stock or Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series B preferred stock or Series C preferred stock, voting as a separate series, alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series B preferred stock or Series C preferred stock so as to affect such series adversely, but not so affect all other outstanding series of preferred stock. Furthermore, as long as shares of Series C preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock, voting as a separate series: (i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the articles of incorporation of the Company in a manner that adversely alters or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the holders of Series C preferred stock; (ii) authorize, create, issue, or obligate itself to issue any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to Series C preferred stock; or (iii) amend the section in the articles of incorporation providing these protections.

5. Common Stock

The Company has authorized 60,000,000 and 62,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, there were 13,153,956 and 13,349,461 shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

Shares of common stock were reserved for the following at December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December  31,
2013
 

Options outstanding under the 2007 stock option plan

     6,047,605         8,580,133   

Conversion of Series A, A-1, B and C preferred stock

     27,649,887         31,020,626   

Convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase Series A-1 preferred stock

     154,321         154,321   

Convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase common stock

     50,000         50,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33,901,813         39,805,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

Effective November 2011, the Company entered into a new corporate office lease and simultaneously entered into a sublease agreement for its previous office. As a result, the Company recorded a charge of $103. The Company entered into two sublease agreements for additional space at its corporate headquarters in July 2008 and July 2013. The new lease terminates on February 28, 2017 and the subleases expire on July 31, 2014 and May 31, 2016, respectively. In December 2012, the sublease was terminated early by the sublessee. The

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

sublessee paid 50% of their remaining obligation to the Company and the remaining accrued loss balance was recorded as an offset to rent expense.

At various dates throughout 2013, the Company entered into leases for office space. The leases expire at various dates through 2018.

The Company’s commitments for minimum rentals under these leases as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

     Operating
leases
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

     1,105   

2015

     822   

2016

     628   

2017

     246   

2018

     132   

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,933   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense was $375, $555 and $1,178 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit

On July 2, 2013, the Company entered into an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $334 for the benefit of its sub landlord. The irrevocable standby letter of credit is for a one-year term and expires on July 2, 2014 and may be canceled prior to the expiration date upon the written request of the beneficiary.

Legal

The Company is involved from time to time in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of these matters, the Company believes that none of its current legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

7. Stock-Based Compensation

On April 1, 2007, the shareholders of the Company adopted the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) that authorized the granting of incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock awards (including restricted stock units), and stock appreciation rights to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company. Under the Plan, shares of common stock are reserved for the issuance of incentive stock options (ISOs) or nonstatutory stock options (NSOs) to eligible participants. Options granted generally vest over a four-year term from the date of grant, at a rate of 25% after one year, then monthly on a straight-line basis thereafter. Options granted generally are exercisable for up to 10 years from the date of grant. Common shares purchased under the Plan are subject to certain restrictions, including the right of first refusal by the Company for sale or transfer of shares to outside parties. The Company’s right of first refusal terminates upon completion of an initial public offering of common stock.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

The Company has authorized 9,577,408 and 12,187,408 shares of common stock at December 31, 2012 and 2013 under the 2007 Equity Compensation Plan for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock awards (including restricted stock units), and stock appreciation rights to employees, directors, consultants, and other service providers for the Company or related companies.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan at December 31, 2013 is presented below:

 

     Shares
available

for grant
    Outstanding
number of
shares
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
share
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     1,670,592        6,047,605      $ 0.27         8.2       $ 5,121   

Increase to the Plan

     2,610,000        —             

Options granted

     (3,274,577     3,274,577        1.25         

Options exercised

     —          (195,505     0.19         

Options canceled

     546,544        (546,544     0.40         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1,552,559        8,580,133      $ 0.64         8.0       $ 24,973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options exercisable and vested at December 31, 2013

       3,619,188      $ 0.26         6.7       $ 11,906   

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013

       7,423,697      $ 0.60         7.9       $ 21,888   

The Company recorded $133, $430 and $761 of expense for stock-based compensation relating to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, there was approximately $1.24 million and $3.5 million respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the compensation plan. The remaining unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of approximately 2.3 years and 3.4 years at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The weighted average fair value of options granted was $0.19, $0.54, and $1.32 per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic fair value of options granted was $0, $969 and $7.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the fair value of vested options was $207 and $518, respectively.

The fair value of options granted to employees is estimated on the date of grant and to non-employees at each measurement period using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. This share-based compensation expense valuation model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding the variables used in the calculation. These variances include the expected term (weighted average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, expected risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual results differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected term, as the Company does not have sufficient historical data to use any other method to estimate expected term. Expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of several entities with characteristics

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

similar to those of the Company. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. Expected forfeitures are based on the Company’s historical experience.

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of options for employees:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2011    2012    2013
                

Risk-free interest rate

   1.02% to 2.57%    0.81% to 1.12%    1.18% to 1.98%

Dividend yield

   —  %    —  %    —  %

Volatility

   67% to 74%    68% to 71%    68% to 69%

Expected term

   5.6 to 6.1 years    5.8 to 6.1 years    5.2 to 6.6 years

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of options for non-employees:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2011    2012    2013
                

Risk-free interest rate

   1.73% to 2.48%    0.81% to 1.72%    1.08% to 2.49%

Dividend yield

   —  %    —  %    —  %

Volatility

   75% to 76%    64% to 72%    64% to 68%

Expected term

   7.5 to 8 years    5 to 9.3 years    5 to 9.3 years

The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
                      

Research and development

   $ 50       $ 159       $ 206   

Sales and marketing

     72         92         230   

General and administrative

     11         179         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 133       $ 430       $ 761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Loss per Share

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net loss per share in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Under the two-class method, in periods when the Company has net income, net income is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, between common stock and convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities.

The Company’s basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

calculation, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and preferred and common stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share as their effect is antidilutive as the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

In contemplation of an initial public offering, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 which have been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the respective period and exercise of all of the Company’s warrants.

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Net loss

   $ (4,093   $ (3,565     (7,411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     12,433,544        12,867,616        13,265,372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.33   $ (0.28   $ (0.56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Convertible preferred stock

     22,168,755         27,649,887         31,020,626   

Employee stock options

     4,178,213         6,047,605         8,580,133   

Warrants

     154,321         204,321         204,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     26,501,289         33,901,813         39,805,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share — Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later, and assumes exercise of all of the Company’s warrants.

Also, the numerator has been adjusted to reverse the fair value adjustments related to the convertible preferred stock warrants as they will become warrants to purchase common stock and at such time will no longer require periodic revaluation.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
 
     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (7,411

Pro forma adjustment to reflect change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     388   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (7,023
  

 

 

 

Shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net loss per share

     13,265,372   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to occur upon consummation of the Company’s expected initial public offering

     31,020,626   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of warrants to acquire convertible preferred stock and common stock to occur upon consummation of the Company’s expected initial public offering

     204,321   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share

     44,490,319   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

     (0.16
  

 

 

 

9. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company started a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Plan), effective January 1, 2009 for employees who are 21 years of age or older. According to the terms of the Plan, the Company may make a discretionary contribution to the Plan each year, allocable to all plan participants. The Company does not match employee contributions and is responsible for administrative expenses of the 401(k) Plan.

10. Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 loss before provision for income taxes is attributable to the following geographic locations:

 

     2012     2013  

United States

   $ (3,532   $ (6,955

Foreign

     61        (396
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

   $ (3,471   $ (7,351
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

The components of the provision for income taxes as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2012      2013  

Current income tax expense:

     

Federal

   $ —         $ —     

State

     10         20   

Foreign

     84         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     94         60   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

     

Federal

     —           —     

State

     —           —     

Foreign

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     —           —     

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 94       $ 60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate, as a percentage of pre-tax income, differs from the statutory federal rate primarily due to the valuation allowance that the Company records on its deferred tax assets as management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable.

 

     2012           2013        
        
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ (3,471     $ (7,351  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Expected income tax expense at statutory rate

   $ (1,180     34.00  %    $ (2,499     34.00  % 

State taxes — net of federal benefit

     (178     5.13  %      (316     4.30  % 

Permanent book-tax differences

     203        (5.85 )%      514        (6.99 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     1,285        (37.02 )%      2,371        (32.25 )% 

Other, net

     (36     1.04  %      (10     0.13  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 94        (2.70 )%    $ 60        (0.82 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between amounts recorded for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for tax purposes. The major components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     2012     2013  

Accrued expenses

     137        266   

Intangible assets

     16        14   

Stock-based compensation

     153        236   

Reserves and allowances

     155        302   

Other

     22        50   

Net operating losses

     3,890        6,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

     4,373        7,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (4,099     (6,804
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     274        515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

State deferred taxes

     (257     (510

Depreciation and amortization

     (17     (5

Other

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

     (274     (515
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on the available objective evidence, management believes it is more-likely-than not that the net deferred tax assets were not fully realizable as of the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. Accordingly, the Company has established a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has not provided for income taxes on its undistributed earnings for foreign subsidiaries because these earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in operations outside the U.S.; the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities associated with these earnings are insignificant.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $14.8 million of federal and $36.1 million of state net operating loss carryforward available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2027 for federal and state purposes.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and similar state provisions. Any annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.

FASB authoritative guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes clarifies the accounting and reporting for income taxes where interpretation of the tax law on the Company’s tax positions may be uncertain. The guidance also prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, derecognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of income tax uncertainties with respect to positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not have uncertain tax positions for which it has recorded a liability. While the Company may have unrecognized tax benefits included in its deferred tax assets, all of its tax benefits are subject to a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. Therefore, the Company has not yet performed a study to determine the amount of such unrecognized tax

 

F-30


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

benefits that are more likely than not to be realized. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. There was no interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.

In past years, the Company has filed tax returns in the United States, California and New York. Beginning in 2012, the Company will file in those jurisdictions, as well as other various state and foreign jurisdictions. Tax years 2007-2012 remain open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing agencies. The Company has no ongoing tax examinations by tax authorities at this time.

As of the date of the consolidated financial statements, the Company was not aware of any pending income tax audits. The Company’s tax years ended December 31, 2007 and forward are open for audit by federal, California, New York, Illinois, Michigan and Texas tax authorities. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

11. Segment Information

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (CODM) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The CODM for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reportable segment, which is to design, develop and market software for digital branding.

Total revenue from customers by location is defined based on the customers’ billing address. The following table summarizes total revenue from customers for the respective locations:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

United States

     13,723         26,782         38,196   

Australia

     625         3,281         5,875   

All Other Countries

     1,311         4,096         13,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,659         34,159         57,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes total long-lived assets in the respective locations:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

United States

   $ 317       $ 1,244   

All Other Countries

     39         223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 356       $ 1,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(In thousands, except share data and where otherwise noted)

 

12. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through March 20, 2014, the date of which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

(a) Leases

In January 2014, the Company entered into a four year and three months lease for additional office space in Los Angeles, California. The lease commenced when the lessor’s work on the premises is completed and expires on the first day following the fifty-first month after the lease commencement date and increases future operating lease commitments by $503.

In February 2014, the Company entered into a seven year and four months lease for additional office space in New York, New York. The lease commences when lessor’s work on the premises is completed or on April 1, 2014 and expires on July 31, 2021 and increases future operating lease commitments by $4 million. The lease allows for an early termination if exercised nine months prior to the fifth anniversary date of the lease commencement date. There is an early termination penalty equal to four months of annual rent then due, unamortized free rent, unamortized lessor contribution to tenant improvements and unamortized lessor portion of broker commissions.

 

(b) Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit

In February 2014, the Company entered into an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $408 for the benefit of one of its lessors. The irrevocable standby letter of credit is for a one year term and expires in February 2015 and may be canceled prior to the expiration date upon the written request of the beneficiary.

 

(c) Reincorporation

In March 2014, the Company reincorporated in the state of Delaware.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THANK YOU TO THE PEOPLE WHO BELIEVE IN US.


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,660   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NYSE listing fee

     250,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such

 

II-1


Table of Contents

person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or, while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person, subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may be amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

We also currently have and intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of charter or bylaws.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers. In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2011 and through December 31, 2013, we have sold the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

In four closings on December 10, 2012, February 1, 2013, March 25, 2013 and May 9, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 8,851,871 shares of Series C preferred stock to 12 accredited investors at a purchase price of $3.2374 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.7 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan-Related Issuances

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, we granted our directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 7,025,327 shares of common stock under the 2007 Equity Compensation Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.30 to $1.38 per share. These issuances were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, we issued 1,041,703 shares of common stock to our directors, employees, consultants and other service providers upon exercise of options granted by us under our 2007 Equity Compensation Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $1.16 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $103,330.

Warrant Issuances

On February 1, 2012, we issued a warrant to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.30 per share to an investor in connection with a debt financing.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, Regulation S of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated December 10, 2012, as amended.
  4.3    Warrant to purchase shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 9, 2010.
  4.4    Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 1, 2012.
  5.1*    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US).
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2    2007 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.5    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Brett Wilson.
10.6    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and John Hughes.
10.7    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Chip Scovic.
10.8    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 21, 2013.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,

 

II-4


Table of Contents

the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Emeryville, State of California on March 26, 2014.

 

TUBEMOGUL, INC.
By:       /s/    Brett Wilson            
  Brett Wilson
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Brett Wilson and Paul Joachim, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his or her substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement and the Power of Attorney has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

    /s/    Brett Wilson            

Brett Wilson

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Paul Joachim            

Paul Joachim

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    David Toth            

David Toth

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Ajay Chopra            

Ajay Chopra

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Ashu Garg            

Ashu Garg

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Russell Fradin            

Russell Fradin

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Thomas Vardell            

Thomas Vardell

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

    /s/    Jack Lazar            

Jack Lazar

  

Director

  March 26, 2014

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated December 10, 2012, as amended.
  4.3    Warrant to purchase shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 9, 2010.
  4.4    Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 1, 2012.
  5.1*    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US).
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2    2007 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.5    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Brett Wilson.
10.6    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and John Hughes.
10.7    Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Chip Scovic.
10.8    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 21, 2013.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF TUBEMOGUL, INC.

TubeMogul, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is TubeMogul, Inc.

2. The corporation was incorporated in Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 21, 2014.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation as herein set forth in full:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “ Corporation ”) is TubeMogul, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” each with a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 62,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 31,174,947 shares.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 4,177,390 shares and shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .” The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 7,847,028 shares and shall be designated “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock .” The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 10,298,658 shares and shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .” The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be compromised of 8,851,871 shares and shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .” The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Dividends. The holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), dividends at the annual rate of $0.0485 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.03499 per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.07768 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $0.2590 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, each as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, and similar recapitalization events (each a “ Recapitalization Event ”). No dividends shall be paid on any share of Common Stock unless a dividend (including the amount of any dividends paid pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 1) is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted. After any dividend preferences of the Preferred Stock have been paid in full for a given calendar year, any and all remaining dividends to be paid in such calendar year, if any, will be paid on the Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro-rata on an as-converted basis. The right to dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest.

2. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis with respect to all series of Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock then held by them equal to (i) $0.6062 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Original Series A Price ”), (ii) $0.4374 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Original Series A-1 Price ), (iii) $0.9710 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Original Series B Price ), and (iv) $3.2374 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (the “Original Series C Price ” and, together with the Original Series A Price, the Original Series A-1 Price, the Original Series B Price, and, in each case, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Event, the “Original Issue Price ”) , plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of


Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts specified in this Section 2(a), then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(a).

(b) Remaining Assets . After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) have been paid or set aside, any remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata to the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder.

(c) Treatment of Shares . For purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2(c), then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

(d) Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 2, a “ Liquidation Event ” shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include: (i) the consummation of an acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding (1) a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold, immediately following the consummation of the transaction by virtue of their shares in the Corporation or securities received in exchange for such shares in connection with the transaction, a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in proportions substantially identical to those that existed immediately prior to such transaction and with substantially the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the shares they held immediately prior to the transaction; (2) any sale of equity securities primarily for bona fide capital raising purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof); (ii) the closing of a sale, lease, transfer, or other disposition (but not including a transfer or disposition by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender unanimously approved by the Board) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary); (iii) the grant to a single entity (or group of affiliated entities) of an exclusive license to all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property or (iv) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any particular transaction of series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “ Requisite Holders ”) by written notice to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of such event.


(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration . In the event of any liquidation of the Corporation involving the distribution of assets other than cash to the stockholders of the Corporation, the value of the assets to be distributed shall be determined as follows:

(i) In the case of securities that are not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free tradability,

(A) if traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities over the 10 day period ending three days prior to the closing;

(B) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of (i) the average of the last bid and ask prices or (ii) the closing sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the 30 day period ending three days prior to the closing; and

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board and the Requisite Holders.

(ii) In the case of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate), the value shall be based on an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(d)(i) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board and the Requisite Holders.

(iii) In the case of any other property, the value shall be equal to the property’s fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(f) Treatment of Contingent Consideration . In the event of a Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement for such transaction shall provide that (i) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation event and (ii) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.


3. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the then applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Conversion Price ” for each series of Preferred Stock shall initially be the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall be subject to adjustment thereafter as provided in Section 3(d) below.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) of not less than $50,000,000 and with a pre-offering valuation of the Corporation of at least $300,000,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”), or (ii) the date specified by vote or written consent of (1) the Requisite Holders and (2) with respect to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, in the event that such conversion is being effected in contemplation of (A) a Liquidation Event and the amount to be received by a holder of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) in such contemplated Liquidation Event would be greater if such holder did not convert shares of Series C Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock or (B) a public offering (other than a Qualified Public Offering) covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock and the price per share in such offering is less than the Original Series C Price, then the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (voting together as a separate class).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the headquarters of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Corporation and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (except that, in the case of an automatic conversion upon an initial public offering pursuant to Section 3(b), such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the offering) and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date. Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 3(b) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer


agent; provided, however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances.

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3(d), the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the date on which shares of such series are first issued by the Corporation.

(B) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(d)(ii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than:

(1) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock;

(2) shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any subsidiary, for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to any stock option plan or agreement or other stock incentive program or agreement, in each case approved by the Board;

(4) shares issued or issuable to landlords, equipment lessors, lenders or other financial institutions in a commercial transaction or arrangement approved by the Board;

(5) shares issued in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of voting control or some or all of the assets of another business entity in a transaction approved by the Board;

(6) shares for which an adjustment is made pursuant to Section 3(d)(v);

(7) shares issued in connection with acquisitions of technology or intellectual property in transactions that are approved by the Board; or

(8) shares issued or issuable to any other persons or entities with which the Corporation has business relationships, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board and are not primarily for capital-raising purposes.


(C) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as defined below).

(D) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(ii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the following provisions shall apply:

(A) The maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(B) Except as provided in paragraphs (C) and (D) below, no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(C) If such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities), the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities; provided, however, that such recomputed Conversion Price shall not exceed the Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the original issuance of Options or Convertible Securities not been deemed to constitute an issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(D) Upon the expiration of any such Options or Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Options or Convertible Securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or Convertible Securities.


(iii) Adjustment of Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances. In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(ii)) after the Original Issue Date of any series of Preferred Stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then and in each such event the Conversion Price for such series shall be reduced to a price (rounded to the nearest one tenth of one cent) equal to such Conversion Price multiplied by a fraction:

(x) the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance; and

(y) the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of this paragraph (iii), the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding shall be deemed to include the Common Stock issuable upon full exercise and conversion of all then outstanding Options and Convertible Securities.

(iv) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 3(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof;

(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined by Board in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment; and

(3) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration that covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as determined by Board in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment.


(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3(d) relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be equal to:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, divided by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(v) Other Adjustments to Conversion Price.

(A) Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, reverse stock split or similar event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Original Issue Date of a series of Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted.

(B) Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If, after the Original Issue Date of a series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation at any time or from time to time issues, or fixes a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then in each such event, as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, the Conversion Price for such series that is then in effect shall be decreased by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (y) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend or distribution is not paid in full on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3(d)(v)(B) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(C) Other Distributions. In case the Corporation shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock (other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 3(d)), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation


convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), or shall fix a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such a distribution, then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

(D) Recapitalizations and Reorganizations. In the case of any capital recapitalization or reorganization (other than a subdivision, combination or other recapitalization provided for elsewhere in this Section 3 or a merger or sale of assets provided for in Section 2), or the fixing of any record date for determination of holders of Common Stock affected by such recapitalization or reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, the type and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 3 to the end that the provisions of this Section 3 shall be applicable after the recapitalization or reorganization to the greatest extent practicable.

(e) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of a share of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based including the consideration received for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of a Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for the series of Preferred Stock held by such holder and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(f) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board. The number of whole shares issuable to each holder of a series of Preferred Stock upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of such series being converted into Common Stock by such holder at that time.


(g) Notices of Record Date. In the event (i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its capital stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution (other than a cash dividend) or to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or to receive any other rights, (ii) of any capital reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock), or (iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation or any transaction deemed to be a liquidation pursuant to Section 2, then, and in any such case, the Corporation shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of the Preferred Stock at the address of record of such stockholder as set forth on the Corporation’s books, at least 20 days prior to the earliest date hereinafter specified, a notice stating the material terms of the proposed transaction and the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or (y) such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which holders of capital stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; provided, however, that such notice period may be shortened upon the written consent of Requisite Holders. If any material change in the facts set forth in the written notice shall occur, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice of such material change to each holder of shares of Preferred Stock.

(h) No Impairment. Without obtaining such consent of the holders of Preferred Stock as may be required under Section 5, the Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

4. Voting Rights .

(a) General. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of


Preferred Stock could then be converted and, except as otherwise required by law or as set forth herein, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall be entitled to vote with the holders of Common Stock with respect to any matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as otherwise provided herein or those matters required by law to be submitted to a class vote.

(b) Election of Directors. At each election of directors of the Corporation, (i) for so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (each series as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director, (ii) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director, (iii) the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors and (iv) the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Corporation.

5. Protective Provisions.

(a) As long as shares of the Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders:

(i) modify the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security having a preference senior to, or on a parity with, the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption or voting;

(iv) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than in connection with (i) the repurchase of Common Stock at the original purchase price from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase upon termination of employment, or (ii) the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal entitling the Corporation to purchase such shares upon substantially the same terms offered by a third party, provided that the purchase is approved by the Board;

(vi) effect a reclassification, recapitalization or similar event, by merger or reorganization or otherwise, with respect to any outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock;


(vii) consent to or consummate a Liquidation Event;

(viii) create a subsidiary of the Corporation;

(ix) change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation;

(x) amend the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation;

(xi) incur indebtedness or guaranty of more than $50,000 in the aggregate or at any one time, unless unanimously approved by the Board; or

(xii) transfer or grant any rights to the Corporation’s intellectual property, other than licenses incidental to sales of the Corporation’s products in the ordinary course of business.

(b) As long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, voting as a separate series, alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, so as to affect such series adversely, but not so affect all other outstanding series of Preferred Stock.

(c) As long as shares of the Series C Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

(i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in a manner that adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock;

(ii) authorize or create, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any new class or series of shares (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any such security) having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series C Preferred Stock; or

(iii) amend this Section 5(c).

6. Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation, and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.


7. Residual Rights. All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein shall be vested in the Common Stock.

8. Consent to Certain Repurchases . To the extent the Corporation may be subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, for purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (or for purposes of former Sections 502 and 503 thereof, and any successor provisions thereto), to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by directors, employees, consultants or other service providers (i) upon termination of their employment or services, (ii) in connection with other repurchases from employees at the then deemed fair market value of the Common Stock, if approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (iii) in connection with the exercise by the Corporation of contractual rights of first refusal or first offer pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons, provided the terms of such repurchase shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and agrees that any such distributions can be made without regard to the “preferential rights amount” or “preferential rights” or “preferential dividends arrears amount” referenced in Section 500(b) of the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE V

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

ARTICLE VI

The Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII, or the adoption of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.


ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, the affirmative vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, or the adoption of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director, officer, agent or other person with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer, agent or other person occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any of the provisions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter permitted by law, and the rights conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE X

To the fullest extent permitted under law, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation or an observer to the Board, in each case, who is not an employee or advisor of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person (x) solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation or an observer to the Board or (y) from the Corporation, a subsidiary of the Corporation or any officer, director, employee or any other affiliate of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

*        *        *


4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the board of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this 20th day of March, 2014.

 

TUBEMOGUL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

Name:  

Brett Wilson

Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if not determined by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1.12.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a time to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. If a special meeting is called by any holder of record of not less than 10%, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Vice President or the Secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with provisions of this Article I, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings .

(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

1


(b) Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, first-class mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) If the stockholder’s address does not appear on the records of the corporation, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that stockholder by first-class mail or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the records of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further notices or reports, although these shall be available to the stockholder on written demand of the stockholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of giving notice.

(d) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

1.5 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days and not more than 60 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock, and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days and not more than 60 days prior to the meeting, in the manner provided by law. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall be

 

2


produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the stockholders who are entitled to examine the list required by this Section 1.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders and the number of shares held by them.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 4.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission.

 

3


1.9 Action at Meeting .

(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedures established for the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

1.10 Conduct of Business . At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in his absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairman’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

1.11 Stockholder Action Without Meeting . Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were

 

4


present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Directors may be elected by written consent without a meeting only if the written consents of all outstanding shares entitled to vote are obtained, except that a vacancy in the board (other than a vacancy created by removal of a director) not filled by the board may be filled by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.11, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (a) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.12 Meetings by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

5


2.2 Number and Term of Office . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be 7 and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or, to the extent required by the Certificate of Incorporation or if there are no directors, by the stockholders, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

6


2.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by whom it is not waived by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to his last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication . Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum . A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Adjournment . Whether or not a quorum is present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn any meeting to another time or place.

2.12 Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.13 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

7


2.14 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.15 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.16 Nomination of Director Candidates . Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (a) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (b) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

8


3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

3.8 President . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

3.9 Vice Presidents . Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

9


3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.11 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.12 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

3.13 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.14 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

10


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers . Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

11


payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the date on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or

 

12


organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, as provided by law, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

 

13


5.11 Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report . For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service

 

14


with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant

 

15


to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance . The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

16

Exhibit 4.2

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 10, 2012


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 10, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among TubeMogul, Inc. , a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of Common Stock that constitute at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Common Holders ”), and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the Series A-1 Stock ), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) and Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”) as set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Holders ” or the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company, certain of the Common Holders and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of September 23, 2010 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), which sets forth certain registration rights, rights of first offer and information rights granted by the Company.

B. The Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Series C Investors ”) have entered into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series C Agreement ”).

C. In order to induce the Series C Investors to enter into the Series C Agreement and invest funds in the Company pursuant thereto, the Company, the Common Holders and the Prior Investors desire to enter into this Agreement with the Investors.

Therefore, the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth below, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified individual or entity, any other individual or entity who or that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified individual or entity, including without limitation any partner, officer, director, manager or employee of such entity and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such individual or entity.

1.2 “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company.

1.3 “ Equity Securities ” means (i) Common Stock, rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (ii) any security other than Common Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, other than rights contingent upon a failure to pay dividends, or (iii) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.


1.4 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.5 “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC (as defined below).

1.6 “ Holder ” means any Investor that holds Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under Section 2 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

1.7 “ Person ” means an individual or a company, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

1.8 “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Stock, the Series A-1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock.

1.9 “ Qualified Public Offering ” means the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) of not less than $50,000,000 and with a pre-offering valuation of at least $300,000,000.

1.10 “ Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by the preparation and filing of a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.11 “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) any and all shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i); provided, however , that particular shares of any of the foregoing shall cease to be Registrable Securities once they have been sold to in any public offering or transferred by the Holder in a transaction in which its rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

1.12 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities.

1.13 “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.14 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2


2. Registration Rights.

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Request by Holders. If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years from the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction) a written request from the Holders of at least 20% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (“ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such amount of Registrable Securities as would have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of not less than $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders and, as soon as practicable, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of this Section 2.

(b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The underwriters will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriters and allocated among the Holders on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Exceptions to Registration Obligations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1: (i)

 

3


during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration and forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.6.

(d) Deferral of Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days following receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than twice in any 12-month period.

(e) Other Company Shares. If the managing underwriters have not limited the Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the managing underwriters so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) Notice to Holders. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any of its stock in connection with the public offering of such stock (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

 

4


(c) Underwriting. If a registration of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.2 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the initial public offering, in which event all Registrable Securities may be excluded. In no event will shares of any other selling shareholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of shares that may be included by selling Holders without the written consent of not less than a majority in interest of the selling Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriters. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners or members, retired partners or members or shareholders of such Holder, the estates and immediate family members of any of the foregoing Persons and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such Holder.

2.3 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 or a successor form and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the S-3 Notice is

 

5


given; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to and requesting inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;

(iii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good-faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, however , that the Company shall not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.3; or

(v) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration effected under Section 2.2 hereof.

(c) Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

(d) If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 2.1(b) hereof shall apply to such registration.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided, however , that such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holders refrain from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of securities of the Company;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as

 

6


may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or other jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriters of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) in the event of an underwritten public offering, use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of the managing underwriters, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent public accountants of the Company, in form and substance customarily given by independent public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

(h) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(j) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the

 

7


selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such registration statement.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses. All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes and fees) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, including, without limitation, registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and up to $25,000 of the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders , selected by the Holders and subject to the Company’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities that were to requested be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however , that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof:

(a) By the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation” ):

 

8


(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage liability or action; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling Person expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person.

(b) By Selling Holders. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any Person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation arises out of or is based on actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder shall reimburse the Company and such other Persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.8(b) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such

 

9


Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8; then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the Violation that resulted in such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability as well as other equitable considerations. The relative fault of such parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (B) no individual or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any individual or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further , that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or

 

10


payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Survival. Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

2.10 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters, during the period commencing on the effective date of registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriters (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of

 

11


the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and shareholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with the offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters in the offering that are consistent with this Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate these restrictions with respect to shares of Common Stock totaling, in aggregate, up to three percent (3%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

2.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that (i) such transfer or assignment may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws, (ii) such transferee or assignee acquires at least 500,000 of shares of Registrable Securities or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder, (iii) written notice is promptly given to the Company and (iv) such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing 500,000-share limitation shall not apply, however, to transfers or assignments by a Holder to (a) a partner, member or shareholder of a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (b) a retired partner or member of such partnership or limited liability company who retires after the date hereof, (c) the estate of any such partner, member or shareholder or (d) an Affiliate of any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (e) any spouse, parent, child or sibling of such partner, member or shareholder or of the Holder, including in-laws and Persons related by adoption, or (f) any domestic partner of such partner, member or shareholder or of the Holder who is covered under an applicable domestic relations statute, provided that all such transferees or assignees agree in writing to appoint a single representative as their attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Section 2.

2.12 Termination of Registration Rights. The Company’s obligations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall terminate (i) five (5) years after the closing date of the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act or (ii) as to any Holder, at such time following such initial public offering, as all Registrable Securities that such Holder holds or has the right to acquire may immediately be sold in any three-month period

 

12


without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that the Holder holds Registrable Securities constituting less than 1% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “ Requisite Holders ”), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights with respect to such securities unless (i) such other registration rights are subordinate to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included in a given registration and (ii) the holders of such rights are subject to market standoff obligations no more favorable to such Persons than those contained herein, provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.15 hereof.

3. Rights to Purchase Additional Stock.

3.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms of this Section 3 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any Equity Securities, the Company shall give each Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (each a Major Investor ”) the right to purchase such Major Investor’s pro rata share (or any part thereof) of such Equity Securities, on the same terms as the Company is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other Person. A Major Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the Outstanding Common Equivalents (as defined below) held by such Major Investor on the date of the Company’s written notice referred to in Section 3.2 below. For purposes of this Section 3, the “Outstanding Common Equivalents” shall mean outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon exercise or conversion of any outstanding preferred stock, warrants or options or any other right to acquire any of the foregoing. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion this right of first offer among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

3.2 Notice; Exercise of Right. Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall give notice to each Major Investor of its intention to sell and issue such Equity Securities, setting forth the terms under which it proposes to make such sale (the “ Offer Notice ”). Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, each Major Investor shall notify the Company whether such Major Investor desires to purchase its pro rata share, or any part thereof, of the Equity Securities so offered. At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly give notice to each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise, specifying the number of additional shares that are available to the Fully Exercising Investors (“ Additional Shares ”). During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the Additional Shares which is equal to the proportion that the Common Equivalents held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Equivalents

 

13


then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such Additional Shares. If a Major Investor notifies the Company of its desire to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company, the closing of the sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given or, if later, the closing date for the proposed sale of such Equity Securities to third parties.

3.3 Permitted Sales. With respect to any Equity Securities that are not subscribed for by the Major Investors after the end of the combined thirty (30) day period specified in Section 3.2, the Company may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such period, offer and sell such Equity Securities to other Persons upon terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the notice to the Major Investors. In the event the Company has not entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within said 90-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days after the consummation thereof, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Major Investor pursuant to this Section 3.

3.4 Exceptions . The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to issuances by the Company of securities or rights to acquire securities that would not be “Additional Shares of Common Stock” (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time).

3.5 Termination. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the closing of (i) the first sale of stock of the Company pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) a transaction that is deemed to be a liquidation pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”).

4. Information Rights.

4.1 Financial Statements and Reports. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor other than any Investor that the Board of Directors has reasonably determined is a competitor of the Company (provided that no Investor that is primarily in the business of investing shall be deemed a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, balance sheet as of the end of such year, statements of income and of cash flows for such year and a statement of shareholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors;

(b) as soon as practicable after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of each such quarterly period and unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such period, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP,

 

14


except that they may not contain all of the footnotes that are required by GAAP, and subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments;

(c) for each month in which the Board of Directors meets, as soon as practicable after the end of such month and in any event within thirty (30) days, a balance sheet for the preceding month;

(d) within thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a quarterly basis.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.1 to provide any information (i) that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company), (ii) to any Investor that the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or greater-than 10% shareholder of a competitor of the Company (provided that no Investor that is primarily in the business of investing shall be deemed a competitor of the Company) or (iii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel. Each Investor agrees to hold in confidence and trust and not to misuse or disclose any confidential information provided pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.2 to provide access to any information (i) that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company), (ii) to any Investor that the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or greater-than 10% shareholder of a competitor of the Company (provided that no Investor that is primarily in the business of investing shall be deemed a competitor of the Company) or (iii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel. Each Investor agrees to hold in confidence and trust and not to misuse or disclose any confidential information obtained pursuant to this Section 4.2.

4.3 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement) unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 4.3 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection

 

15


with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.3, (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, shareholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Person is bound by confidentiality obligations with respect to such information substantially equivalent to the terms hereof, or provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information, or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises that may have products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company.

4.4 Termination. The rights of any Investor set forth in this Section 4.4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the first sale of stock of the Company pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering, (ii) such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

5. Drag Along Rights. Until the first sale of stock of the Company pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering, if any Person offers to acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company by merger, sale of assets, sale of stock or otherwise (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation more than 50% by voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation), and such transaction is approved by (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series A-1 Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock, voting together as a separate class, consent in writing (including by means of a proxy or shareholder consent voting in favor of such transaction) and (iii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, consent in writing (including by means of a proxy or shareholder consent voting in favor of such transaction), then all parties hereto and all transferees and assignees thereof who have not yet consented (together, the “ Drag Along Holders ”) shall be obligated to (a) vote all of such Drag Along Holders’ shares in favor of such a transaction, to the extent any such vote is required for the consummation of the transaction, (b) sell, transfer or exchange all of such Drag Along Holders’ shares in connection with such transaction on the same terms as those consented to by the shareholders of the Company (with appropriate adjustment to reflect the conversion of convertible securities and the preference and priorities of any preferred stock of the Company), and (c) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, as may be reasonably required by the Company in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 5; provided , however , that with respect to the holders of Series C Stock, this Section 5 shall not be construed to be a waiver of such holders’ rights under the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to have at least a majority of the then outstanding Series C Stock (voting together as a separate

 

16


class) approve the automatic conversion of the Series C Stock into Common Stock in contemplation of any Deemed Liquidation pursuant to which the amount to be received by a holder of Series C Stock would be greater if such holder did not convert shares of Series C Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any Drag Along Holder fails or refuses to vote or sell such Drag Along Holder’s shares in accordance with the terms of this Section 5 within five days of the Company’s request for such vote, then such Drag Along Holder hereby grants to a shareholder designated by the Board of Directors an irrevocable proxy, coupled with an interest, to vote all such shares in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, and hereby appoints such proxyholder such Drag Along Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to sell such shares in accordance with the terms of this Section 5. At the closing of any transaction contemplated under this Section 5, each Drag Along Holder shall deliver, against receipt of the consideration payable in any such transaction, certificates representing the shares which such Drag Along Holder holds of record or beneficially, with all endorsements necessary for transfer. In the event that any Drag Along Holder fails or refuses to comply with the provisions of this Section 5, the Company and the purchaser in such transaction, at its, his or her option, as applicable, may elect to proceed with such transaction notwithstanding such failure or refusal and, in the event and upon tender of the specified consideration to the Drag Along Holder, the rights of such Drag Along Holder with respect to the shares held by such Drag Along Holder will cease; provided, however , that if the Drag Along Holder refuses or otherwise fails to deliver its certificates representing its shares, such rights of the Drag Along Holder shall still cease while the Company or purchaser hold such specified consideration in trust until such certificates are duly endorsed and transferred.

6. Board of Directors.

6.1 Size of Board. Each of the Holders and Common Holders (collectively, the “ Voting Parties ”) shall vote all of their shares of Equity Securities, and shall take all other necessary actions within their control (whether in their capacity as a shareholder, director, or officer of the Company or otherwise), including, without limitation, calling meetings, attending meetings, executing a proxy to vote at any meeting and executing written consents, in order to ensure that the size of the Board of Directors shall be set at five (5) directors.

6.2 Board Composition. Each of the Voting Parties shall vote all of their Equity Securities, and shall take all other necessary actions within their control (whether in their capacity as a shareholder, director, or officer of the Company or otherwise), including, without limitation, calling meetings, attending meetings, executing a proxy to vote at any meeting and executing written consents, to elect members of the Company’s Board of Directors, at each annual meeting of the holders of voting stock of the Company, or at any meeting of the holders of voting stock of the Company at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent, as follows:

(a) at each election of directors at which time at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Stock are outstanding, the Voting Parties shall vote all of their respective Equity Securities so as to elect (i) one (1) individual designated by Trinity Ventures X, L.P. (“ Trinity Ventures ”), which individual shall initially be Ajay Chopra (the “ Series A-1 Designee ”), and (ii) one (1) individual designated by Foundation Capital VI, L.P. (“ Foundation Capital ”), which individual shall initially be Ashu Garg (the “ Series B Designee ”);

 

17


(b) at each election of directors, the Voting Parties shall vote all of their respective Equity Securities so as to elect (i) the person currently serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, which individual shall initially be Brett Wilson, and (ii) one (1) individual designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Common Holders, which individual shall initially be David Toth;

(c) at each election of directors, the Common Holders and Holders shall vote all of their respective Equity Securities so as to elect one (1) individual mutually acceptable and designated by (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, and (ii) the Requisite Holders, who initially shall be Russ Fradin.

6.3 Removal. Upon the request of any Voting Party or Voting Parties entitled to designate a director pursuant to Section 6.2, each of the other Voting Parties shall vote all of their Equity Securities in favor of the removal of the director designated by such Voting Party or Voting Parties, with or without cause (subject to the Bylaws of the Company as in effect from time to time and any requirements of law). Absent such a request, the Voting Parties shall not vote their Equity Securities in favor of the removal of any director of the Company.

6.4 Vacancies. If any representative designated as provided in Section 6.2 above for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors during his or her term of office, the parties to this Agreement shall cause the resulting vacancy to be filled by a representative designated as provided above by the respective person or persons entitled to designate such representative, and each Voting Party shall vote its Equity Securities to elect such representative to the Board of Directors.

6.5 Expenses Incurred by Non-Employee Directors. The Company shall reimburse all non-employee directors for their actual and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors and all committees of the Board of Directors and otherwise incurred in fulfilling their duties as directors.

7. Vote to Increase Authorized Common Stock. Each Voting Party agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Equity Securities beneficially owned by such Voting Party in whatever manner as shall be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock available for conversion of all of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at any given time.

8. Other Covenants of the Company.

8.1 Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement. The Company shall require all employees to execute and deliver the Company’s standard form of Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement, and for all consultants to execute an agreement with equivalent terms.

 

18


8.2 Option Vesting. Except as approved by the Board of Directors all options, restricted stock and similar equity compensation shall vest at the rate of 1/4 of the shares one year following either the date of grant or the commencement of the optionee’s employment and 1/48 per month thereafter.

8.3 Termination. The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 8 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the first sale of stock of the Company pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering, (ii) such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

9. Miscellaneous.

9.1 Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, by facsimile when receipt is electronically confirmed, one business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or otherwise upon receipt, addressed (i) if to Investor, at the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit B , and (ii) if to the Company, at the address set forth below:

TubeMogul, Inc.

1250 53rd Street, Suite 6

Emeryville, CA 94608

Attention: CEO

Fax: (510) 653-0461

with a copy to:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

2000 University Avenue

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

Attention: Mark Radcliffe, Esq.

Fax: (650) 833-2001

Any party hereto may, by ten (10) days’ prior notice so given, change its address for future notices hereunder.

9.2 Successors and Assigns. Each Investor agrees that it may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder unless such rights and obligations are assigned by such Investor to (i) an individual or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Investor pursuant to Section 2.11 and (ii) with respect to the right of first offer set forth in Section 3, to another Major Investor or an Affiliate of the Investor, and, in each case, such assignee shall be deemed an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement, provided that such assignment shall be contingent upon the assignee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

19


9.3 Legends on Stock Certificates. The certificates representing the Registrable Securities shall bear the following legend, together with any other legends required by separate agreement and applicable law:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT WHICH PLACES CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY. ANY PERSON ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

9.4 Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the Requisite Holders, (iii) with respect to an amendment or waiver of the provisions of Section 6.2(a)(i) or this clause, Trinity Ventures, (iv) with respect to an amendment or waiver of the provisions of Section 6.2(a)(ii) or this clause, Foundation Capital, and (v) with respect to an amendment or waiver of the provisions of Section 6.2(b) or Section 6.2(c) the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by Common Holders then providing services to the Company as officers, employees or consultants; provided, however , that this Agreement may not be amended and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Common Holder without the written consent of such Investor unless such amendment or waiver applies to all Investors and/or Common Holders in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment or waiver. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 9.4 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Common Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Common Holder and the Company.

9.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

 

20


9.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9.8 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or waiver of or acquiescence in any similar breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

9.9 Captions. The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

9.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.11 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

9.12 Adjustments for Recapitalization Events. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a specific dollar amount per share, then, upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar recapitalization event affecting such shares, the specific number of shares or dollar amount so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock of such recapitalization event.

9.13 Aggregation of Stock. All shares held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

9.14 Waiver of Right of First Offer. Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the Prior Investors holding a sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3) of the Securities outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of shares of Series C Stock, the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and shall be of no further force and effect, and the Company, the Common Holders and the Investors are hereby bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the

 

21


Company and the Investors with respect to registration rights of the Registrable Securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein. Each of the Prior Investors by their execution of this Agreement hereby waives all rights of first offer, including all notice requirements, set forth in the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to the issuance of the Series C Stock to the Series C Investors.

9.15 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Series C Stock after the date hereof pursuant to the Series C Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series C Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” and “Holder” for all purposes hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Investor.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

Company:
TubeMogul, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

  Brett Wilson
  CEO
Common Holders:

/s/ Brett Wilson

Brett Wilson

/s/ John Hughes

John Hughes

/s/ Jason Lopatecki

Jason Lopatecki

/s/ Adam Rose

Adam Rose

 

Christopher Chanyi

/s/ Mike Mansell

Mike Mansell

 

Brian T. Hafer


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD Partners VII, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Thomas Vardell

Name:  

Thomas Vardell

Title:  

Managing Member

NCD SWIB, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Thomas Vardell

Name:  

Thomas Vardell

Title:  

Managing Member


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P.
By: NCD SWIB Management, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Thomas Vardell

Name:  

Thomas Vardell

Title:  

Managing Member


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI, L.P.
By: Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
By: Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
TRINITY VENTURES X, L.P.
TRINITY X SIDE-BY-SIDE FUND, L.P.
TRINITY X ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.
Delaware Limited Partnerships
By:   TRINITY TVL X, LLC,
A Delaware limited liability company
Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kathleen A. Murphy

Kathleen A. Murphy, Member


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
D. A. Consortium Inc.
By:  

/s/ Hirotake Yajima

Its:  

President and Chief Executive Officer


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
CROSS CREEK CAPITAL, L.P.
By:   Cross Creek Capital GP, L.P.
  Its Sole General Partner
By:   Cross Creek Capital, LLC
  Its Sole General Partner
By:   Cross Creek Holdings, LLC
  Its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Karey Barker

  Name:   Karey Barker
  Title:   Managing Director
CROSS CREEK CAPITAL EMPLOYEES’ FUND, L.P.
By:   Cross Creek Capital GP, L.P.
  Its Sole General Partner
By:   Cross Creek Capital, LLC
  Its Sole General Partner
By:   Cross Creek Holdings, LLC
  Its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Karey Barker

  Name:   Karey Barker
  Title:   Managing Director


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
SINGTEL INNOV8 PTE. LTD.
By:  

/s/ Edgar Hardless

  Name:   Edgar Hardless
  Title:   Director


Exhibit A

Common Holders

 

Common Holders

Brett Wilson
John Hughes
Jason Lopatecki
Adam Rose
Christopher Andrew Chanyi
Brian T. Hafer
Mike Mansell


Exhibit B

Investors

 

Name of Investor

    

1109382 Ontario Inc.

  

1207978 Ontario Ltd.

  

2136148 Ontario Inc.

  

Barnett, George

  

Berolzheimer 2007 Trust, The Michael

  

Berolzheimer, Michael

  

Chen, Stephen

  

Cooke, Dominic

  

Costolo Trustee, Richard

The Richard Costolo 2011 Gift Trust

  

Cross Creek Capital, L.P.

  

Cross Creek Capital Employees’ Fund, L.P.

  

Cullman, Hugh

  

D.A. Consortium Inc.

  

Ecosystem Ventures LLC

  

Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC

  

Foundation Capital VI, L.P.

  

Fraley, Dan

  

Graman, Howard

  

Higgins Trustee, Thomas J.

  

Hughes, Jack

  


Name of Investor

    

I A Capital Partners LLC

  

Knight’s Bridge Capital Partners Fund I (U.S.), L.P.

  

Knight’s Bridge Capital Partners Fund I, L.P.

  

Knight’s Bridge Capital Partners Internet Fund No. 1 LP

  

Lahr, Lanny

  

Lee, Raymond

  

Lee, Sophia

  

Lindzon Capital Partners

  

Maghsoodnia, Mehdi

  

National Advisors Trust Co, FSB, Custodian for Blair J Portigal Roth IRA

  

NCD SWIB, L.P.

  

NCD Partners VII, L.P.

  

NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P.

  

NetService Ventures Group

  

Norman Family Revocable Trust

  

Posehn Trustee, Michael R.

  

Red Devil Investors LLC

  

SingTel Innov8 Pte. Ltd.

  

Stewart, Jeffrey A.

  

Tang (Chon), Ziqiang

  

Tieman, Scott

  


Name of Investor

    

Toth, David

  

Trinity Ventures X, L.P.

  

Trinity X Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

  

Trinity X Side-By-Side Fund, L.P.

  

Van Horne Trustee, Cynthia M.

  

WebVideo LLC

  
  

 


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 23, 2013, is entered into by and among TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the undersigned holders of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Holders ”), and the undersigned holders of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the Series A-1 Stock ), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) and Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”) of the Company (the “ Holders ” or the “ Investors ”).

WHEREAS, the Company, the Common Holders, and the Investors are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 10, 2012 (the “ Rights Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of its shareholders now desire to increase the number of directors constituting the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) from five (5) directors to (6) directors, and to appoint Thomas Vardell as a director to the newly created vacant seat on the Board.

WHEREAS, Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement currently provides that the size of the Board shall be set at five (5) directors, and Section 9.4 of the Rights Agreement requires the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders to amend Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Common Holders and the Holders (such Holders collectively constituting the Requisite Holders), intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Amendment and Restatement of Section 6.1 . Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.1 Size of Board. Each of the Holders and Common Holders (collectively, the “ Voting Parties ”) shall vote all of their shares of Equity Securities, and shall take all other necessary actions within their control (whether in their capacity as a shareholder, director, or officer of the Company or otherwise), including, without limitation, calling meetings, attending meetings, executing a proxy to vote at any meeting and executing written consents, in order to ensure that the size of the Board of Directors shall be set at six (6) directors.”

2. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

 

1


3. Entire Agreement and Modification. The Rights Agreement together with this Amendment constitute the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth therein and herein. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects without any modification. This Amendment shall become effective when executed and delivered by the Company and the Requisite Holders as provided under Section 9.4 of the Rights Agreement.

4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of choice of law.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

Company:
TubeMogul, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

  Brett Wilson
  CEO
Common Holders:

/s/ Brett Wilson

Brett Wilson

/s/ John Hughes

John Hughes

/s/ Jason Lopatecki

Jason Lopatecki

/s/ Adam Rose

Adam Rose

/s/ Mike Mansell

Mike Mansell


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD Partners VII, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

/s/ Managing Director

 

NCD SWIB, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

/s/ Managing Director


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P.
By: NCD SWIB Management, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

/s/ Managing Director


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI, L.P.
By:   Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
By:   Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
TRINITY VENTURES X, L.P.
TRINITY X SIDE-BY-SIDE FUND, L.P.
TRINITY X ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.
Delaware Limited Partnerships
By:   TRINITY TVL X, LLC,
A Delaware limited liability company
Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Its:  

Member


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of October 23, 2013, is entered into by and among TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the undersigned holders of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Holders ”), and the undersigned holders of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the Series A-1 Stock ), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) and Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”) of the Company (the “ Holders ” or the “ Investors ”).

WHEREAS, the Company, the Common Holders, and the Investors are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 10, 2012 (the “ Rights Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of its shareholders now desire to increase the number of directors constituting the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) from six (6) directors to seven (7) directors, and to appoint Jack Lazar as a director to the newly created vacant seat on the Board.

WHEREAS, Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement currently provides that the size of the Board shall be set at six (6) directors, and Section 9.4 of the Rights Agreement requires the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders to amend Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Common Holders and the Holders (such Holders collectively constituting the Requisite Holders), intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Amendment and Restatement of Section 6.1. Section 6.1 of the Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.1 Size of Board. Each of the Holders and Common Holders (collectively, the “ Voting Parties ”) shall vote all of their shares of Equity Securities, and shall take all other necessary actions within their control (whether in their capacity as a shareholder, director, or officer of the Company or otherwise), including, without limitation, calling meetings, attending meetings, executing a proxy to vote at any meeting and executing written consents, in order to ensure that the size of the Board of Directors shall be set at seven (7) directors.”

2. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

 

1


3. Entire Agreement and Modification. The Rights Agreement together with this Amendment constitute the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth therein and herein. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects without any modification. This Amendment shall become effective when executed and delivered by the Company and the Requisite Holders as provided under Section 9.4 of the Rights Agreement.

4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of choice of law.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

Company:
TubeMogul, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

  Brett Wilson
  CEO
Common Holders:

/s/ Brett Wilson

Brett Wilson

/s/ John Hughes

John Hughes

/s/ Jason Lopatecki

Jason Lopatecki

/s/ Adam Rose

Adam Rose

 

Mike Mansell


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD Partners VII, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

Managing Director

NCD SWIB, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

Managing Director


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
NCD SWIB Opportunities, L.P.
By: NCD SWIB Management, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Title:  

Managing Director


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI, L.P.
By:   Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager
FOUNDATION CAPITAL VI PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
By:   Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

  Manager


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS:
TRINITY VENTURES X, L.P.
TRINITY X SIDE-BY-SIDE FUND, L.P.
TRINITY X ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.
Delaware Limited Partnerships
By:   TRINITY TVL X, LLC,
A Delaware limited liability company
Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Its:  

General Partner

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    TUBEMOGUL, INC., a California corporation
Number of Shares:    154,321
Class of Stock:    Series A-1 Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.4374 per share
Issue Date:    March 9, 2010
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Term Loans referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated March 9, 2010.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1


1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party that is not an Affiliate, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not a True Asset Sale (as defined below) and in which the sole consideration is cash and/or publicly traded securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice),

 

2


which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) In the event of an Acquisition by a private company that is not a True Asset Sale or does not meet the conditions of subsection (A) above, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the successor entity to assume the obligations under this Warrant, but where the successor entity declines to assume the obligations under this Warrant and Holder declines to exercise its Warrant immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of such Acquisition, the Company shall have the right, at its option and upon notice to the Holder, to purchase the unexercised portion of this Warrant for cash upon closing of such Acquisition in an amount equal to 200% of the aggregate Warrant Price for the number of Shares for which this Warrant is then exercisable.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be

 

3


proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder: (i) if it amends its Articles of Incorporation, or the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such amendments or

 

4


waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same class of stock, or (ii) if the Company, through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, affects Holder’s rights hereunder in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such transactions have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same class of stock.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer

 

5


holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 23, 2009, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand Off Agreement” set forth in Section 2.10 of the Investor Rights Agreement, and the “Drag Along Rights” set forth in Section 5 of the Investor Rights Agreement (to the extent that Holder owns capital stock of the Company through the exercise or conversion of this Warrant in whole or part). By its execution hereof, and subject to the receipt of any necessary consent to amend the Investor Rights Agreement from the parties thereto, Holder hereby joins the Investor Rights Agreement as an Investor (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) party thereto, provided that Holder’s rights as an Investor thereunder shall not include “demand” registration rights set forth in Section 2.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement. The provisions set forth in the Investor Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed

 

6


investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

TubeMogul, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

8


1250 53 rd Street

Emeryville, CA 94608

Telephone: (510)                    

Facsimile: (510) 653-0461

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


“COMPANY”
TUBEMOGUL, INC.      
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

    By:  

/s/ John Hughes

Name:  

Brett Wilson

    Name:  

John Hughes

  (Print)       (Print)
Title:   Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President     Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary
“HOLDER”      
SILICON VALLEY BANK    
By:  

/s/ Marshall Hawks

     
Name:  

Marshall Hawks

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Relationship Manager

     

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                shares of the Common/Series        Preferred [strike one] Stock of                     pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                    of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 
 

Holder’s Name

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

11


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by TubeMogul, Inc. (the “Company”), on             , 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

      SILICON VALLEY BANK
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

Date:  

 

    Title:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

      SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:   TUBEMOGUL, INC., a California corporation
Number of Shares:   50,000
Class of Stock:   Common
Warrant Price:   $0.30 per share
Issue Date:   February 1, 2012
Expiration Date:   The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:   This Warrant is issued in connection with the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement which amends the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated March 9, 2010.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.


1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party that is not an Affiliate, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not a True Asset Sale (as defined below) and in which the sole consideration is cash and/or publicly traded securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or


purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) In the event of an Acquisition by a private company that is not a True Asset Sale or does not meet the conditions of subsection (A) above, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the successor entity to assume the obligations under this Warrant, but where the successor entity declines to assume the obligations under this Warrant and Holder declines to exercise its Warrant immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of such Acquisition, the Company shall have the right, at its option and upon notice to the Holder, to purchase the unexercised portion of this Warrant for cash upon closing of such Acquisition in an amount equal to 200% of the aggregate Warrant Price for the number of Shares for which this Warrant is then exercisable.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the


number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder: (i) if it amends its Articles of Incorporation, or the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same class of stock, or (ii) if the Company, through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, affects Holder’s rights hereunder in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such transactions have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same class of stock.


2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is equal to the “fair market value” of a share of the Company’s common stock set forth in the most recent independent 409A valuation report obtained by the Company with respect to its common stock prior to the Issue Date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days


prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 [ Reserved] .

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or


conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company


may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Email address: warradmi@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

TubeMogul, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

1250 53 rd Street

Emeryville, CA 94608

Telephone: (510)                     

Facsimile: (510) 653-0461

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]


“COMPANY”
TUBEMOGUL, INC.      
By:  

/s/ Brett Wilson

    By:  

/s/ John Hughes

Name:  

Brett Wilson

    Name:  

John Hughes

  (Print)       (Print)
Title:   Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President     Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

 

“HOLDER”    
SILICON VALLEY BANK    
By:  

/s/ Marshall Hawks

     
Name:  

Marshall Hawks

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Deal Team Leader

     


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series          Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
  

Holder’s Name

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

(Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by TubeMogul, Inc. (the “Company”), on             , 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

      SILICON VALLEY BANK
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

Date:  

 

     

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

      SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated                     , is made between TubeMogul, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law;

B. The Company and Indemnitee recognize that corporate litigation in general has subjected directors and officers to expensive litigation risks;

C. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“ Section 145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors and officers by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors and officers of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive;

D. The Company’s Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein, which include mandatory advancement, are not exclusive and may be supplemented by contracts such as this Indemnification Agreement;

E. The Company’s Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein, which include mandatory advancement, are not exclusive and may be supplemented by contracts such as this Indemnification Agreement;

F. Section 145(g) allows for the purchase of management liability (“D&O”) insurance by the Company, which in theory can cover asserted liabilities without regard to whether they are indemnifiable or not;

G. Individuals considering service with or presently serving Company expect to be extended market terms of indemnification commensurate with their position, and that entities such as Company will endeavor to maintain appropriate D&O insurance; and

H. In order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, the Company and Indemnitee enter into this Agreement.

 

1


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Indemnitee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing a majority of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(e) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in relevant matters of corporation law and

 

2


neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Where required by this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be retained at the Company’s sole expense.

(f) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including any such investigation or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Corporation or its Board of Directors, in which Indemnitee is or reasonably may be involved as a party or target, that is by reason of Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

(g) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

2. Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws or charter of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other service by Indemnitee.

3. Liability Insurance .

(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers of a minimum A.M. Best rating of A- VII, and as more fully described below. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall, as set forth in Section (c) below, either: i) maintain such D&O Insurance for six years; or ii) purchase a six year tail for such D&O Insurance. Should a tail policy be purchased, reasonable efforts shall be made to try to negotiate that such policy is purchased by the Company’s D&O insurance broker at that time, and under the same or better terms and limits for individuals that is in place at that time.

(b) Rights and Benefits . In all policies of D&O Insurance, Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s independent directors (as defined

 

3


by the insurer) if Indemnitee is such an independent director; of the Company’s non-independent directors if Indemnitee is not an independent director; of the Company’s officers if Indemnitee is an officer of the Company; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not a director or officer but is a key employee.

(c) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance at all, or of any type, terms, or amount, if the Company determines in good faith and after using commercially reasonable efforts that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited so as to provide an insufficient or unreasonable benefit; Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; or the Company is to be acquired and a policy (tail or otherwise) of reasonable terms and duration can be purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by Indemnitee.

4. Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Third Party Actions . If Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) Derivative Actions . If Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by

 

4


Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were Indemnitee still alive.

(d) Certain Terminations . The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(e) Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 4(a) through (d) hereof, but subject to the exception set forth in Section 14 which shall control, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment (and the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be reduced by such payment) is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee, by the Company or otherwise, under a corporate insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, right, by-law, or agreement; and, in the event the Company has previously made a payment to Indemnitee for an Expense or liability of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under an insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement, Indemnitee shall return to the Company the amounts subsequently received by the Indemnitee from such other source of indemnification.

(f) Witness . In the event that Indemnitee is not a party or threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding, but is subpoenaed (or given a written request to be interviewed by or provide documents or information to a government authority) in such a Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything witnessed or allegedly witnessed by the Indemnitee in that capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all actually and reasonable out of pocket costs (including without limitation legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in responding to such subpoena or written request for an interview. As a condition to this right, Indemnitee must provide notice of such subpoena or request to the Company within 14 days, subject to the terms of Section 7(a).

5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a) Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

 

5


(b) Partially Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

(c) Dismissal . For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee, then to the extent allowed by law, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, active or passive conduct, and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this section were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance, interest free, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a final determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. Such advancement of Expenses shall otherwise be unsecured and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within 30 days following delivery of a written request therefore by

 

6


Indemnitee to the Company, along with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to advancement (which shall include without limitation reasonably detailed invoices for legal services, but with disclosure of confidential work product not required). The Company shall discharge its advancement duty by, at its option, (a) paying such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advancing to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimbursing Indemnitee for Expenses already paid by Indemnitee. In the event that the Company fails to pay Expenses as incurred by Indemnitee as required by this paragraph, Indemnitee may seek mandatory injunctive relief (including without limitation specific performance) from any court having jurisdiction to require the Company to pay Expenses as set forth in this paragraph. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief pursuant to this paragraph, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this paragraph that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages.

(b) Undertakings. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee agrees to repay the amount advanced only in the event and to the extent that it shall be finally determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company to the extent set forth in this agreement and under Delaware law. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement. No additional undertaking, or security, shall be required of Indemnitee.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice will not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company; and, provided , further , that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding and has notice thereof. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.

(b) Insurance . If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for

 

7


any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by Indemnitee at the expense of the Company; (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded based on the written advice of Indemnitee’s legal counsel that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense; or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding. In addition to all the requirements above, if the Company has D&O Insurance, or other insurance, with a panel counsel requirement that may cover the matter for which indemnity is claimed by Indemnitee, then Indemnitee shall use such panel counsel or other counsel approved by the insurers, unless there is an actual conflict of interest posed by representation by all such counsel, or unless and to the extent Company waives such requirement in writing. Indemnitee and his counsel shall provide reasonable cooperation with such insurer on request of the Company.

8. Right to Indemnification .

(a) Right to Indemnification . In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle Indemnitee to such indemnification.

(b) Determination of Right to Indemnification . A determination of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Section 8 shall be made at the election of the Board by (i) a majority vote of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum, or by a committee consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, or (ii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. However, in the event there has been a Change in Control, then the determination shall, at Indemnitee’s sole option, be made by Independent Counsel as in (b)(ii), above, with Indemnitee choosing the Independent Counsel subject to Company’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Submission for Decision . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

8


(d) Application to Court . If (i) a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within 60 days after the request therefore, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right at his option to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, a California state or federal court, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement. Upon written request by Indemnitee, the Company shall consent to service of process.

(e) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee, and against Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee to the extent involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, if and to the extent Indemnitee is successful.

(f) In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (apart from advancement of Expenses) be determined prior to a final adjudication in the Proceeding at issue if the Proceeding is both ongoing, and of the nature to have a final adjudication.

(g) In any proceeding to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advancement, with the burden of proof on the Company to prove, by a preponderance of the evidence (or higher standard if required by relevant law) that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(h) Indemnitee shall be fully indemnified for those matters where, in the performance of his duties for the Company, he relied in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the board of directors, or by any other person as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believed were within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who was selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee (including cross actions), with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (iv) the Proceeding is brought pursuant to Section 8 specifically to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a final determination, in which case 8(e)’s fees-on-fees provision shall control;

 

9


(b) Fees on Fees . To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee is not successful in such a Proceeding;

(c) Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses associated with any Proceeding related to, or the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law (provided, however, that the Company must advance Expenses for such matters as otherwise permissible under this Agreement); or

(e) Payments Contrary to Law . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

10. Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company. Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Permitted Defenses . It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6 hereof, provided that the required documents have been tendered to the Company) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. In making any determination concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, there shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct. Any determination by the Company concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

 

10


12. Subrogation . In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery under any corporate insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents reasonably required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the Company or its designee to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance expenses under this Agreement shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has collected from such other source, and in the event that Company has fully paid such indemnity or expenses, Indemnitee shall return to the Company any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification. With regard to Fund Indemnitors, however, Section 13 shall control over this section.

13. Primacy of Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or liability insurance provided by a third-party investor in Company and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere (collectively, “Indemnity Arrangements”) are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Fund Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13. The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its insurers to the extent allowed by the policies, waives subrogation rights against Indemnitee.

14. Broadest Interpretation . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

11


15. No Imputation . The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for the purpose of determining Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

16. Survival of Rights .

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary.

18. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to this Section.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters addressed herein, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters addressed herein (including without limitation any prior indemnification agreement for Indemnitee) are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

20. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

12


21. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

22. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement, including the undertaking contained herein, effective as of the date first above written.

 

Indemnitee:     The Company:
      TubeMogul, Inc.

 

    1250 53rd St., Suite 1
      Emeryville, CA 94608
Address:  

 

     
 

 

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

(As amended and restated effective November 11, 2013)

The purpose of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide (a) designated employees of TubeMogul, Inc. (the “Company”) and its parents and subsidiaries, (b) certain consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company or its parents or subsidiaries, and (c) non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) with the opportunity to receive grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights. The Company believes that the Plan will encourage the participants to contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefiting the Company’s stockholders, and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the stockholders. Effective as of November 11, 2013, the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety.

1. Administration

(a) Committee . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”), which, to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law, shall (i) consist of “outside directors” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and related Treasury regulations, and “non-employee directors” as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (ii) have the authority set forth below. To the extent that such a Committee does not exist, or as otherwise elected by the Board, the Board shall exercise the powers of the Committee and, to the extent applicable references to “Committee” in this Plan shall mean the Board.

(b) Committee Authority . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, The Committee or its delegate shall have the sole authority to (i) determine the individuals to whom grants shall be made under the Plan; (ii) determine the type, size, and terms of the grants to be made to each such individual; (iii) determine the time when the grants will be made and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability and the acceleration of exercisability; (iv) amend the terms of any previously issued grant; and (v) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan. The Board may also ratify or approve any grants as it deems appropriate, and the Board shall approve and administer all grants made to non-employee directors.

(c) Committee Determinations . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee or its delegate shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements, and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion. The Committee’s or its delegate’s interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Committee or its delegate pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons


having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder. All powers of the Committee or its delegate shall be executed in its or their sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated individuals.

(d) No Repricings . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Board, Options held by a person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall not be (i) amended or modified an in a manner that would reduce the exercise price of such Option; (ii) substituted for another Option with a lower exercise price; (iii) canceled in exchange for a new Option with a lower exercise price to the holder of the cancelled Option within six (6) months following the date of the cancellation of the cancelled Option; or (iv) canceled while the Option is under water (i.e., for which the Fair Market Value, as defined below, of the underlying Shares is less than the Option’s Exercise Price, as defined below) for the purpose of granting a replacement Grant (as defined below) of a different type.

2. Grants

Awards under the Plan may consist of grants of incentive stock options as described in Section 5 (“Incentive Stock Options”), nonqualified stock options as described in Section 5 (“Nonqualified Stock Options”) (Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options are collectively referred to as “Options”), stock awards as described in Section 6 (“Stock Awards”), restricted stock units as described in Section 6 (“Restricted Stock Units”), and stock appreciation rights described in Section 7 (“SARs”) (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Grants”). All Grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and to such other terms and conditions consistent with this Plan and as specified in the individual grant instrument or an amendment to the grant instrument (the “Grant Instrument”). All Grants shall be made conditional upon the Grantee’s acknowledgement, in writing or by acceptance of the Grant, that all decisions and determination of the Committee or its delegate shall be final and binding on the Grantee, his or her beneficiaries and any other person having or claiming an interest under such Grant. Grants under a particular Section of the Plan need not be uniform as among the grantees.

3. Shares Subject to the Plan

(a) Shares Authorized . Subject to adjustment as described below, (i) the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Stock”) that may be issued or transferred under any forms of Grants under the Plan is Twelve Million One Hundred Eighty Seven Thousand Four Hundred Eight (12,187,408), (ii) the maximum aggregate number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued under the Plan under Incentive Stock Options is Twelve Million One Hundred Eighty Seven Thousand Four Hundred Eight (12,187,408), and (iii) the maximum aggregate number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued under the Plan under all Units is Twelve Million One Hundred Eighty Seven Thousand Four Hundred Eight (12,187,408). If and to the extent Options or SARs granted under the Plan terminate, expire, or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered without having been exercised or if any Stock Awards or Restricted Stock Units

 

-2-


(including restricted Stock Awards received upon the exercise of Options) are forfeited, the shares subject to such Grants shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.

(b) Adjustments . If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Company Stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares; (ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization, or consolidation; (iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value; or (iv) by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding Company Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Company Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or the Company’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock available for Grants, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock that any individual participating in the Plan may be granted in any year, the number of shares covered by outstanding Grants, the kind of shares issued under the Plan, and the price per share of such Grants shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee or its delegate to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, issued shares of Company Stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such Grants; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Any adjustments determined by the Committee or its delegate shall be final, binding, and conclusive.

4. Eligibility for Participation

(a) Eligible Persons . All employees of the Company and its parents or subsidiaries (“Employees”), including Employees who are officers or members of the Board, and members of the Board who are not Employees (“Non-Employee Directors”) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. Consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries (“Key Advisors”) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan if the Key Advisors render bona fide services to the Company or its parents or subsidiaries, the services are not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and the Key Advisors do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(b) Selection of Grantees . The Committee or its delegate shall select the Employees, and Key Advisors to receive Grants and shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock subject to a particular Grant. The Board shall select the Non-Employee Directors to receive Grants and shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock subject to a particular Grant of a Non-Employee Director. Employees, Key Advisors, and Non-Employee Directors who receive Grants under this Plan shall hereinafter be referred to as “Grantees.”

5. Granting of Options

The Company may grant an Option to an Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Key Advisor. The following provisions are applicable to Options.

 

-3-


(a) Number of Shares . The Company shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock that will be subject to each Grant of Options to Employees, Non-Employee Directors, and Key Advisors.

(b) Type of Option and Price .

(i) Incentive Stock Options are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Nonqualified Stock Options are not intended to so qualify. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or its parents or subsidiaries, as defined in Section 424 of the Code. Nonqualified Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Non-Employee Directors, and Key Advisors.

(ii) The purchase price (the “Exercise Price”) of Company Stock subject to an Option may be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share of Company Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns or beneficially owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, unless the Exercise Price per share is not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the date of grant.

(iii) So long as the Company Stock is not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not subject to reported transactions or “bid” or “asked” quotations as set forth below, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Committee. If the Company Stock is publicly traded, the Fair Market Value per share shall be determined as follows: (x) if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, or (y) if the Company Stock is not principally traded on such exchange or market, the mean between the last reported “bid” and “asked” prices of Company Stock on the relevant date, as reported on Nasdaq or, if not so reported, as reported by the National Daily Quotation Bureau, Inc. or as reported in a customary financial reporting service, as applicable and as the Company determines.

(c) Option Term . The term of any Option shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. However, an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns or beneficially owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, may not have a term that exceeds five (5) years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability of Options .

 

-4-


(i) Options shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions of the Plan and specified in the Grant Instrument. The Committee or its delegate may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding Options at any time for any reason.

(ii) The Company may provide in a Grant Instrument that the Grantee may elect to exercise part or all of an Option before it otherwise has become exercisable. Any shares so purchased shall be restricted shares and shall be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company during a specified restriction period, with the repurchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such shares at the time of repurchase, and (iii) any other restrictions determined by the Company.

(e) Grants to Non-Exempt Employees . Options granted to persons who are non-exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at least six (6) months after the date of grant (except that such Options may become exercisable upon the Grantee’s death, Disability or retirement, or upon a Change in Control or other circumstances permitted by applicable regulations).

(f) Termination of Employment, Disability, or Death.

(i) For purposes of this Section 5(f) and Section 6:

(A) The term “Employer” shall mean the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations or other entities, as determined by the Board.

(B) “Employed by, or provide service to, the Employer” shall mean employment or service as an Employee, Key Advisor or member of the Board (so that, for purposes of exercising Options or SARs and satisfying conditions with respect to Stock Awards, a Grantee shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service until the Grantee ceases to be an Employee, Key Advisor or member of the Board).

(C) “Disability” shall mean the inability to perform the duties of an Employee, Key Advisor or member of the Board for a continuous period of more than three months by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment as determined in the sole discretion of the Board or Committee.

(D) “Misconduct” means cause or misconduct as defined in any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company or an affiliate in effect at the time of the Grantee’s termination of employment, or, in the absence of any such employment agreement, any of the following (i) conviction of the Grantee by a court of competent jurisdiction of any felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) the Grantee’s knowing failure or refusal to follow reasonable instructions of the Board or reasonable policies, standards and regulations of the Company or its affiliate; (iii) the Grantee’s continued failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual, customary duties of his employment with the Company or its affiliate; (iv) the Grantee’s continuously conducting him or herself in an unprofessional, unethical, immoral or fraudulent manner; or (v) the Grantee’s conduct discredits the Company or any affiliate or its detrimental to the reputation, character and standing of the Company or any affiliate.

 

-5-


(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, an Option may only be exercised while the Grantee is employed by, or providing service to, the Employer (as defined below) as an Employee, Key Advisor or member of the Board. In the event that a Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer for any reason other than Disability, death, termination for Misconduct, or as set forth in subsection 5(f)(vi) of this Plan, any Option which is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within ninety (90) days after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Company), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option term. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, any of the Grantee’s Options that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer shall terminate as of such date.

(iii) In the event the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer on account of a termination by the Employer for Misconduct as determined by the Employer or if the Grantee breaches his or her employment agreement with the Employer as determined by the Employer, any Option held by the Grantee shall terminate on the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer or the date on which such Option would otherwise expire, if earlier. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5, if the Employer determines that the Grantee has engaged in conduct that constitutes Misconduct or has breached his or her employment agreement at any time while the Grantee is or was employed by, or providing service to, the Employer or after the Grantee’s termination of employment or service, any Option held by the Grantee shall terminate as of the date on which such Misconduct first occurred, or the date on which such Option would otherwise expire, if earlier. Upon any exercise of an Option, the Company may withhold delivery of share certificates pending resolution of an inquiry that could lead to a finding resulting in a forfeiture.

(iv) In the event the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer because the Grantee is Disabled, any Option which is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within one (1) year after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Company), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option term. Except as otherwise provided, any of the Grantee’s Options that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer shall terminate as of such date.

(v) If the Grantee dies while employed by, or providing service to, the Employer, all of the unexercised outstanding Options of Grantee shall become immediately exercisable and remain exercisable for a period of one (1) year from his or her date of death, but in no event later than the date of expiration of the Option term. If the Grantee dies within ninety (90) days after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed or provide service on account of a termination specified in Section 5(f)(ii) above (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Company), any Option that is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within one (1) year after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer (or within such other period of time as may be specified), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the

 

-6-


Option term. Except as otherwise provided, any of the Grantee’s Options that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer shall terminate as of such date.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that any Company-sponsored plan or arrangement, or any agreement to which the Company is a party provides for a longer exercise period for a Grantee’s Options under applicable circumstances than the exercise period that is provided for in this Section 5(f) under those circumstances, then the exercise period set forth in such plan, arrangement or agreement applicable to such circumstances shall apply in lieu of the exercise period provided for in this Section 5(f). In no event, however, may such exercise period continue past the end of the term of the Option as set forth in this Plan.

(g) Exercise of Options . A Grantee may exercise an Option that has become exercisable, in whole or in part, by delivering a notice of exercise to the Company. The Grantee shall pay the Exercise Price for an Option in cash, or, to the extent permitted by the Committee, (i) with payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may approve. The Grantee shall pay the Exercise Price and the amount of any withholding tax due (pursuant to Section 8).

(h) Limits on Incentive Stock Options . Each Incentive Stock Option shall provide that, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Company Stock on the date of the grant with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year, under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company or a parent or subsidiary, exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Option, as to the excess, shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company. To the extent that all or any portion of an Incentive Stock Option remains exercisable after the ninety (90) days after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Employer, the portion of such Option that remains exercisable shall be exercisable as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.,

6. Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

The Company may transfer shares of Company Stock or cash to an Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Key Advisor under a Stock Award or an award of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) The following provisions are applicable to Stock Awards:

(i) General Requirements . Shares of Company Stock issued or transferred pursuant to Stock Awards may be issued or transferred for consideration or for no consideration, and subject to restrictions or no restrictions. Restrictions on Stock Awards shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as set forth in the Grant Instrument. The period of time during which the Stock Award will remain subject to restrictions will be designated in the Grant Instrument as the “Restriction Period.”

 

-7-


(ii) Number of Shares . The Grant Instrument shall set forth the number of shares of Company Stock to be issued or transferred pursuant to a Stock Award and the restrictions applicable to such shares.

(iii) Requirement of Employment or Service . If the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Employer (as defined in Section 5(f)) during a period designated in the Grant Instrument as the Restriction Period, or if other specified conditions are not met, the Stock Award shall terminate as to all shares covered by the award as to which the restrictions have not lapsed, and those shares of Company Stock must be immediately returned to the Company. The Company may, however, provide for complete or partial exceptions to this requirement as it deems appropriate.

(iv) Restrictions on Transfer and Legend on Stock Certificate . During the Restriction Period, a Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of the shares of the Stock Award except to a successor under Section 9(a). Each certificate for Stock Awards shall contain a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions in the Grant. The Grantee shall be entitled to have the legend removed from the stock certificate covering the shares subject to restrictions when all restrictions on such shares have lapsed. The Company may determine that it will not issue certificates for Stock Awards until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed, or that the Company will retain possession of certificates for Stock Awards until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed.

(v) Right to Vote and to Receive Dividends . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or its delegate, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee shall not have the right to vote shares subject to Stock Awards or to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares.

(vi) Lapse of Restrictions . All restrictions imposed on Stock Awards shall lapse upon the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period and the satisfaction of all conditions. The Company may determine, as to any or all Stock Awards, that the restrictions shall lapse without regard to any Restriction Period.

(b) Restricted Stock Units . The following provisions are applicable to awards of Restricted Stock Units (“Restricted Stock Units”):

(i) General Requirements . The Committee or its delegate may grant Restricted Stock Units to an Employee or Key Advisor. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Grantee to receive an amount in cash or Company Stock (as determined by the Committee or its delegate) based on the value of the Restricted Stock Unit, if performance goals established by the Committee are met or upon the lapse of a specified vesting period, and/or such other event based vesting conditions established by the Committee. A Restricted Stock Unit shall be based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock or on such other measurement base as the Committee or its delegate deems appropriate. The Committee or its delegate shall determine the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted and the requirements applicable to such Restricted Stock Units. All such Restricted Stock Units shall comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code .

 

-8-


(ii) Purchase Price . No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Grantee shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to the Employer having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Company Stock issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

(iii) Vesting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions . Grantees shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Company Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Grant Instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit that the individual shall be entitled to dividend equivalent rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Company Stock during the period beginning on the date such Restricted Stock Unit is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Grant, on the earlier of the date the Restricted Stock Unit is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Such dividend equivalent rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Grantee with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Company Stock. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded down to the nearest whole number) to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on such date with respect to the number of shares of Company Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units previously credited to the Grantee by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Company Stock on such date. Such additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Grant. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Company Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 3(b), appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Unit so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Grantee would be entitled by reason of the shares of Company Stock issuable upon settlement of the Grant, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same vesting conditions as are applicable to the Grant.

(iv) Effect of Termination of Service . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Grant Instrument evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit, if a Grantee’s service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Grantee’s death or disability), then the Grantee shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Grant which remain subject to vesting conditions as of the date of the Grantee’s termination of service.

(v) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . The Company shall issue to a Grantee on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Grantee’s Grant Instrument vest or on such other date determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Grant Instrument, one (1) share of Company Stock (and/or any other new,

 

-9-


substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant to an adjustment described above) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of applicable taxes, if any. If permitted by the Committee, the Grantee may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of Company Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Grantee pursuant to this Section, and such deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Grantee shall be set forth in the Grant Instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit by payment to the Grantee in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Company Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Grantee pursuant to this Section.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights

The Company may grant SARs to an Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Key Advisor. The following provisions are applicable to SARs.

(a) General Requirements . The Company may grant SARs to an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Key Advisor separately or in tandem with any Option (for all or a portion of the applicable Option). Tandem SARs may be granted either at the time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter while the Option remains outstanding; provided, however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, SARs may be granted only at the time of the grant of the Incentive Stock Option. Unless otherwise specified in the Grant Instrument, the base amount of each SAR shall be equal to the per share Exercise Price of the related Option or, if there is no related Option, the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR.

(b) Tandem SARs . In the case of tandem SARs, the number of SARs granted to a Grantee that shall be exercisable during a specified period shall not exceed the number of shares of Company Stock that the Grantee may purchase upon the exercise of the related Option during such period. Upon the exercise of an Option, the SARs relating to the Company Stock covered by such Option shall terminate. Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall terminate to the extent of an equal number of shares of Company Stock.

(c) Exercisability . A SAR shall be exercisable during the period specified in the Grant Instrument and shall be subject to such vesting and other restrictions as may be specified. The Company may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding SARs at any time for any reason. SARs may only be exercised while the Grantee is employed by, or providing service to, the Employer or during the applicable period after termination of employment or service as described in Section 5(f). A tandem SAR shall be exercisable only during the period when the Option to which it is related is also exercisable.

(d) Grants to Non-Exempt Employees . Notwithstanding the foregoing, SARs granted to persons who are non-exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at least six (6) months after the date of grant (except that such SARs may become exercisable, as determined by the Committee, upon the

 

-10-


Grantee’s death, Disability or retirement, or upon a Change of Control or other circumstances permitted by applicable regulations).

(e) Value of SARs . When a Grantee exercises SARs, the Grantee shall receive in settlement of such SARs an amount equal to the value of the stock appreciation for the number of SARs exercised, payable in Company Stock. The stock appreciation for a SAR is the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the underlying Company Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the base amount of the SAR as described in subsection (a). For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Company Stock to be received, shares of Company Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company may pay the appreciation of a SAR in the form of cash, shares of Company Stock, or a combination of the two, so long as the ability to pay such amount in cash does not result in the Grantee incurring taxable income related to the SAR prior to the Grantee’s exercise of the SAR.

(f) Number of SARs Authorized for Issuance . For purposes of 3(a) of the Plan, stock appreciation rights to be settled in shares of Company Stock shall be counted in full against the number of shares available for award under the Plan, regardless of the number of exercise gain shares issued upon the settlement of the stock appreciation right.

8. Withholding of Taxes

(a) Required Withholding . All Grants under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal (including FICA), state, and local tax withholding requirements. The Employer may require that the Grantee or other person receiving or exercising Grants pay to the Employer the amount of any federal, state, or local taxes that the Employer is required to withhold with respect to such Grants, or the Employer may deduct from Grant proceeds or other wages paid by the Employer the amount of any withholding taxes due with respect to such Grants. Grants under the plan may also be subject to taxation by various governmental entities outside of the United States. Except as otherwise required by law, the Participant shall be solely responsible for payment of any such taxes payable to governmental entities outside of the United States.

(b) Election to Withhold Shares . If the Company so permits, a Grantee may elect to satisfy the Employer’s income tax withholding obligation with respect to a Grant by having shares withheld up to an amount that does not exceed the Grantee’s minimum applicable withholding tax rate for federal (including FICA), state, and local tax liabilities. The election must be in a form and manner prescribed by the Company.

9. Transferability of Grants

(a) Nontransferability of Grants . Except as provided below, only the Grantee may exercise rights under a Grant during the Grantee’s lifetime. A Grantee may not transfer those rights except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. When a Grantee dies, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the Grantee may exercise such rights. Any such successor must furnish proof satisfactory to the Company of his or her right to receive the Grant under the Grantee’s will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

-11-


(b) Transfer of Nonqualified Stock Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grant Instrument may provide that a Grantee may transfer Nonqualified Stock Options to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the benefit of or owned by family members, consistent with applicable securities laws, provided that the Grantee receives no consideration for the transfer of an Option and the transferred Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Option immediately before the transfer.

10. Change in Control of the Company

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Company is a party: (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the capital stock of the Company’s subsidiary corporations) in connection with the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (iii) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger.

11. Consequences of a Change in Control

(a) In the event of any Change of Control, except as otherwise determined by the Company, each Option and SAR which is at the time outstanding automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights, and the restrictions and conditions on all outstanding Stock Awards shall lapse immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Change of Control, for all of the Shares at the time represented by such Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit. However, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, an outstanding Option or SAR shall not so fully vest and be exercisable and released from such limitations and a Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit shall not be released from such restrictions and restrictions on Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units if and to the extent: (i) such Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit is, in connection with the Change in Control , either to be assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or to be replaced with a comparable Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (ii) such Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or Parent thereof which preserves the compensation element of such Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit existing at the time of the Change in Control and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such Option, SAR, Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit. The determination of Option, SAR or Stock Award comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Effective upon the consummation of the Change of Control, all outstanding Options, SAR, Stock Awards or Restricted Stock Unit under the Plan shall terminate and

 

-12-


cease to remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor company or its Parent.

(c) The portion of any Incentive Stock Option accelerated under this Section 11 in connection with a Change of Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated excess portion of such Option shall be exercisable as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

12. Requirements for Issuance or Transfer of Shares

(a) Limitations on Issuance or Transfer of Shares . No Company Stock shall be issued or transferred in connection with any Grant hereunder unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such Company Stock have been complied with. Any Grant made shall be conditioned on the Grantee’s undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on his or her subsequent disposition of such shares of Company Stock, and certificates representing such shares may be legended to reflect any such restrictions. Certificates representing shares of Company Stock issued or transferred under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be required by applicable laws, regulations and interpretations, including any requirement that a legend be placed thereon.

(b) Lock-Up Period . If so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any underwritten offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act, a Grantee (including any successor or assigns) shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares or other securities of the Company during the thirty (30) day period preceding and the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period (up to 12 months) as may be requested by the Company and the Company’s bankers or Nomad if the Company undertakes a listing of shares on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange or a listing on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange for such underwriting or offering/listing (or such shorter period as may be requested by the Managing Underwriter or Nomad/banker and agreed to by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

(c) Repurchase Rights . Shares of Company Stock issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Grants are granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Grantee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Company Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Company Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

-13-


13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan

(a) Amendment . The Board or its delegate may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that neither the Board nor its delegate shall have the authority to amend the Plan without stockholder approval if such approval is required in order to comply with the Code or other applicable laws, or to comply with applicable stock exchange requirements.

(b) Termination of Plan . The Plan shall terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of its effective date, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Company or is extended by the Company with the approval of the stockholders.

(c) Termination and Amendment of Outstanding Grants . A termination or amendment of the Plan that occurs after a Grant is made shall not materially impair the rights of a Grantee unless the Grantee consents or unless the Company acts under Section 20(b). The termination of the Plan shall not impair the power and authority of the Company with respect to an outstanding Grant. Whether or not the Plan has terminated, an outstanding Grant may be terminated or amended under Section 20(b) or may be amended by agreement of the Company and the Grantee consistent with the Plan.

(d) Governing Document . The Plan shall be the controlling document. No other statements, representations, explanatory materials or examples, oral or written, may amend the Plan in any manner. The Plan shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Company and its successors and assigns.

14. Funding of the Plan

This Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Grants under this Plan. In no event shall interest be paid or accrued on any Grant, including unpaid installments of Grants.

15. Rights of Participants

Nothing in this Plan shall entitle any Employee, Key Advisor, Non-Employee Director, or other person to any claim or right to be granted a Grant under this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any rights to be retained by or in the employ of the Employer or any other employment rights.

16. No Fractional Shares

No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Grant. The Company shall determine whether cash, other awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

-14-


17. Headings

Section headings are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a title and the content of a Section, the content of the Section shall control.

18. Effective Date of the Plan

The Plan was originally effective April 1, 2007.

19. Information and Documents to Grantees . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company Stock covered by this Plan becomes registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and if required by the applicable laws, the Company shall provide such information to each Grantee and to each individual who acquired Grants pursuant to the Plan, as required by applicable law.

20. Miscellaneous

(a) Grants in Connection with Corporate Transactions and Otherwise . Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to (i) limit the right of the Company to make Grants under this Plan in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business or assets of any corporation, firm or association, including Grants to employees thereof who become Employees, or for other proper corporate purposes, or (ii) limit the right of the Company to grant stock options or make other awards outside of this Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may make a Grant to an employee of another corporation who becomes an Employee by reason of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or property, reorganization or liquidation involving the Company, the parent or any of their subsidiaries in substitution for awards made by such corporation. The terms and conditions of the substitute Grants may vary from the terms and conditions required by the Plan and from those of the substituted stock incentives. The Company shall prescribe the provisions of the substitute Grants.

(b) Compliance with Law . The Plan, the exercise of Options and SARs, and the obligations of the Company to issue or transfer shares of Company Stock under Grants shall be subject to all applicable laws and to approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee. In addition, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options under the Plan comply with the applicable provisions of and Section 422 of the Code unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee. To the extent that any legal requirement of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 422 of the Code as set forth in the Plan ceases to be required under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 422 of the Code, that Plan provision shall cease to apply. The Company may revoke any Grant if it is contrary to law or modify a Grant to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. The Company may also adopt rules regarding the withholding of

 

-15-


taxes on payments to Grantees. The Company may, in its sole discretion, agree to limit its authority under this Section.

(c) Employees Subject to Taxation Outside the United States . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary set forth in this Plan, with respect to Grantees who are subject to taxation in countries other than the United States, Grants may be made on such terms and conditions as the Company deems appropriate to comply with the laws of the applicable countries, and the Company may create such procedures, addenda and subplans and make such modifications as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such laws.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation, and effect of the Plan and Grant Instruments issued under the Plan shall be governed and construed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

-16-


PLAN HISTORY

 

July 9, 2007    Board and Shareholders adopt Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,000,000 shares.
February 8, 2008    Board approved share reserve increase of 648,493 shares (from 2,000,000 to 2,648,493 shares).
February 8, 2008    Shareholders approved share reserve increase of 648,493 shares (from 2,000,000 to 2,648,493 shares).
September 18, 2008    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the initial and second reserve increases of 2,648,493 shares.
October 27, 2008    Board approved share reserve increase of 1,000,000 shares (from 2,648,493 to 3,648,493 shares).
October 27, 2008    Shareholders approved share reserve increase of 1,000,000 shares (from 2,648,493 to 3,648,493 shares).
November 14, 2008    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the third reserve increase of 1,000,000 shares.
March 18, 2009    Board approved share reserve increase of 1,147,815 shares (from 3,648,493 to 4,796,308 shares).
March 19, 2009    Shareholders approved share reserve increase of 1,147,815 shares (from 3,648,493 to 4,796,308 shares).
April 13, 2009    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the third reserve increase of 1,147,815 shares.
September 21, 2010    Board approved share reserve increase of 2,781,100 shares (from 4,796,308 to 7,577,408 shares).
September 21, 2010    Board approved Plan amendment (via approval of Series B Investor Rights Agreement) to allow for Repurchase Rights.
September 22, 2010    Shareholders approved share reserve increase of 2,781,100 shares (from 4,796,308 to 7,577,408 shares).
October 13, 2010    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the fourth reserve increase of 2,781,100 shares.


October 11, 2012    Board approved share reserve increase of 2,000,000 shares (from 7,577,408 shares to 9,577,408 shares).
November 27, 2012    Shareholders approved share reserve increase of 2,000,000 shares (from 7,577,408 shares to 9,577,408 shares).
December 3, 2012    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the fifth reserve increase of 2,000,000 shares.
November 11, 2013    Board approved amended and restated Plan, and addition of 2,610,000 shares to share reserve for a total authorized reserve of 12,187,408 shares.
November 11, 2013    Shareholders approved amended and restated Plan and addition of 2,610,000 shares to share reserve for a total authorized reserve of 12,187,408 shares.
December 12, 2013    Notice of Issuance of Securities Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code filed with the Department of Corporations for the fifth reserve increase of 2,610,000 shares.


TUBEMOGUL, INC

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[EMPLOYEE/CONSULTANT RECIPIENT]

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:      [                    ]   
Date of Grant:      [                    ]   
Exercise Price per Share:      [$                  ]   
Total Number of Shares Granted:      [                    ]   
Total Exercise Price:      $[                  ]   
Type of Option:      [                ] Shares Incentive Stock Option with Cliff Vesting
     [                ] Shares Nonqualified Stock Option with Cliff Vesting
Expiration Date:      [                    ]   
Vesting Commencement Date:      [                    ]   

“Continuous Status” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any parent, or subsidiary, has not been interrupted or terminated for any reason. Any notice by the Company to Optionee that Optionee’s relationship with the Company as an employee, director, consultant or Key Advisor has been terminated or Optionee’s termination of such relationship voluntarily, by death or Disability shall constitute automatic termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status but shall not be the sole means of termination of such Optionee’s Continuous Status. Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company in writing or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company in writing shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved in writing by an authorized executive officer of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.


Vesting/Exercise Schedule:
     Subject to other limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:
     So long as Optionee’s Continuous Status with the Company or any subsidiary or parent, as applicable, continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: (i) the first 25% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the 12 month anniversary date of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “ Anniversary Date ”); and thereafter (ii) 2.08333% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the first day of each calendar month following the Anniversary Date over the next 36 months. If application of the vesting percentage results in a fractional Share, such Share shall be rounded down to a whole Share.
Termination Period:      This Option may only be exercised with respect to shares vested as of the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status, except as set out in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:      This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the this determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to you. By signing below, you agree that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by you as a result of

 

-2-


such determination by the IRS. You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of your stock options, including the application of Section 409A.

 

    TubeMogul, Inc.

 

     
(Signature)      

 

 

    By:  

 

[PRINT RECIPIENT NAME]     Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

-3-


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to [                    ] (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

If designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other ISOs granted to Optionee by the Company or any parent or subsidiary (each a “ Participating Company ”), including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonqualified Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5 of the Plan.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 4 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are

 

-4-


determined by the Committee in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 8 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with applicable laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check; or

(c) Commencing at such time as the Company’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the shares for which this Option is exercisable are eligible for public resale under Rule 701 or are registered under a Form S-8 registration statement (or any applicable successor form thereto), and the Company’s stock is publicly traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, by delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

4. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 4. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is

 

-5-


vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 4(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an employee or consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status since the Date of Grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

5. Acceleration of Vesting Upon Certain Corporate Transactions . This Option shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a “Change in Control.” In the event of a “Change in Control” as such transactions are set forth in Section 10 of the Plan (“ Corporate Transaction ”) prior to termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason, unless this Option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either (i) assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or (ii) replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (iii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the compensation element of this Option existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Option, then all Shares under this Agreement shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Option comparability under clause (ii) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Options hereunder shall terminate and cease to remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation or its Parent.

6. Right Of First Refusal .

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 6(g) and Section 8 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

-6-


(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 6, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 6. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

(d) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Optionee shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Optionee acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

-7-


(e) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 6(d) above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 6(d). The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 6.

(f) Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 6 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 6 are met.

(g) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 6(i) result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

(h) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(i) Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the successor corporation or Parent thereof assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the successor corporation or Parent thereof stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

-8-


(j) Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

7. Stock Distributions Subject To Option Agreement .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the Company the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

8. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

9. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

 

-9-


(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

10. Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that:

(a) Optionee acknowledges that both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

(b) Optionee acknowledges that these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 8 to the Company;

(c) Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

(d) Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Act ”), or any applicable state law in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act and any applicable state law, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (i) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (ii) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (iii) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iv) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

(e) Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and any applicable state law, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule

 

-10-


144, the usual exemption from registration under the Act, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

(f) Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required.

11. Lock-Up Agreement . If so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any underwritten offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act, an Optionee (including any successor or assigns) shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares or other securities of the Company during the thirty (30) day period preceding and the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period (up to 12 months) as may be requested by the Company and the Company’s bankers or Nomad if the Company undertakes a listing of shares on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange or a listing on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange for such underwriting or offering/listing (or such shorter period as may be requested by the Managing Underwriter or Nomad/banker and agreed to by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

12. Governing Law/Venue . This Stock Option Agreement is governed by California State law, except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. Venue for all purposes hereunder shall be San Francisco, California.

13. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Notice, the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Option is, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option will be, issued in full satisfaction and accord for any and all other securities or rights to acquire other securities (including but not limited to stock options) in the Company that Optionee is or may be entitled to under any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements (collectively, “ Securities ”). Optionee hereby represents and warrants that Optionee has not transferred any such rights it may have held in such Securities. All such Securities, if any, are hereby terminated and cancelled in their entirety in consideration of the grant of this Option.

14. Headings . The captions used in this Stock Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Stock Option Agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

-11-


15. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Stock Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company to the Board or the Committee that administers the Plan and need not be addressed by the Board or such Committee any earlier than the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board or such Committee, as applicable, or such later date as is reasonably determined by the Board or such Committee. The resolution of such dispute by the Board or the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

16. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

17. Counterparts . This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-12-


In witness whereof, the Company and Optionee have entered into this Stock Option Agreement effective as of             , 200    .

 

      TubeMogul, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

[RECIPIENT]      
      Name:  

 

Address:  

 

     
 

 

    Title:  

 

 

 

     

 

-13-


EXHIBIT A

TUBEMOGUL, INC

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

TubeMogul, Inc.

 

 

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned,                      (“ Purchaser ”), hereby elects to purchase                      (                ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price per share for the Shares shall be                      ($        ) for an aggregate purchase price of $            , as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares. I hereby elect to pay the exercise price by the method marked below:

a.                      Cash

b.                      Check

c.                      Same day exercise and sale [If Public]

3. [If Public] Broker Instructions. In the event I have elected to exercise options via the same day exercise and sale method, you are hereby authorized to instruct                      (the “ Broker ”) to accept the proceeds deriving from the sale of the Shares, and to take the following actions: (i) to deduct from the proceeds of the sale any Company expenses; (ii) to deduct from the proceeds any tax withholding requested by the Company and to request in writing from the Company a statement of the tax amounts to be withheld, if no request has been given by the Company; (iii) to deliver the above amounts so deducted to the Company; and (iv) to deliver the remaining proceeds to me as I shall direct the Broker.

These instructions shall be construed as authorizing the Broker and the Company to take any other actions reasonably necessary to effect the purposes hereof and the Broker and the Company may rely upon any statements and undertakings made herein by the undersigned, as if said statements and undertakings were made directly to the Broker and the Company.

I further acknowledge that I shall bear sole responsibility for any commissions and fees relating to the performance of these instructions by the Broker or the Company, and any other banking activities and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Broker or the Company against any amounts which may be owing in this regard.


4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. In the event Purchaser has not sold the Shares in a same day exercise and sale, a share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Plan.

6. Tax Consultation; Payment of Taxes . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Purchaser agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations with respect to the exercise of the Option and, if applicable, the sale of the Shares and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Company and, if applicable, the Broker, against any amounts which may be owing in this regard. Purchaser also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, if applicable, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any Shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Date of Grant or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to Purchaser. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, Purchaser agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Committee prescribes.

7. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Exercise Notice for construction or interpretation.

10. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Purchaser or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the Committee that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

-1-


12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     TUBEMOGUL, INC.:

 

    By:  

 

(Signature)       (Signature)

 

   

 

(Print Name)     (Print Name and Title)
Address :     Address :

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

-2-


Spousal Consent

I,                     , spouse of [                    ], have read and hereby approve the foregoing. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Exercise Notice or Option Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of [                    ]

 

-3-


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

[name of optionee]

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:  

 

  
Date of Grant:  

 

  
Exercise Price per Share:  

 

  
Number of Option Shares:  

 

  
Total Exercise Price:  

 

  
Type of Option:   [                ]    Shares Incentive Stock Option   
  [                ]    Shares Nonqualified Stock Option   
Expiration Date:  

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

     

“Continuous Status” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any parent, or subsidiary, has not been interrupted or terminated for any reason. Any notice by the Company to Optionee that Optionee’s relationship with the Company as an employee, director, consultant or Key Advisor has been terminated or Optionee’s termination of such relationship voluntarily, by death or Disability shall constitute automatic termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status but shall not be the sole means of termination of such Optionee’s Continuous Status. Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company in writing or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company in writing shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved in writing by an authorized executive officer of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.


Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant provided above. Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto, and                     . If application of the vesting percentage results in a fractional Share, such Share shall be rounded down to a whole Share.
Termination Period:    This Option may only be exercised with respect to shares vested as of the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status, except as set out in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This Option may not be transferred.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the this determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to you. By signing below, you agree that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by you as a result of such determination by the IRS. You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of your stock options, including the application of Section 409A.

 

[name of optionee]     TUBEMOGUL, INC.

 

    By:  

 

(Signature)     Name:   Brett Wilson
      Title:   CEO
Address:  

 

    Address:  

1250 53rd St., Suite 6,

Emeryville, CA 94608-2923

 

     

 

3


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

( Immediately Exercisable )

1. Grant of Option . TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to [name of optionee] (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

If designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other ISOs granted to Optionee by the Company or any parent or subsidiary (each a “ Participating Company ”), including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonqualified Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5 of the Plan.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 4 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(c) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Committee in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised (i) upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, and (ii) if the Option is exercised with respect to any Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 5), an Assignment Separate from Certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to the Grant Notice.

 

1


(i) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 8 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(ii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with applicable laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

(d) Election under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Company Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Continuous Status terminates. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. However, an election under Section 83(b) may, under certain circumstances, result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option and the effect of filing or not filing an election under Section 83(b). AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED, IF AT ALL, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION, IF APPROPRIATE, IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

(e) Notice to Company . The Optionee will notify the Company in writing if the Optionee files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from the Optionee evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would otherwise be taxable to the Optionee in the absence of such an election.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check; or

(c) Commencing at such time as the Company’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the shares for which this Option is exercisable are eligible for public resale under Rule 701 or are registered under a Form S-8 registration statement (or any applicable successor form thereto), and the Company’s stock is

 

2


publicly traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, by delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

4. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 4. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 4(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an employee or consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status since the Date of Grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

5. Unvested Share Repurchase Option .

(a) Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Continuous Status is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as defined below) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 5(b) below (the “ Unvested Shares ”), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Unvested Share Repurchase Option ”).

(b) Unvested Shares Defined . The “ Unvested Shares ” shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Company Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the vested shares determined as of such date.

(c) Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (i) termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status or (ii) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give written notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option.

 

3


Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the period during which the Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Optionee acquired the Unvested Shares upon exercise of the Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

(d) Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company (the “ Repurchase Price ”) shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Optionee’s original cost per share, or (b) the fair market value of a share of Company Stock determined as of the date of the Company’s written notice pursuant to Section 5(c). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

(e) Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(f) Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Company Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Change in Control. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Change in Control, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Change in Control shall be adjusted as appropriate.

6. Escrow .

(a) Appointment of Agent . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Optionee and the Company hereby appoint the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company, as their agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Optionee (the “ Agent ”) to hold any and all Unvested Shares and to sell, assign and transfer to the Company any such Unvested Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Optionee understands that appointment of the Agent is a material inducement to make this Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Agent shall not be personally liable for any act the Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as escrow agent, agent for the Company, or attorney in fact for the Optionee while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Agent’s own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by the Agent pursuant to the advice of the Agent’s own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purporting to be genuine and may resign at any time.

(b) Establishment of Escrow . The Optionee authorizes the Company to deposit with the Agent each certificate evidencing the shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement and an Assignment Separate from Certificate with respect to the shares duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to the Grant Notice, to be held by the Agent under the terms and conditions of this Section 6 (the “ Escrow ”). All ordinary cash dividends on such shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Upon the

 

4


occurrence of an Change in Control or a change in the character or amount of any outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the shares that remain, following such Change in Control or such change, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the Escrow to the same extent as the shares immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the Escrow.

(c) Delivery of Shares to Optionee . The Escrow shall continue with respect to any shares for so long as such shares remain subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. Upon termination of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with respect to shares, the Company shall so notify the Agent and direct the Agent to deliver such number of shares to the Optionee. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the Agent shall cause to be delivered to the Optionee the shares specified by such notice, and the Escrow shall terminate with respect to such shares. In any event, all shares that have ceased to be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status or (ii) the lapse of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option.

(d) Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the Agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the Agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the Agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

7. Acceleration of Vesting Upon Certain Corporate Transactions . This Option shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a “Change in Control.” In the event of a “Change in Control” as such transactions are set forth in Section 12 of the Plan (“ Corporate Transaction ”) prior to termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason, unless this Option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either (i) assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or (ii) replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (iii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the compensation element of this Option existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Option, then all Shares under this Agreement shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Option comparability under clause (ii) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Options hereunder shall terminate and cease to remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation or its Parent.

8. Right Of First Refusal.

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 8(g) and Section 9 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

5


(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

(d) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Optionee shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Optionee acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

(e) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8(d) above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 8(d). The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed

 

6


Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 8.

(f) Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 8 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 8 are met.

(g) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8(i) result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

(h) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(i) Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the successor corporation or Parent thereof assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the successor corporation or Parent thereof stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

(j) Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

9. Stock Distributions Subject To Option Agreement . If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the Company the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

7


10. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

11. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. if any, which arise in connection with the shares acquired pursuant to the Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired, or (iii) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver the Shares or to release the Shares from an escrow established pursuant to this Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Company, its parent or subsidiaries have been satisfied by the Optionee. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

8


12. Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that:

(a) Optionee acknowledges that both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

(b) Optionee acknowledges that these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 12 to the Company;

(c) Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

(d) Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Act ”), or any applicable state law in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act and any applicable state law, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (i) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (ii) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (iii) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iv) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

(e) Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and any applicable state law, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration under the Act, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

(f) Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required.

13. Lock-Up Agreement . If so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any underwritten offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act, an Optionee (including any successor or assigns) shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares or other securities of the Company during the thirty (30) day period preceding and the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period (up to 12 months) as may be requested by the Company and the Company’s bankers or Nomad if the Company undertakes a listing of shares on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange or a listing on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange for such underwriting or offering/listing (or such shorter period as may be requested by the Managing Underwriter or Nomad/banker and agreed to by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

14. Governing Law/Venue . This Stock Option Agreement is governed by California State law, except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. Venue for all purposes hereunder shall be San Francisco, California.

 

9


15. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Notice, the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Option is, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option will be, issued in full satisfaction and accord for any and all other securities or rights to acquire other securities (including but not limited to stock options) in the Company that Optionee is or may be entitled to under any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements (collectively, “ Securities ”). Optionee hereby represents and warrants that Optionee has not transferred any such rights it may have held in such Securities. All such Securities, if any, are hereby terminated and cancelled in their entirety in consideration of the grant of this Option.

16. Headings . The captions used in this Stock Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Stock Option Agreement for construction or interpretation.

17. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Stock Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company to the Board or the Committee that administers the Plan and need not be addressed by the Board or such Committee any earlier than the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board or such Committee, as applicable, or such later date as is reasonably determined by the Board or such Committee. The resolution of such dispute by the Board or the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

18. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

19. Counterparts . This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10


In witness whereof, the Company and Optionee have entered into this Stock Option Agreement effective as of             , 20    .

 

[name of optionee]     TubeMogul, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

Address:  

 

    Name:   Brett Wilson

 

    Title:   CEO

 

11


EXHIBIT A

TUBEMOGUL, INC

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

TubeMoguI, Inc.

1250 53rd St., Suite 6,

Emeryville, CA 94608-2923

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned, [name of optionee] (“ Purchaser ”), hereby elects to purchase                      (             ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of TubeMoguI, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and the Stock Option Agreement dated             , 20     (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price per share for the Shares shall be                  ($        ) for an aggregate purchase price of $        , as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares. I hereby elect to pay the exercise price by the method marked below:

(a)             Cash

(b)             Check

(c)             Same day exercise and sale [If Public]

3. [If Public] Broker Instructions . In the event I have elected to exercise options via the same day exercise and sale method, you are hereby authorized to instruct                              (the “ Broker ”) to accept the proceeds deriving from the sale of the Shares, and to take the following actions: (i) to deduct from the proceeds of the sale any Company expenses; (ii) to deduct from the proceeds any tax withholding requested by the Company and to request in writing from the Company a statement of the tax amounts to be withheld, if no request has been given by the Company; (iii) to deliver the above amounts so deducted to the Company; and (iv) to deliver the remaining proceeds to me as I shall direct the Broker.

These instructions shall be construed as authorizing the Broker and the Company to take any other actions reasonably necessary to effect the purposes hereof and the Broker and the Company may rely upon any statements and undertakings made herein by the undersigned, as if said statements and undertakings were made directly to the Broker and the Company.

I further acknowledge that I shall bear sole responsibility for any commissions and fees relating to the performance of these instructions by the Broker or the Company, and any other banking activities and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend die Broker or the Company against any amounts which may be owing in this regard.

 

1


4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. In the event Purchaser has not sold the Shares in a same day exercise and sale, a share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Plan.

6. Tax Consultation: Payment of Taxes . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Purchaser agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations with respect to the exercise of the Option and, if applicable, the sale of the Shares and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Company and, if applicable, the Broker, against any amounts which may be owing in this regard. Purchaser also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, if applicable, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any Shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Date of Grant or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to Purchaser. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, Purchaser agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Committee prescribes.

7. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that if Purchaser is exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that Purchaser should consult with his/her tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed, if at all, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which Purchaser exercises the Option. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option and filing or not filing an election under Section 83(b). AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED, IF AT ALL, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH PURCHASER PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION, IF APPROPRIATE, IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

8. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and

 

2


assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Heading s. The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Exercise Notice for construction or interpretation.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Purchaser or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the Committee that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

12. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

13. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

14. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     TUBEMOGUL, INC.:

 

    By:  

 

(Signature)       (Signature)

[name of optionee]

   

 

(Print Name)     (Print Name and Title)
Address :       Address :

 

    1250 53rd St., Suite 6

 

    Emeryville, CA 94608-2923

 

3


ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                                                                                     (                ) shares of the Capital Stock of TubeMogul, Inc. standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   
     

 

      Signature
     

[name of optionee]

      Print Name

Instructions : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Unvested Share Repurchase Option set forth in the Stock Option Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Optionee.


Spousal Consent

I,                     , spouse of [name of optionee], have read and hereby approve the foregoing. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Exercise Notice or Option Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of [name of optionee]


TUBEMOGUL, INC

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[EMPLOYEE/CONSULTANT RECIPIENT]

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:    [            ]
Date of Grant:    [            ]
Exercise Price per Share:    [$          ]
Total Number of Shares Granted:    [            ]
Total Exercise Price:    $[          ]
Type of Option:    Shares Nonqualified Stock Option with Cliff Vesting
Expiration Date:    [                    ]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [                    ]
“Continuous Status” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any parent, or subsidiary, has not been interrupted or terminated for any reason. Any notice by the Company to Optionee that Optionee’s relationship with the Company as an employee, director, consultant or Key Advisor has been terminated or Optionee’s termination of such relationship voluntarily, by death or Disability shall constitute automatic termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status but shall not be the sole means of termination of such Optionee’s Continuous Status. Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company in writing or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company in writing shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved in writing by an authorized executive officer of the Company.


Vesting/Exercise Schedule:     
     Subject to other limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:
     So long as Optionee’s Continuous Status with the Company or any subsidiary or parent, as applicable, continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: (i) the first 25% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the 12 month anniversary date of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “ Anniversary Date ”); and thereafter (ii) 2.08333% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the first day of each calendar month following the Anniversary Date over the next 36 months. If application of the vesting percentage results in a fractional Share, such Share shall be rounded down to a whole Share.
Termination Period:      This Option may only be exercised with respect to shares vested as of the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status, except as set out in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:      This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    TubeMogul, Inc.

 

   
(Signature)        

 

    By:  

 

[PRINT RECIPIENT NAME]     Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 

-2-


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to [            ] (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 4 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Committee in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 8 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other

 

-3-


tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with applicable laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check; or

(c) Commencing at such time as the Company’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the shares for which this Option is exercisable are eligible for public resale under Rule 701 or are registered under a Form S-8 registration statement (or any applicable successor form thereto), and the Company’s stock is publicly traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, by delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

4. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 4. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 4(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

 

-4-


(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an employee or consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status since the Date of Grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

5. Acceleration of Vesting Upon Certain Corporate Transactions . This Option shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a “Change in Control.” In the event of a “Change in Control” as such transactions are set forth in Section 10 of the Plan (“ Corporate Transaction ”) prior to termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status for any reason, unless this Option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either (i) assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or (ii) replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (iii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the compensation element of this Option existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Option, then all Shares under this Agreement shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Option comparability under clause (ii) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Options hereunder shall terminate and cease to remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation or its Parent.

6. Right Of First Refusal .

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 6(g) and Section 8 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of the Company or its parent or subsidiaries, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer,

 

-5-


the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 6, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 6. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

(d) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company or its parent or any subsidiaries shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Optionee shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Optionee acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

(e) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 6(d) above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety

 

-6-


(90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 6(d). The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 6.

(f) Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 6 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 6 are met.

(g) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a the Company or its parent or any subsidiaries, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 6(i) result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

(h) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(i) Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the successor corporation or Parent thereof assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the successor corporation or Parent thereof stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

(j) Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

 

-7-


7. Stock Distributions Subject To Option Agreement .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the Company the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

8. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

9. Tax Consequences . The Company and its parent and subsidiaries shall assess tax, social insurance and National Insurance Contribution liability and requirements in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including, without limitation, those associated with the grant, vesting or exercise of the Options or subsequent sale of the Shares (the “Tax Liability”). These requirements may change from time to time as laws or interpretations change. Regardless of the Company’s or any parent or subsidiary’s actions in this regard, the Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Tax Liability shall be the Optionee’s ultimate responsibility and liability. The Optionee agrees as a condition of his or her participation in the Plan to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and its parents or subsidiaries to enable them to satisfy all withholding, payment and/or collection requirements associated with the satisfaction of the Tax Liability, including authorizing the Company or its parents or subsidiaries to: (i) withhold all applicable amounts from the Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation due to the Optionee, in accordance with any requirements under the laws, rules, and regulations of the country of which the Optionee is a resident, and (ii) act as the Optionee’s agent to sell sufficient Shares for the proceeds to settle such requirements. Furthermore, the Optionee agrees to pay the Company or the parent or subsidiary any amount the Company or any parent or subsidiary may be required to withhold, collect or pay as a result of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan or that cannot be satisfied by deduction from the Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Optionee by the Company or the parent or subsidiary or sale of the Shares acquired under the Plan. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may not participate in the Plan and the Company and the parent or subsidiary shall have no obligation to deliver Shares until the Tax Liability has been fully satisfied by the Optionee.

10. Service Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that:

(a) Optionee acknowledges that both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

 

-8-


(b) Optionee acknowledges that these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 8 to the Company;

(c) Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

(d) Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Act ”), or any applicable state law in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act and any applicable state law, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (i) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (ii) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (iii) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iv) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

(e) Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and any applicable state law, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration under the Act, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

(f) Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required.

11. Lock-Up Agreement . If so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any underwritten offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act, an Optionee (including any successor or assigns) shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares or other securities of the Company during the thirty (30) day period preceding and the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period (up to 12 months) as may be requested by the Company and the Company’s bankers or Nomad if the Company undertakes a listing of shares on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange or a listing on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange for such underwriting or offering/listing (or such shorter period as may be requested by the Managing Underwriter or Nomad/banker and agreed to by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

12. Employment and Service Acknowledgments. In accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

-9-


(a) Any notice period mandated under applicable laws shall not be treated as continuous service for the purpose of determining the vesting of the Option; and the Optionee’s right to receive Shares in settlement of the Options after termination of service, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of the Optionee’s service and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under applicable laws. Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the Plan, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(b) The Plan is established voluntarily by the Company. It is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement.

(c) All decisions with respect to future Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(d) The Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to continued service with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) nor interfere in any way with any right of the Optionee’s employer to terminate the Optionee’s service as a director, an employee or consultant, as the case may be, at any time, subject to and in accordance with applicable law.

(e) The Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan.

(f) The Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for service of any kind rendered to the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), and which is outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any.

(g) The Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance payments, resignation, termination, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments. This applies to any payment even in those jurisdictions requiring such payments upon termination of employment.

(h) In the event that the Optionee is not an employee of the Company, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company.

(i) In the event that the Optionee is not an employee of the Company’s parent or subsidiary, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with a such parent or subsidiary.

(j) The future value of the Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. If the Optionee obtains Shares upon exercise of the Options, the value of those Shares may increase or decrease.

13. Data Privacy Consent . The Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among the Company and each of its parents

 

-10-


or subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) holds certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). The Optionee understands that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in the Optionee’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country. The Optionee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Optionee’s local human resources representative. The Optionee authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Optionee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired upon settlement of the Option. The Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Optionee’s local human resources representative. The Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing the Optionee’s consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that he or she may contact the Optionee’s local human resources representative.

14. Foreign Exchange . The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that it is Optionee’s sole responsibility to investigate and comply with any applicable exchange control laws in connection with the issuance and delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option and that the Optionee shall be responsible for any reporting of inbound and/or outbound international fund transfers required under applicable law. The Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the exchange control regulations apply to the Optionee’s specific situation.

15. Language . If the Optionee has received this Agreement or any other Plan document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English, and the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version shall control.

16. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

-11-


17. Country-Specific Terms and Conditions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Option shall be subject to the specific terms and conditions, if any, set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement which are applicable to the Optionee’s country of residence, the provisions of which are incorporated in and constitute part of this Agreement. Moreover, if the Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in the Addendum, the specific terms and conditions applicable to such country will apply to the Option to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan or this Agreement.

18. Governing Law/Venue . This Stock Option Agreement is governed by California State law, except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. Venue for all purposes hereunder shall be San Francisco, California.

19. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Notice, the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement (including any addenda) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Option is, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option will be, issued in full satisfaction and accord for any and all other securities or rights to acquire other securities (including but not limited to stock options) in the Company that Optionee is or may be entitled to under any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements (collectively, “ Securities ”). Optionee hereby represents and warrants that Optionee has not transferred any such rights it may have held in such Securities. All such Securities, if any, are hereby terminated and cancelled in their entirety in consideration of the grant of this Option.

20. Headings . The captions used in this Stock Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Stock Option Agreement for construction or interpretation.

21. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Stock Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company to the Board or the Committee that administers the Plan and need not be addressed by the Board or such Committee any earlier than the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board or such Committee, as applicable, or such later date as is reasonably determined by the Board or such Committee. The resolution of such dispute by the Board or the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

22. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this

 

-12-


Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

23. Counterparts . This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW

 

-13-


ADDENDUM

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR

NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

I understand that this Addendum includes special terms and conditions applicable to me if I reside in one of the countries below. These terms and conditions are in addition to those set forth in this Option Agreement and the Plan. Any capitalized term used in this Addendum without definition shall have the meaning ascribed to it in this Option Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

I further understand that this Addendum also includes information relating to laws and regulatory requirements of which I should be aware with respect to my participation in the Plan. The information is based on the laws in effect in the respective countries as of August 2012. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, I understand that the Company strongly recommends that I not rely on the information herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of my participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that I exercise the Option or sell Shares purchased under the Plan.

Finally, I understand that if I am a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which I am currently working, transfer employment after grant of the Option, or am considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not apply to me, and the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply.

AUSTRALIA

Exchange Control

I understand and acknowledge that I may be responsible for reporting cash transactions inbound and/or outbound that exceed a certain amount. I also may be responsible for reporting inbound and/or outbound international fund transfers of any value, which do not involve a local bank. I understand that I am encouraged to consult my personal tax and legal advisors on these and any other matters related to my participation in the Plan.

CANADA

Form of Payment

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Option Agreement, including without limitation, I am prohibited from surrendering Shares of stock to pay the Exercise Price or to settle any Tax Liability in connection with the Option.

Language Consent

The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this Option Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la redaction en anglais de cette convention , ainsi que de tous

 

-14-


documents exécutés, avis donnés et procedures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à la présente convention.

SINGAPORE

Securities Law Notice

The grant of the Option under the Plan is offered on a private basis and is therefore exempt from registration in Singapore.

Director Notification Obligation

If you are a director, associate director or shadow director of the Company’s Singapore subsidiary, you are subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Company’s Singapore subsidiary in writing when you receive an interest (e.g., the Option) in the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate. These notifications must be made within two days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate. In addition, a notification of your interests in the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate must be made within two days of becoming a director.

UNITED KINGDOM

Securities Law Notice

This Option Agreement does not constitute an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the Plan. The Plan and the Option are exclusively available in the UK to bona fide employees and former employees of the Company or its UK related subsidiaries.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-15-


In witness whereof, the Company and Optionee have entered into this Stock Option Agreement effective as of                     , 200    .

 

      TubeMogul, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

[RECIPIENT]      
      Name:  

 

Address:  

 

     
 

 

    Title:  

 

 

 

     

 

-16-


EXHIBIT A

TUBEMOGUL, INC

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

TubeMogul, Inc.

                                             

                                             

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,            , 20    , the undersigned,              (“ Purchaser ”), hereby elects to purchase                      (                ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of TubeMogul, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price per share for the Shares shall be                      ($        ) for an aggregate purchase price of $        , as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares. I hereby elect to pay the exercise price by the method marked below:

a.              Cash

b.              Check

c.              Same day exercise and sale [If Public]

3. [If Public] Broker Instructions. In the event I have elected to exercise options via the same day exercise and sale method, you are hereby authorized to instruct                              (the “ Broker ”) to accept the proceeds deriving from the sale of the Shares, and to take the following actions: (i) to deduct from the proceeds of the sale any Company expenses; (ii) to deduct from the proceeds any tax withholding requested by the Company and to request in writing from the Company a statement of the tax amounts to be withheld, if no request has been given by the Company; (iii) to deliver the above amounts so deducted to the Company; and (iv) to deliver the remaining proceeds to me as I shall direct the Broker.

These instructions shall be construed as authorizing the Broker and the Company to take any other actions reasonably necessary to effect the purposes hereof and the Broker and the Company may rely upon any statements and undertakings made herein by the undersigned, as if said statements and undertakings were made directly to the Broker and the Company.

I further acknowledge that I shall bear sole responsibility for any commissions and fees relating to the performance of these instructions by the Broker or the Company, and any other banking activities and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Broker or the Company against any amounts which may be owing in this regard.


4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. In the event Purchaser has not sold the Shares in a same day exercise and sale, a share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Plan.

6. Tax Consultation; Payment of Taxes . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Purchaser agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax, social insurance and National Insurance Contribution withholding obligations with respect to the exercise of the Option and, if applicable, the sale of the Shares and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Company and, if applicable, the Broker, against any amounts which may be owing in this regard.

7. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement (including addenda) are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Exercise Notice for construction or interpretation.

10. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Purchaser or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the Committee that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

-1-


13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     TUBEMOGUL, INC.:

 

    By:  

 

(Signature)             (Signature)

 

   

 

(Print Name)     (Print Name and Title)
Address :     Address :

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

-2-


Spousal Consent

I,                             , spouse of [            ], have read and hereby approve the foregoing. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Exercise Notice and Option Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Exercise Notice or Option Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of [            ]

 

-3-


TUBEMOGUL, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

TubeMogul, Inc. (the Company ) has granted to the Grantee an award (the Award ) of certain units pursuant to the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (the Plan ), each of which represents the right to receive on the applicable Settlement Date one (1) share of Common Stock, as follows:

 

Grantee:                       
Date of Grant:                       
Total Number of Units:                        , subject to adjustment as provided by the Restricted Stock Units Agreement.
Settlement Date:   Except as provided by the Restricted Stock Units Agreement, the date on which a Unit becomes a Vested Unit.
Expiration Date:   The [    ]th anniversary 1 of the Date of Grant.
Vesting Start Date:                       
Vested Units:   The vesting of each Unit requires the satisfaction on or before the Expiration Date of both an event condition and a service condition. No Units will vest and become Vested Units (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) condition is satisfied. The event condition will be satisfied on the Liquidity Event Date. The service condition is satisfied upon the Grantee’s completion of a required period of Continuous Service from the Vesting Start Date. Except as provided in the Restricted Stock Units Agreement and provided that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the applicable date, the number of Vested Units (disregarding any resulting fractional Unit) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Total Number of Units by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:

 

              

Vested Ratio

(a)        Prior to Liquidity Event Date    0
(b)        If, on Liquidity Event Date, less than one full year has elapsed from Vesting Start Date, then:   
   (i)    on Liquidity Event Date    0
   (ii)    on first anniversary of Vesting Start Date    1/4
   Plus   
   (iii)    for each additional period of 3 full months of the Grantee’s Continuous Service from the first anniversary of Vesting Start Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/16
(c)        If, on Liquidity Event Date, at least one full year has elapsed from Vesting Start Date, then:   
   (i)    on Liquidity Event Date    1/16 for each period of 3 full months elapsed from Vesting Start Date
   Plus   

 

1   IMPORTANT NOTE: To ensure that the award results in compensation that is exempt from IRC 409A as a short-term deferral, the Expiration Date must establish a vesting condition under which the possibility of forfeiture is substantial. There must be a substantial possibility that a Liquidity Event will not occur prior to the Expiration Date. For example, the possibility of forfeiture would likely not be substantial if an RSU Award is granted with a 7-year term after the Company has already filed an S-1 registration statement or has entered into a definitive merger agreement to be acquired.


   (ii)    for each additional period of 3 full months of the Grantee’s continuous service until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/16

By their signatures below, the Company and the Grantee agree that the Award is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Units Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Units Agreement, represents that the Grantee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Award subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

TUBEMOGUL, INC.   GRANTEE
By:  

 

   

 

  [officer name]     Signature
  [officer title]    

 

        Date
Address:  

 

   

 

        Address
   

 

   

 

ATTACHMENTS:              2007 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant and Restricted Stock Units Agreement

 

2


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

TubeMogul, Inc. has granted to the Grantee named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the Grant Notice ) to which this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the Agreement ) is attached an Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms conditions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Grantee: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Grantee has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan, unless otherwise defined herein or as follows:

(a) “ Continuous Service ” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any parent, or subsidiary, has not been interrupted or terminated for any reason. Any notice by the Company to Grantee that Grantee’s relationship with the Company as an employee, director, consultant or Key Advisor has been terminated or Grantee’s termination of such relationship voluntarily, by death or Disability shall constitute automatic termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service but shall not be the sole means of


termination of such Grantee’s Continuous Service. Continuous Service as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company in writing or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its parent, any subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company in writing shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved in writing by an authorized executive officer of the Company.

(b) Dividend Equivalent Units mean additional Restricted Stock Units credited pursuant to Section 3.3.

(c) Initial Public Offering means the closing of the initial underwritten public offering of securities of the class of equity securities then subject to the Award pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

(d) Liquidity Event Date means the first to occur, if any, of: (i) the date that is the earlier of (A) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering or (B) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the later of (x) the Company’s fiscal year in which the Initial Public Offering is declared effective; and (y) the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering is declared effective; and (ii) the time immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control.

(e) Units mean the Restricted Stock Units originally granted pursuant to the Award and the Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to the Award, as both shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


3. T HE A WARD .

3.1 Grant of Units. On the Date of Grant, the Grantee shall acquire, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Total Number of Units set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 10. Each Unit represents a right to receive on a date determined in accordance with the Grant Notice and this Agreement one (1) share of Company Stock.

3.2 No Monetary Payment Required. The Grantee is not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) as a condition to receiving the Units or shares of Company Stock issued upon settlement of the Units, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Grantee shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to the Company or any parent or subsidiary or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Company Stock issued upon settlement of the Units.

3.3 Dividend Equivalent Units. On the date that the Company pays a cash dividend to holders of Stock generally, the Grantee shall be credited with a number of additional whole Dividend Equivalent Units determined by dividing (a) the product of (i) the dollar amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Stock on such date and (ii) the sum of the Total Number of Units and the number of Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited to the Grantee pursuant to the Award and which have not been settled or forfeited pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right (as defined below) as of such date, by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Any resulting fractional Dividend Equivalent Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole number. Such additional Dividend Equivalent Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled or forfeited in the same manner and at the same time as the Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited.

3.4 Termination of the Award. The Award shall terminate and no shares of Stock shall thereafter be issued in settlement of the Award after the first to occur of (a) the Expiration Date, (b) the date of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

4. V ESTING OF U NITS .

4.1 Normal Vesting. Units acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Units as provided in the Grant Notice. Dividend Equivalent Units shall become Vested Units at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited.

4.2 Effect of Termination of Continuous Service Prior to Liquidity Event Date. If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason prior to the Liquidity Event Date, then:

(a) all Units for which the service condition as set forth in the Grant Notice has not been satisfied shall be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right immediately upon the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service; and

 

3


(b) and all Units for which the service condition as set forth in the Grant Notice has been satisfied as of the date of such termination of Continuous Service shall not then be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right, but instead shall become Vested Units, if at all, upon the subsequent occurrence of Liquidity Event Date prior to the Expiration Date.

4.3 Effect of Termination of Continuous Service on or after Liquidity Event Date . If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason on or after the Liquidity Event Date, then all Units that are not then Vested Units shall be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right immediately upon the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service.

5. C OMPANY R EACQUISITION R IGHT .

5.1 Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, the Grantee shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire all Units which are not, as of the time of such termination, Vested Units ( “Unvested Units” ) , except as otherwise provided in Section 4, above, and the Grantee shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right” ).

5.2 Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Company Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 10, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of the Grantee’s ownership of Unvested Units shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Units” and “Unvested Units” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Units immediately prior to such event.

6. S ETTLEMENT OF THE A WARD .

6.1 Issuance of Shares of Company Stock . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the Company shall issue to the Grantee on the Settlement Date with respect to each Vested Unit to be settled on such date one (1) share of Company Stock. Shares of Company Stock issued in settlement of Units shall not be subject to any restriction on transfer other than any such restriction as may be required pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 7 or the Company’s trading compliance policy.

6.2 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration . The Grantee hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit any or all shares acquired by the Grantee pursuant to the settlement of the Award with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form, or to deposit such shares for the benefit of the Grantee with any broker with which the Grantee has an account relationship of which the Company has notice. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the shares acquired by the Grantee shall be registered in the name of the Grantee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Grantee.

 

4


6.3 Restrictions on Grant of the Award and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Award and issuance of shares of Company Stock upon settlement of the Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Company Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the Award shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the Award, the Company may require the Grantee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

6.4 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the settlement of the Award.

7. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

7.1 In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Grantee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Grantee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary if any, which arise in connection with the Award, the vesting of Units or the issuance of shares of Company Stock in settlement thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Company Stock until the tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Grantee.

7.2 Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s trading compliance policy, if permitted by the Company, the Grantee may satisfy tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Grantee to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon settlement of Units.

7.3 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Grantee to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Grantee in settlement of the Award a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

5


8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

This Award shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan relating to the vesting and settlement of the Units in the event of a “Change in Control.” In the event of a “Change in Control” as such transactions are set forth in Section 10 of the Plan (“ Corporate Transaction ”) prior to termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason, unless this Award is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either (i) assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or (ii) replaced with a comparable Award with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (iii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the compensation element of this Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Award, then all Units under this Agreement shall automatically become fully vested and settled immediately prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Award comparability under clause (ii) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Units hereunder shall terminate and cease remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation or its Parents.

9. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

9.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 9.6 below, in the event of the Grantee, the Grantee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon settlement of the Award proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of the Company or any parent or subsidiary shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

9.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Grantee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Grantee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Grantee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

9.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Grantee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Grantee written notice of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 9, and the Grantee shall

 

6


have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 9. The Grantee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

9.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Grantee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Grantee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Grantee or issued by a person other than the Grantee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Grantee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Grantee to the Company or any parent or subsidiary shall be treated as payment to the Grantee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Grantee shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Grantee acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Award.

9.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Grantee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 9.4, the Grantee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 9.4. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Grantee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Grantee with the procedure described in this Section 9.

 

7


9.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 9 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon settlement of the Award shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 9 are met.

9.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon settlement of the Award if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 9.9 result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

9.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

9.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the successor corporation or substantially equivalent option for the successor corporation or Parent thereof stock for the Award, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

9.10 Legends. The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of Company Stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Grantee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Grantee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9.

10. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Company Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Company Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Company Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of

 

8


Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number of Units subject to the Award and/or the number and kind of shares or other property to be issued in settlement of the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Grantee’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of ownership of Units acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all Units originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional Unit or share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

11. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be issued in settlement of this Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 10. If the Grantee is an Employee, the Grantee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement, the Grantee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the Continuous Service of the Company or any parent or subsidiary or interfere in any way with any of their rights to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time.

12. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Grantee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Grantee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

12.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

9


12.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

13. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A .

It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Award that may result in amounts treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code (including applicable regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder, as determined by the Board in good faith) to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non-compliance. In connection with effecting such compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the following shall apply:

13.1 Separation from Service; Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the Section 409A Regulations ) shall be paid unless and until the Grantee has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, to the extent that the Grantee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of the Grantee’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of the Grantee’s separation from service shall be paid to the Grantee before the date (the Delayed Payment Date ) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of the Grantee’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

13.2 Other Changes in Time of Payment. Neither the Grantee nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner which would not be in compliance with the Section 409A Regulations.

13.3 Amendments to Comply with Section 409A; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by the Grantee under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by the Company, in its discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Section 409A Regulations without prior notice to or consent of the Grantee. The Grantee hereby releases and holds harmless the Company, its directors, officers and stockholders from any and all claims that may arise from or relate to any tax liability, penalties, interest, costs, fees or other liability incurred by the Grantee in connection with the Award, including as a result of the application of the Section 409A Regulations.

 

10


13.4 Advice of Independent Tax Advisor. The Company has not obtained a tax ruling or other confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the application of the Section 409A Regulations to the Award, and the Company does not represent or warrant that this Agreement will avoid adverse tax consequences to the Grantee, including as a result of the application of the Section 409A Regulations to the Award. The Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has been advised to seek the advice of his or her own independent tax advisor prior to entering into this Agreement and is not relying upon any representations of the Company or any of its agents as to the effect of or the advisability of entering into this Agreement.

14. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Grantee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Grantee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering; provided, further, however, that such one hundred eighty (180) day period may be extended for an additional period, not to exceed twenty (20) days, upon the request of the Company or the underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Grantee hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

15. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

15.1 Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Grantee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

15.2 Nontransferability of the Award. Prior to the issuance of shares of Stock on the applicable Settlement Date, neither this Award nor any Units subject to this Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

11


15.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

15.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Grantee and the Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

15.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Grantee by the Company or any parent or subsidiary, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, and any such other documents relating to this Award may be delivered to the Grantee electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Grantee may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has read Section 15.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice, as described in Section 15.5(a). The Grantee acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Grantee by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Grantee will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Grantee understands that the Grantee must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Grantee may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 15.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Grantee has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Grantee understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 15.5(a).

 

12


15.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Grantee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Grantee and the Company and any parent or subsidiary with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

15.7 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

15.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

TubeMogul, Inc. has granted to the Grantee named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the Grant Notice ) to which this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the Agreement ) is attached an Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms conditions of the TubeMogul, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Grantee: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Grantee has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan, unless otherwise defined herein or as follows:

(a) “ Continuous Service ” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any parent, or subsidiary, has not been interrupted or terminated for any reason. Any notice by the Company to Grantee that Grantee’s relationship with the Company as an employee, director, consultant or Key Advisor has been terminated or Grantee’s termination of such relationship voluntarily, by death or Disability shall constitute automatic termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service but shall not be the sole means of


termination of such Grantee’s Continuous Service. Continuous Service as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company in writing or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its parent, any subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company in writing shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved in writing by an authorized executive officer of the Company.

(b) Dividend Equivalent Units mean additional Restricted Stock Units credited pursuant to Section 3.3.

(c) Initial Public Offering means the closing of the initial underwritten public offering of securities of the class of equity securities then subject to the Award pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

(d) Liquidity Event Date means the first to occur, if any, of: (i) the date that is the earlier of (A) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering or (B) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the later of (x) the Company’s fiscal year in which the Initial Public Offering is declared effective; and (y) the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering is declared effective; and (ii) the time immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control.

(e) Units mean the Restricted Stock Units originally granted pursuant to the Award and the Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to the Award, as both shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


3. T HE A WARD .

3.1 Grant of Units. On the Date of Grant, the Grantee shall acquire, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Total Number of Units set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 10. Each Unit represents a right to receive on a date determined in accordance with the Grant Notice and this Agreement one (1) share of Company Stock.

3.2 No Monetary Payment Required. The Grantee is not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) as a condition to receiving the Units or shares of Company Stock issued upon settlement of the Units, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Grantee shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to the Company or any parent or subsidiary or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Company Stock issued upon settlement of the Units.

3.3 Dividend Equivalent Units. On the date that the Company pays a cash dividend to holders of Stock generally, the Grantee shall be credited with a number of additional whole Dividend Equivalent Units determined by dividing (a) the product of (i) the dollar amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Stock on such date and (ii) the sum of the Total Number of Units and the number of Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited to the Grantee pursuant to the Award and which have not been settled or forfeited pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right (as defined below) as of such date, by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Any resulting fractional Dividend Equivalent Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole number. Such additional Dividend Equivalent Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled or forfeited in the same manner and at the same time as the Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited.

3.4 Termination of the Award. The Award shall terminate and no shares of Stock shall thereafter be issued in settlement of the Award after the first to occur of (a) the Expiration Date, (b) the date of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

4. V ESTING OF U NITS .

4.1 Normal Vesting. Units acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Units as provided in the Grant Notice. Dividend Equivalent Units shall become Vested Units at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited.

4.2 Effect of Termination of Continuous Service Prior to Liquidity Event Date. If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason prior to the Liquidity Event Date, then:

(a) all Units for which the service condition as set forth in the Grant Notice has not been satisfied shall be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right immediately upon the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service; and

 

3


(b) and all Units for which the service condition as set forth in the Grant Notice has been satisfied as of the date of such termination of Continuous Service shall not then be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right, but instead shall become Vested Units, if at all, upon the subsequent occurrence of Liquidity Event Date prior to the Expiration Date.

4.3 Effect of Termination of Continuous Service on or after Liquidity Event Date . If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason on or after the Liquidity Event Date, then all Units that are not then Vested Units shall be subject to the Company Reacquisition Right immediately upon the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service.

5. C OMPANY R EACQUISITION R IGHT .

5.1 Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, the Grantee shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire all Units which are not, as of the time of such termination, Vested Units ( “Unvested Units” ) , except as otherwise provided in Section 4, above, and the Grantee shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right” ).

5.2 Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Company Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 10, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of the Grantee’s ownership of Unvested Units shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Units” and “Unvested Units” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Units immediately prior to such event.

6. S ETTLEMENT OF THE A WARD .

6.1 Issuance of Shares of Company Stock . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the Company shall issue to the Grantee on the Settlement Date with respect to each Vested Unit to be settled on such date one (1) share of Company Stock. Shares of Company Stock issued in settlement of Units shall not be subject to any restriction on transfer other than any such restriction as may be required pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 7 or the Company’s trading compliance policy.

6.2 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration . The Grantee hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit any or all shares acquired by the Grantee pursuant to the settlement of the Award with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form, or to deposit such shares for the benefit of the Grantee with any broker with which the Grantee has an account relationship of which the Company has notice. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the shares acquired by the Grantee shall be registered in the name of the Grantee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Grantee.

 

4


6.3 Restrictions on Grant of the Award and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Award and issuance of shares of Company Stock upon settlement of the Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Company Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the Award shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the Award, the Company may require the Grantee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

6.4 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the settlement of the Award.

7. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

7.1 In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Grantee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Grantee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance contributions or National Insurance Contributions) withholding obligations of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary if any, which arise in connection with the Award, the vesting of Units or the issuance of shares of Company Stock in settlement thereof (“Tax Obligations”). The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Company Stock until the Tax Obligations have been satisfied by the Grantee.

7.2 Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s trading compliance policy, if permitted by the Company, the Grantee may satisfy Tax Obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Grantee to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon settlement of Units.

7.3 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Grantee to satisfy all or any portion of the Company or its parent(s) or subsidiaries Tax Obligations by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Grantee in settlement of the Award a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the Tax Obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

5


7.4 Tax Acknowledgments. Regardless of any action of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax Obligations is and remains Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld. Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and the and its parent(s) and subsidiaries: (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Award or the shares of Stock issued in settlement thereof; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Award to reduce or eliminate Grantee’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result.

8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

This Award shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan relating to the vesting and settlement of the Units in the event of a “Change in Control.” In the event of a “Change in Control” as such transactions are set forth in Section 10 of the Plan (“ Corporate Transaction ”) prior to termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason, unless this Award is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either (i) assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or (ii) replaced with a comparable Award with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (iii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the compensation element of this Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Award, then all Units under this Agreement shall automatically become fully vested and settled immediately prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Award comparability under clause (ii) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Units hereunder shall terminate and cease remain outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation or its Parents.

9. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

9.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 9.6 below, in the event of the Grantee, the Grantee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon settlement of the Award proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of the Company or any parent or subsidiary shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

9.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Grantee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Grantee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to

 

6


more than one Proposed Transferee, the Grantee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

9.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Grantee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Grantee written notice of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 9, and the Grantee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 9. The Grantee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

9.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Grantee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Grantee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Grantee or issued by a person other than the Grantee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Grantee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Grantee to the Company or any parent or subsidiary shall be treated as payment to the Grantee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Grantee shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Grantee acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Award.

9.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Grantee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 9.4, the Grantee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 9.4. The Company shall have the right to demand

 

7


further assurances from the Grantee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Grantee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Grantee with the procedure described in this Section 9.

9.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 9 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon settlement of the Award shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 9 are met.

9.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon settlement of the Award if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of the Company or its parent(s) or subsidiaries, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 9.9 result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

9.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

9.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the successor corporation or substantially equivalent option for the successor corporation or Parent thereof stock for the Award, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

9.10 Legends. The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of Company Stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Grantee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Grantee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9.

 

8


10. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Company Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Company Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Company Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number of Units subject to the Award and/or the number and kind of shares or other property to be issued in settlement of the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Grantee’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of ownership of Units acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all Units originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional Unit or share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

11. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER .

The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be issued in settlement of this Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 10.

12. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Grantee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Grantee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

9


12.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

12.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

13. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A.

It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Award that may result in amounts treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code (including applicable regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder, as determined by the Board in good faith) to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non-compliance. In connection with effecting such compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the following shall apply:

13.1 Separation from Service; Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the Section 409A Regulations ) shall be paid unless and until the Grantee has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, to the extent that the Grantee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of the Grantee’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of the Grantee’s separation from service shall be paid to the Grantee before the date (the Delayed Payment Date ) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of the Grantee’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

13.2 Other Changes in Time of Payment. Neither the Grantee nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner which would not be in compliance with the Section 409A Regulations.

13.3 Amendments to Comply with Section 409A; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by the Grantee under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in

 

10


such manner as may be determined by the Company, in its discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Section 409A Regulations without prior notice to or consent of the Grantee. The Grantee hereby releases and holds harmless the Company, its directors, officers and stockholders from any and all claims that may arise from or relate to any tax liability, penalties, interest, costs, fees or other liability incurred by the Grantee in connection with the Award, including as a result of the application of the Section 409A Regulations.

13.4 Advice of Independent Tax Advisor. The Company has not obtained a tax ruling or other confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the application of the Section 409A Regulations to the Award, and the Company does not represent or warrant that this Agreement will avoid adverse tax consequences to the Grantee, including as a result of the application of the Section 409A Regulations to the Award. The Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has been advised to seek the advice of his or her own independent tax advisor prior to entering into this Agreement and is not relying upon any representations of the Company or any of its agents as to the effect of or the advisability of entering into this Agreement.

14. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Grantee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Grantee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering; provided, further, however, that such one hundred eighty (180) day period may be extended for an additional period, not to exceed twenty (20) days, upon the request of the Company or the underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Grantee hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

15. D ATA P RIVACY C ONSENT .

Grantee understands that the Company and its parent(s) or subsidiaries may collect, where permissible under applicable law certain personal information about Grantee, including, but not limited to, Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards granted under the Plan or any other entitlement to shares of Stock awarded, canceled, vested, unvested or outstanding in Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

11


Grantee understands that Company may transfer Grantee’s Data to the United States, which is not considered by the European Commission to have data protection laws equivalent to the laws in Grantee’s country. Grantee understands that the Company will transfer Grantee’s Data to its designated broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws that the European Commission or Grantee’s jurisdiction does not consider to be equivalent to the protections in Grantee’s country. Grantee understands that Grantee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Grantee’s local human resources representative. Grantee authorizes the Company, the Company’s designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan. Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Grantee’s participation in the Plan. Grantee understands that Grantee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Grantee’s local human resources representative. Further, Grantee understands that Grantee is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Grantee does not consent, or if Grantee later seeks to revoke Grantee’s consent, Grantee’s employment status or career with the Company or its parent(s) or subsidiaries will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Grantee’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Grantee Awards under the Plan or other equity awards, or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing Grantee’s consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Grantee understands that Grantee may contact Grantee’s local human resources representative. Grantee understands that Grantee has the right to access, and to request a copy of, the Data held about Grantee. Grantee also understand that Grantee has the right to discontinue the collection, processing, or use of Grantee’s Data, or supplement, correct, or request deletion of Grantee’s Data. To exercise Grantee’s rights, Grantee may contact Grantee’s local human resources representative. Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Grantee’s personal data as described in the Award Agreement and any other Plan materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and its parent(s) or subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan. Grantee understands that Grantee’s consent will be sought and obtained for any processing or transfer of Grantee’s data for any purpose other than as described in the Agreement and any other plan materials.

 

12


16. S ERVICE A CKNOWLEDGMENTS .

In accepting the grant, Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees as follows:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Award is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Awards, or benefits in lieu of Awards, even if Awards have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future Awards or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Awards and the shares of Stock subject to the Award are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Award and the shares of Stock subject to the Award, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the underlying shares of Stock is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Award or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of Stock; and

(i) the Award and the shares of Stock subject to the Award are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(j) Grantee acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to Grantee pursuant to the settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any shares of Stock acquired upon settlement; and

(k) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of Grantee’s status as a service provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Grantee work or the terms of Grantee’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Award to which Grantee is otherwise not entitled, Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries from any such claim; if,

 

13


notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

17. N O A DVICE R EGARDING G RANT .

The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations or assessments regarding Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Stock. Grantee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

18. C OUNTRY -S PECIFIC T ERMS , C ONDITIONS AND N OTICES .

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Award grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for Grantee’s country (the “Appendix”). Moreover, if Grantee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Grantee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Grantee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.2 Nontransferability of the Award. Prior to the issuance of shares of Stock on the applicable Settlement Date, neither this Award nor any Units subject to this Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

19.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

14


19.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Grantee and the Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Grantee by the Company or any parent or subsidiary, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, and any such other documents relating to this Award may be delivered to the Grantee electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Grantee may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has read Section 19.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice, as described in Section 19.5(a). The Grantee acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Grantee by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Grantee will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Grantee understands that the Grantee must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Grantee may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 19.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Grantee has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Grantee understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 19.5(a).

19.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Grantee and the Company and its parent(s) or subsidiaries with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Grantee and the Company and any parent or subsidiary with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15


19.7 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16


APPENDIX

TO T HE T UBE M OGUL , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT U NDER THE

2007 E QUITY C OMPENSATION P LAN

F OR N ON -U.S. G RANTEES

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Restricted Stock Units granted to Grantee under the Plan if he or she resides in one of the countries listed below. Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or the main body of the Agreement.

Notifications

This Appendix also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Grantee should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of February 2014. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Grantee not rely on the information in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Grantee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Grantee vests in the shares of Stock or sells the shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Grantee’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Grantee of any particular result. Accordingly, Grantee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Grantee’s country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, if Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Grantee is currently working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Award, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Grantee in the same manner. In addition, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply to Grantee under these circumstances.

 

17


AUSTRALIA

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The offering and resale of shares acquired under the Plan to a person or entity resident in Australia may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. The Grantee should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure requirements prior to making any such offer.

Terms and Conditions

Australian Securities Laws. If Grantee acquires shares of Stock under the Plan and resells them in Australia, he or she may be required to comply with certain Australian securities law disclosure requirements.

Foreign Exchange . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that it is the Grantee’s sole responsibility to investigate and comply with any applicable exchange control laws in connection with the inflow of funds from the vesting of the Award or subsequent sale of the shares of Stock and any dividends (if any) and that the Grantee shall be responsible for any reporting of inbound international fund transfers required under applicable law. The Grantee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the exchange control regulations apply to the Grantee’s specific situation.

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Restricted Stock Units Payable Only in Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or Agreement, the grant of Awards does not provide any right for Grantee to receive a cash payment, and the Awards are payable in shares of Stock only.

Termination of Continuous Service Status . In the event of Grantee’s termination (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid and whether or not in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Grantee is employed or the terms of Grantee’s employment or service agreement, if any), Grantee’s right to vest in the Award under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of (1) the date that the Grantee is no longer actively employed or providing services to the Company or its parent(s) or subsidiaries, or at the discretion of the Company, (2) the date the Grantee receives notice of termination from the Company or its parent(s) or subsidiaries retaining Grantee, if earlier than (1), regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under local law (including, but not limited to statutory law, regulatory law and/or common law); the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Grantee is no longer actively employed or providing services for purposes of Grantee’s Award grant (including, but not limited to, whether Grantee may still be considered actively employed or providing services while on an approved leave of absence).

The following provisions apply if Grantee is a resident of Quebec:

Language Consent . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

 

18


Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressement souhaité que la convention [“Agreement”], ainsi que tous les documents, avis et procédures judiciaries, éxecutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou lié, directement ou indirectement à la présente convention, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

Data Privacy Notice and Consent . This provision supplements Section 15 of the Agreement:

Grantee hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. Grantee further authorizes the Company and its parent(s) or subsidiaries to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. Grantee further authorizes the Company and its parent(s) or subsidiaries to record such information and to keep such information in Grantee’s employee file.

SINGAPORE

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The grant of the Award is being made pursuant to the “Qualifying Person” exemption under section 273(1)(f) of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“SFA”). The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Grantee should note that Awards are subject to section 257 of the SFA and Grantee will not be able to make any subsequent sale in Singapore of the shares acquired through the vesting of the Award or any offer of such sale in Singapore unless such sale or offer is made pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than section 280) of the SFA.

Director Notification Obligation . If Grantee is a director, associate director or shadow director of a Singapore subsidiary, Grantee is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore subsidiary in writing when Grantee receives an interest ( e.g ., Awards, shares of Stock) in the Company or any subsidiary. In addition, Grantee must notify the Singapore subsidiary when Grantee sells shares of the Company or any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries (including when Grantee sells shares acquired through the vesting of his or her Award). These notifications must be made within two business days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries. In addition, a notification must be made of Grantee’s interests in the Company or any of its parent(s) or subsidiaries within two business days of becoming a director.

 

19


UNITED KINGDOM

Notification

Securities Disclaimer . Neither this Agreement nor Appendix is an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the Plan. The Plan and the Awards are exclusively available in the UK to bona fide employees and former employees and any other UK subsidiary.

****

End of the Appendix

 

20

Exhibit 10.5

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

February 27, 2014

Dear Brett:

TubeMogul, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with the Company described herein. This letter supersedes and restates any previous employment details with the Company.

1. Position. Your title will be President and Chief Executive Officer, and you will report to the Company’s Board of Directors. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Salary. The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $325,000 per year payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3. Cash Incentive Compensation. Additionally you shall be eligible for $125,000 in additional cash compensation based upon the Company’s achievement of yearly objectives, to be determined by the Board of Directors. The cash incentive shall be 75% based upon achieving financial objectives and 25% based upon achieving non-financial objectives.

4. Business Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for your necessary and reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with your duties hereunder upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies.

5. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the Company policy and applicable plan documents. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

6. Change of Control.

You will vest in all of your unvested stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards granted to you by the Company if both of the following occur: (a) the Company is subject to a Change of Control (b) you are subject to an Involuntary Termination that occurs (i) within 90 days prior to that Change of Control, or (ii) within 12 months after that Change of Control; and (c) you execute (and do not revoke, if applicable) a full and complete general release of all claims, such release language to be in substantially the form attached as Attachment A hereto, which may be updated by the Company to conform to changes in applicable law or regulations without your approval (the “Release”).


7. Severance Benefits.

(a) General. If you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 7(b) and (c) in addition to any benefits described in Section 6, if applicable. However, this Section 7 will not apply unless and until you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed (and not revoked, if applicable) the Release.

(b) Salary Continuation. Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of 12 months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid based on the annual salary rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 60 days after your Separation and, the first payment will include any unpaid amounts accrued from the date of your Separation. However, if the 60-day period described in the preceding sentence spans two calendar years, then the payments will in any event begin in the second calendar year.

(c) Lump-Sum Payment in Lieu of Health Benefit. Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount, net of applicable withholding taxes, equal to the product of (A) six and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of you and your eligible dependents, if any, with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which you and your eligible dependents, if any, were participants as of the day of your Separation. Such payment will be made within 60 days after your Separation; however, if such 60-day period spans two calendar years, then the payment will be made in the second calendar year.

8. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

9. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), each salary continuation payment under Section 7(b) is hereby designated as a separate payment. If the Company determines that you are a “specified


employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) the salary continuation payments under Section 7(b), to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, will commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when the salary continuation payments commence.

(c) Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitutes the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Francisco County in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

11. Definitions. The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

“Cause” means (i) your willful refusal to implement or follow a lawful policy or directive of the Board, or your failure to otherwise perform the duties of your position in a reasonably satisfactory manner, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to you from the Company; (ii) your commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company; (iii) your unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of your relationship with the Company; or (iv) your material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement with the Company (provided that should the Company contend that you have materially breached this Agreement or such other agreement it will first provide you written notice and a thirty (30) day period to cure the alleged breach).

“Disability” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

“Involuntary Termination” means either (a) your Termination Without Cause or (b) your Resignation for Good Reason.


“Resignation for Good Reason” means a Separation from the Company as a result of your resignation within 60 days after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:

(i) A reduction in your base salary by more than 20% (other than as part of an across-the-board, proportional compensation reduction applicable to all executive officers);

(ii) A material diminution of your authority, title, duties or responsibilities, provided that a mere change in title alone in connection with a Change of Control shall not constitute a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; or

(iii) A relocation of your principal workplace by more than 50 miles, where such relocation increases your one-way commute.

A Resignation for Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred unless you give the Company written notice of the condition or event within 60 days after the condition or event comes into existence or occurs, the Company fails to remedy the condition or event within 30 days after receiving your written notice, and you resign within 180 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or event.

“Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

“Termination Without Cause” means a Separation from the Company as a result of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause other than for death or Disability, provided you are willing and able to continue performing services within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(n)(1).

“Change of Control” means

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B)  a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (such corporation, entity or person, an “Excluded Entity”).


Notwithstanding anything stated herein. a transaction shall not constitute a - Change of Control” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation. or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. For clarity. the term “Change of Control” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock.

You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating this letter agreement in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
TubeMogul, Inc.

/s/ Ajay Chopra

By:   Ajay Chopra
Title:   Board Member

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ Brett Wilson

Signature of Brett Wilson
Dated:  

2/27/2014


ATTACHMENT A

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

You agree that your employment from TubeMogul, Inc. (the “Company”) will be terminated on [DATE]. If you comply with the conditions for eligibility described in Section 7 of the offer letter by and between you and the Company, dated [DATE] (the “Offer Letter”), including that you (i) return all Company property in your possession, (ii) resign as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) sign and do not revoke this Release of Claims (the “Agreement”), the Company will provide you with the benefits described in [Section 7(b) and (c)] of the Offer Letter (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”). Such Severance Benefits will be paid to you in accordance with the terms of your Offer Letter, provided that in no event will you be paid any Severance Benefits prior to the Effective Date (defined below).

In consideration for receiving the Severance Benefits , you waive and release any and all claims and causes of action, whether or not now known, against the Company or its predecessors, successors, or past or present subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees and assigns, with respect to any matter arising from the beginning of the world up to the Separation Date, including, without limitation, any matter arising out of or connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including without limitation, claims to attorneys’ fees or costs, claims of wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, emotional distress, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, any claims of discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability or on any other basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all other laws and regulations relating to employment.

You expressly waive and release any and all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California (or any analogous law of any other state), which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him or her, must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

You and the Company do not intend that you will release claims that you may not release as a matter of law, including but not limited to claims for indemnity under California Labor Code Section 2802 or other applicable law. This release does not extend to any claim for Severance Benefits or the breach of this Agreement. Nothing in this release waives your rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the TubeMogul, Inc., state or federal law or policy of insurance.

You acknowledge that you have 21 days to consider this Agreement from (but may sign it at any time beforehand if you so desire), and that you can consult an attorney in doing so. You also acknowledge that you can revoke this Agreement within 7 days of signing it by sending a certified letter to that effect to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS]. You understand and agree that this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the 8th day following the date you sign this Agreement, provided you have not revoked the agreement in accordance with this paragraph (such 8th day, the “Effective Date”) and no payments or benefits will be provided prior to the Effective Date.


To accept this Agreement, please sign below and return this letter to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS] on or before [INSERT DATE THAT IS 21 or 45 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT, AS APPLICABLE].

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

Dated:

[EMPLOYEE NAME]

Exhibit 10.6

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

March 13, 2014

John Hughes

Dear John:

TubeMogul, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with the Company described herein. This letter supersedes and restates your previous offer letter with the Company.

1. Position . Your title will be President of Products and you will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Salary . The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $225,000 per year payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3. Cash Incentive Compensation. Additionally you shall be eligible for $45,000 in additional cash compensation based upon the Company’s achievement of yearly objectives, to be determined by the Chief Executive Officer. The cash incentive shall be 75% based upon achieving financial objectives and 25% based upon achieving non-financial objectives.

4. Business Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for your necessary and reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with your duties hereunder upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies.

5. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the Company policy and applicable plan documents. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

6. Change of Control. You will vest in all of your unvested stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards granted to you by the Company if both of the following occur: (a) the Company is subject to a Change of Control (b) you are subject to an Involuntary Termination that occurs (i) within 90 days prior to that Change of Control, or (ii) within 12 months after that Change of Control; and (c) you execute (and do not revoke, if applicable) a full and complete general release of all claims, such release language to be in substantially the form attached as Attachment A hereto, which may be updated by the Company to conform to changes in applicable law or regulations without your approval (the “ Release ”).


7. Severance Benefits.

(a) General . If you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 7(b) and (c) in addition to any benefits described in Section 6, if applicable. However, this Section 7 will not apply unless and until you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed (and not revoked, if applicable) the Release.

(b) Salary Continuation . Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of 3 months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid based on the annual salary rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 60 days after your Separation and, the first payment will include any unpaid amounts accrued from the date of your Separation. However, if the 60-day period described in the preceding sentence spans two calendar years, then the payments will in any event begin in the second calendar year.

(c) Lump-Sum Payment in Lieu of Health Benefit . Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount, net of applicable withholding taxes, equal to the product of (A) six and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of you and your eligible dependents, if any, with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which you and your eligible dependents, if any, were participants as of the day of your Separation. Such payment will be made within 60 days after your Separation; however, if such 60-day period spans two calendar years, then the payment will be made in the second calendar year.

8. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

9. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.


(b) Section 409A . For purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), each salary continuation payment under Section 7(b) is hereby designated as a separate payment. If the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) the salary continuation payments under Section 7(b), to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, will commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when the salary continuation payments commence.

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitutes the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Francisco County in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

11. Definitions . The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

Cause ” means (i) your willful refusal to implement or follow a lawful policy or directive of the Board, or your failure to otherwise perform the duties of your position in a reasonably satisfactory manner, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to you from the Company; (ii) your commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company; (iii) your unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of your relationship with the Company; or (iv) your material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement with the Company (provided that should the Company contend that you have materially breached this Agreement or such other agreement it will first provide you written notice and a thirty (30) day period to cure the alleged breach).


Change of Control ” means

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (such corporation, entity or person, an “ Excluded Entity ”).

Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Change of Control” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. For clarity, the term “Change of Control” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock.

Disability ” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Involuntary Termination ” means either (a) your Termination Without Cause or (b) your Resignation for Good Reason.

Resignation for Good Reason ” means a Separation from the Company as a result of your resignation within 60 days after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:

(i) A reduction in your base salary by more than 20% (other than as part of an across-the-board, proportional compensation reduction applicable to all executive officers);

(ii) A material diminution of your authority, title, duties or responsibilities, provided that a mere change in title alone in connection with a Change of Control shall not constitute a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; or

(iii) A relocation of your principal workplace by more than 50 miles, where such relocation increases your one-way commute.

A Resignation for Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred unless you give the Company written notice of the condition or event within 60 days after the condition or


event comes into existence or occurs, the Company fails to remedy the condition or event within 30 days after receiving your written notice, and you resign within 180 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or event.

Separation ” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

Termination Without Cause ” means a Separation from the Company as a result of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause other than for death or Disability, provided you are willing and able to continue performing services within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(n)(1).

You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating this letter agreement in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
TubeMogul, Inc.

/s/ Brett Wilson

By:   Brett Wilson
Title:   CEO

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ John Hughes

Signature of John Hughes
Dated:  

3/13/2014


ATTACHMENT A

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

You agree that your employment from TubeMogul, Inc. (the “ Company ”) will be terminated on [DATE ]. If you comply with the conditions for eligibility described in Section 7 of the offer letter by and between you and the Company, dated [DATE] (the “ Offer Letter ”), including that you (i) return all Company property in your possession, (ii) resign as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) sign and do not revoke this Release of Claims (the “ Agreement ”), the Company will provide you with the benefits described in [Section 7(b) and (c)] of the Offer Letter (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”). Such Severance Benefits will be paid to you in accordance with the terms of your Offer Letter, provided that in no event will you be paid any Severance Benefits prior to the Effective Date (defined below).

In consideration for receiving the Severance Benefits , you waive and release any and all claims and causes of action, whether or not now known, against the Company or its predecessors, successors, or past or present subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees and assigns, with respect to any matter arising from the beginning of the world up to the Separation Date, including, without limitation, any matter arising out of or connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including without limitation, claims to attorneys’ fees or costs, claims of wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, emotional distress, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, any claims of discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability or on any other basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all other laws and regulations relating to employment.

You expressly waive and release any and all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California (or any analogous law of any other state), which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him or her, must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

You and the Company do not intend that you will release claims that you may not release as a matter of law, including but not limited to claims for indemnity under California Labor Code Section 2802 or other applicable law. This release does not extend to any claim for Severance Benefits or the breach of this Agreement. Nothing in this release waives your rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the TubeMogul, Inc., state or federal law or policy of insurance.

You acknowledge that you have 21 days to consider this Agreement from (but may sign it at any time beforehand if you so desire), and that you can consult an attorney in doing so. You also acknowledge that you can revoke this Agreement within 7 days of signing it by sending a certified letter to that effect to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS] . You understand and agree that this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the 8th day following the date you sign this Agreement, provided you have not revoked the agreement in accordance with this paragraph (such 8th day, the “ Effective Date ”) and no payments or benefits will be provided prior to the Effective Date.


To accept this Agreement, please sign below and return this letter to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS] on or before [INSERT DATE THAT IS 21 or 45 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT, AS APPLICABLE] .

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

Dated:

[EMPLOYEE NAME]

Exhibit 10.7

TUBEMOGUL, INC.

February 27, 2014

Mr. Stephen A. Scovic

Dear Chip:

TubeMogul, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with the Company described herein. This letter supersedes and restates your previous offer letter with the Company.

1. Position . Your title will be Chief Revenue Officer, and you will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Salary . The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $250,000 per year payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3. Cash Incentive Compensation. Additionally you shall be eligible for $250,000 in additional cash compensation based upon the Company’s achievement of yearly objectives, to be determined by the Chief Executive Officer. The cash incentive shall be 90% based upon achieving financial objectives and 10% based upon achieving non-financial objectives.

4. Business Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for your necessary and reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with your duties hereunder upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies.

5. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the Company policy and applicable plan documents. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

6. Change of Control.

You will vest in all of your unvested stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards granted to you by the Company if both of the following occur: (a) the Company is subject to a Change of Control (b) you are subject to an Involuntary Termination that occurs (i) within 90 days prior to that Change of Control, or (ii) within 12 months after that Change of Control; and (c) you execute (and do not revoke, if applicable) a full and complete general release of all


claims, such release language to be in substantially the form attached as Attachment A hereto, which may be updated by the Company to conform to changes in applicable law or regulations without your approval (the “ Release ”).

7. Severance Benefits.

(a) General . If you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 7(b) and (c) in addition to any benefits described in Section 6, if applicable. However, this Section 7 will not apply unless and until you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed (and not revoked, if applicable) the Release.

(b) Salary Continuation . Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of 3 months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid based on the annual salary rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 60 days after your Separation and, the first payment will include any unpaid amounts accrued from the date of your Separation. However, if the 60-day period described in the preceding sentence spans two calendar years, then the payments will in any event begin in the second calendar year.

(c) Lump-Sum Payment in Lieu of Health Benefit . Subject to your satisfying the conditions in Section 7(a), if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, the Company will pay you a lump-sum amount, net of applicable withholding taxes, equal to the product of (A) six and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of you and your eligible dependents, if any, with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which you and your eligible dependents, if any, were participants as of the day of your Separation. Such payment will be made within 60 days after your Separation; however, if such 60-day period spans two calendar years, then the payment will be made in the second calendar year.

8. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

9. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.


(b) Section 409A . For purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), each salary continuation payment under Section 7(b) is hereby designated as a separate payment. If the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) the salary continuation payments under Section 7(b), to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, will commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when the salary continuation payments commence.

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitutes the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Francisco County in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

11. Definitions . The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

Cause ” means (i) your willful refusal to implement or follow a lawful policy or directive of the Board, or your failure to otherwise perform the duties of your position in a reasonably satisfactory manner, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to you from the Company; (ii) your commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company; (iii) your unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of your relationship with the Company; or (iv) your material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement with the Company (provided that should the Company contend that you have materially breached this Agreement or such other agreement it will first provide you written notice and a thirty (30) day period to cure the alleged breach).


Change of Control ” means

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (such corporation, entity or person, an “ Excluded Entity ”).

Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Change of Control” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. For clarity, the term “Change of Control” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock.

Disability ” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Involuntary Termination ” means either (a) your Termination Without Cause or (b) your Resignation for Good Reason.

Resignation for Good Reason ” means a Separation from the Company as a result of your resignation within 60 days after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:

(i) A reduction in your base salary by more than 20% (other than as part of an across-the-board, proportional compensation reduction applicable to all executive officers);

(ii) A material diminution of your authority, title, duties or responsibilities, provided that a mere change in title alone in connection with a Change of Control shall not constitute a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; or

(iii) A relocation of your principal workplace by more than 50 miles, where such relocation increases your one-way commute.

A Resignation for Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred unless you give the Company written notice of the condition or event within 60 days after the condition or


event comes into existence or occurs, the Company fails to remedy the condition or event within 30 days after receiving your written notice, and you resign within 180 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or event.

Separation ” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

Termination Without Cause ” means a Separation from the Company as a result of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause other than for death or Disability, provided you are willing and able to continue performing services within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(n)(1).

You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating this letter agreement in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
TubeMogul, Inc.

/s/ Brett Wilson

By:   Brett Wilson
Title:   CEO

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ Stephen A. Scovic

Signature of Stephen A. Scovic
Dated:  

2/28/2014


ATTACHMENT A

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

You agree that your employment from TubeMogul, Inc. (the “ Company ”) will be terminated on [DATE ]. If you comply with the conditions for eligibility described in Section 7 of the offer letter by and between you and the Company, dated [DATE] (the “ Offer Letter ”), including that you (i) return all Company property in your possession, (ii) resign as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) sign and do not revoke this Release of Claims (the “ Agreement ”), the Company will provide you with the benefits described in [Section 7(b) and (c)] of the Offer Letter (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”). Such Severance Benefits will be paid to you in accordance with the terms of your Offer Letter, provided that in no event will you be paid any Severance Benefits prior to the Effective Date (defined below).

In consideration for receiving the Severance Benefits , you waive and release any and all claims and causes of action, whether or not now known, against the Company or its predecessors, successors, or past or present subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees and assigns, with respect to any matter arising from the beginning of the world up to the Separation Date, including, without limitation, any matter arising out of or connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including without limitation, claims to attorneys’ fees or costs, claims of wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, emotional distress, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, any claims of discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability or on any other basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all other laws and regulations relating to employment.

You expressly waive and release any and all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California (or any analogous law of any other state), which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him or her, must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

You and the Company do not intend tothat you will release claims that you may not release as a matter of law, including but not limited to claims for indemnity under California Labor Code Section 2802 or other applicable law. This release does not extend to any claim for Severance Benefits or the breach of this Agreement. Nothing in this release waives your rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the TubeMogul, Inc., state or federal law or policy of insurance.

You acknowledge that you have 21 days to consider this Agreement from (but may sign it at any time beforehand if you so desire), and that you can consult an attorney in doing so. You also acknowledge that you can revoke this Agreement within 7 days of signing it by sending a certified letter to that effect to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS] . You understand and agree that this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the 8th day following the date you sign this Agreement, provided you have not revoked the agreement in accordance with this paragraph (such 8th day, the “ Effective Date ”) and no payments or benefits will be provided prior to the Effective Date.


To accept this Agreement, please sign below and return this letter to [INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS] on or before [INSERT DATE THAT IS 21 or 45 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT, AS APPLICABLE] .

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

Dated:

[EMPLOYEE NAME]

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of August 21, 2013 (the “ Restatement Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and TUBEMOGUL, INC. , a California corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.

Bank and Borrower are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 1, 2012 (collectively, the “ Original Agreement ”). Both parties wish to amend, restate and, in all respects, supersede and replace hereby the terms of the Original Agreement as set forth in this Agreement.

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Growth Capital Advances.

(a) Availability . Pursuant to the Original Agreement, Bank made Growth Capital Advances available to Borrower (each a “Growth Capital Advance” and collectively the “Growth Capital Advances”) that are currently outstanding. No additional Growth Capital Advances will be made. As of August 21, 2013, the amount of Three Million Two Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Eight and 19/100 Dollars ($3,243,978.19) is outstanding and owing to Bank on account of the Growth Capital Advances.

(b) Repayment . Borrower shall continue to repay the Growth Capital Advances in equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, on the first day of each month through and including the Growth Capital Maturity Date (each a “Growth Capital Scheduled Payment Date”), and all unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date with respect to such Growth Capital Advance.

(c) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding


principal plus accrued and unpaid interest of all outstanding Growth Capital Advances, and (ii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(d) Permitted Prepayment of Growth Capital Advances . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Growth Capital Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Growth Capital Advances at least five (5) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest of all outstanding Growth Capital Advances, and (B) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.1.2 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, outside of any Streamline Period, to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”).

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

 

  (i) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below, at a fixed per annum rate equal to four and three quarters percent (4.75%).

 

  (ii) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to WSJ Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default

 

-2-


Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the WSJ Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the WSJ Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including audit fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement which fees for the documentation and negotiation of this Agreement will not exceed Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($17,500)) incurred through and after the Restatement Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(b) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

-3-


(b) So long as no Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, payments and collections shall be applied first to outstanding Advances under the Revolving Line and then to Growth Capital Advances; provided that regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Growth Capital Advances shall be applied as directed by Borrower. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(c) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Restatement Date;

(d) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(e) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(f) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(g) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

-4-


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including any Credit Extension after the date hereof, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Outside of a Streamline Period, timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report, in the form attached as Exhibit D ;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver .

Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing .

(a) Revolving Line . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Outside of a Streamline Period, together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report, calculated as of the close of business on the Business Day before the Funding Date, executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

-5-


4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

Bank agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder in Third Party Equipment shall be subordinate (or released upon request of the applicable equipment lender or lessor) to the Liens in Third Party Equipment of future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for Third Party Equipment; provided that such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are permitted under paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens. “ Third Party Equipment ” means the Equipment and related software financed or acquired falling within the definition of paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Bank’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such lenders or equipment lessors (except with respect to the Third Party Equipment only). So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Bank agrees to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Borrower from time to time which set forth the lien subordination (or, if applicable, lien release) described in this Section 4.2 and are reasonably acceptable to Bank. Bank shall have no obligation to execute any agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Bank which are less favorable to Bank than those described in this Section 4.2.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted

 

-6-


herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% (for any Letter of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars) or 110% (for Letters of Credit denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice of the negative covenants set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.5 hereof.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, unless changed pursuant to a notification to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2: (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Restatement Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval

 

-7-


from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith or as disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 6.8(b), and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, to the extent required under Section 6.8(b).

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate and Permitted Locations or as permitted without notice to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than (i) as provided in the Perfection Certificate; (ii) as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2; or (iii) Permitted Locations. “ Permitted Locations ” are locations for Collateral outside of Borrower’s possession in the ordinary course of its business and (i) not covered by a bailee agreement reasonably acceptable to Bank, with an aggregate value not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), including without limitation, at co-location facilities, locations where mobile goods, including computers, phones and the like, may be located with employees and consultants of Borrower, and locations where Collateral may be temporarily located for sales, testing or demonstration purposes, or (ii) covered by a bailee agreement reasonably acceptable to Bank.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) as permitted under Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(e), (b) over-the-counter software and software that is commercially available to the public, (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise disclosed to Bank in writing from time to time, and (d) immaterial Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower. To Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent (other than patent applications) which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. The Perfection Certificate lists all Restricted Licenses to which Borrower is a party to, or is it bound by as of the Restatement Date.

5.3 Accounts Receivable; Inventory .

For any Eligible Account in the most recent Transaction Report delivered to Bank, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all

 

-8-


material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be.If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in the most recent Transaction Report delivered to Bank. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts in the most recent Transaction Report delivered to Bank are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting the rights of creditors, and subject to equitable principles of general application.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the date thereof and for the periods stated therein. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where failure to make such declarations, filings or notices would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or have an adverse effect on Borrower’s payment or performance of the Obligations.

 

-9-


5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required federal, and all other material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all federal, and all material foreign, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

 

-10-


(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may dissolve Illuminex, Inc. in its discretion without requirement of prior consent from Bank.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a)  Transaction Report . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which a Revolving Advance is outstanding, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (as of the last day of such month), duly completed and signed by a Responsible Officer (the “Transaction Report”);

(b) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(c)  Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(d)  Annual Audited and Company-prepared Financial Statements . (i) Commencing with Borrower’s 2013 fiscal year, no later than two hundred forty (240) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, but in any event no later than ten (10) days after completion, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; and (ii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, company prepared consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank;

(e)  Deferred Revenue . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which a Revolving Advance is outstanding, a deferred revenue report.

(f) Outside Streamline Reports . Outside a Streamline Period, Borrower shall deliver a Transaction Report to Bank (i) on the last day of each week (for transactions as of the

 

-11-


last day of the previous week or such later date as Borrower may indicate in such Transaction Report) and (ii) at the time of each request for an Advance (as of the close of business on the Business Day before the Funding Date).

(g) Annual Projections . Annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors consistent in form and detail with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors, as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or more frequently as updated;

(h)  Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available generally to Borrower’s security holders generally or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i)  SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(j) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

(k)  Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank Transaction Reports, as provided in Section 6.2; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank in its reasonable discretion and in sufficient amount and detail to permit Bank to conduct a thorough audit in accordance with Section 6.6 hereof, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals, if available) of or reasonable access to all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request in its reasonable discretion and in sufficient amount and detail to permit Bank to conduct a thorough audit in accordance with Section 6.6 hereof and to perfect its Lien in the Collateral, the originals of all instruments, chattel

 

-12-


paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) individually or in the aggregate. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Borrower shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”), pursuant to a blocked account agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. If despite those directions, Borrower receives any payment outside the Cash Collateral Account, Borrower shall immediately deliver such payments to the Cash Collateral Account. Outside a Streamline Period, Bank will apply amounts in the Cash Collateral Account immediately to reduce the Advances under the Revolving Line, with the balance remitted to Borrower’s primary operating account on a daily basis. During a Streamline Period, Bank will transfer, nightly, amounts in the Cash Collateral Account to Borrower’s operating account with Bank.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) [Deleted].

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 [Deleted].

 

-13-


6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise set forth in Section 5.9 and except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more frequently than once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The initial audit is to be completed no later than sixty (60) days after the Restatement Date.

6.7 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days’notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. If an Event of Default then exists, proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain its primary domestic and international operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank, and at least eighty percent (80%) of investable balances with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Within sixty (60) days from the Restatement Date, Borrower shall maintain eighty percent (80%) of domestic investable balances in all deposit and investment accounts to Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. Within one hundred twenty (120) days from the Restatement Date, Borrower shall transfer all other primary domestic and international operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts to Bank to the extent necessary to comply with the first sentence of this Section 6.8(a). Notwithstanding the forgoing, Borrower may maintain its current foreign accounts with Royal Bank of Canada, Westpac, and Mizuho (which shall not be required to be subject to account control agreements).

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s

 

-14-


Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to: (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, and (ii) deposit accounts maintained in any jurisdiction outside the United States, the balances of which shall not exceed amounts necessary for expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or any Subsidiaries in those jurisdictions.

6.9 Financial Covenants . None

6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property except where Borrower in the exercise of its business judgment deems it in its best interest not to do so; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property that is material to its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public except where Borrower in the exercise of its business judgment deems it in its best interest to do so.

(b) Borrower shall provide Bank with information regarding Restricted Licenses to which Borrower is a party to, or bound by, as reasonably requested by Bank.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower; except that any highly confidential or proprietary information or other information that Borrower has determined in good faith should not be disclosed in order to protect the attorney-client privilege (or any similar privilege), shall only be released pursuant to this Section 6.11 upon Borrower’s prior written consent.

6.12 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b)

 

-15-


of worn-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (e) of exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed Intellectual Property; and (f) of other property in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be considered a Transfer hereunder: (i) payments of money by Borrower for its ordinary course business expenses (such as: the payment, in each case in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, of: payroll, rent, debt service, accounts payable, payments to vendors or other third parties for goods provided or services rendered to or on behalf of Borrower), and (ii) payments of money by a Subsidiary for its ordinary course business expenses (such as: the payment, in each case in the ordinary course of such Subsidiary’s business, of: payroll, rent, debt service, accounts payable, payments to vendors or other third parties for goods provided or services rendered to or on behalf of such Subsidiary).

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in its chief executive officer after the Restatement Date unless a replacement for such chief executive officer is approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, including those directors who are not employees or officers of Borrower, within ninety (90) days of the date of the resignation or termination of such chief executive officer (provided, however, Bank shall have no obligation to fund any Credit Extension before any such replacement has been made); or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 40% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or strategic investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital and strategic investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses other than Permitted Locations (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or a Permitted Location, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee other than at a Permitted Location, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will use

 

-16-


commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from such bailee a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except: (i) for acquisitions by Borrower where (a) the total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration (other than capital stock of Borrower), for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in any fiscal year and does not in the aggregate exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for all such transactions on or after the Restatement Date; (b) such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement; (c) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; and (d) Borrower is the surviving legal entity; and (ii) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting to Bank a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except for customary restrictions on assignment, transfer and encumbrance in license agreements under which Borrower is the licensee and except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any of its capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in capital stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for: (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less

 

-17-


favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (b) Investments in Subsidiaries permitted under sub-clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments; and (c) bona fide equity and unsecured debt financings from Borrower’s investors so long as all such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency

7.11 Illuminex. Permit Illuminex, Inc. to own assets with a value in excess of $10,000 without first causing Illumnex, Inc. to become a coborrower under this Agreement.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period).

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.6, or 6.8, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

-18-


(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Intentionally omitted .

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower shall fail to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within forty five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); provided, however, that the Event of Default, under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such default of such cure or waiver of the default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (a) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (b) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (c) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are

 

-19-


not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged, vacated or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged or vacated prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, vacation, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Lien Priority . There is a material impairment in the priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the

 

-20-


Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to 105% (for any Letter of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars) or 110% (for Letters of Credit denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(i) terminate any FX Contracts;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge,

 

-21-


encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Event of Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith judgment, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance

 

-22-


and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    TubeMogul, Inc.
   1250 53 rd Street
   Emeryville, CA 94608
   Attn:    Chief Financial Officer
   Fax:    (510) 653-0461
   Email:    paul.joachim@tubemogul.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   185 Berry Street, Suite 3000
   San Francisco, CA 94107
   Attn:    Marshall Hawks
   Fax:    415-856-0810
   Email:    MHawks@svb.com

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other

 

-23-


jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the

 

-24-


action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination thereof pursuant to Section 4.2, and the obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

-25-


12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. This Agreement amends and restates, without novation, the agreement between Bank and Borrower set forth in the Original Agreement. Each of the Warrants remains in effect, and neither is amended by this Agreement. Subject to the foregoign, all prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality . Except as set forth below, all confidential information disclosed by Borrower to Bank under this Agreement shall be maintained in confidence by Bank. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order provided that Bank shall endeavor to deliver to Borrower written notice prior to any such disclosure, provided such notice is permissible, and shall cooperate with Borrower to take such action as reasonably necessary to prevent such disclosure; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. After the termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall use best efforts to continue to comply with the provisions of this paragraph for three (3) years after the termination of this Agreement.

 

-26-


Bank may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

-27-


Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line minus the then-outstanding balance of any Growth Capital Advances; or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts and Eligible Foreign Accounts not to exceed an aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may, upon prior written notice to and discussion with Borrower, decrease the foregoing percentages in

 

-28-


Bank’s good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all

 

-29-


obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Overadvance, Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300714312, maintained with Bank

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right upon prior written notice to, and discussion with, Borrower at any time after the Second Amendment Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

 

-30-


(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent ;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within one hundred fifty (150) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over one hundred fifty (150) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within one hundred fifty (150) days from invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts, and either (A) Eligible Foreign Accounts provided that the Eligible Foreign Accounts shall not exceed an aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), or (B) Bank agrees to such Accounts being Eligible Accounts on a case by case basis and (i) covered in full by credit insurance satisfactory to Bank, less any deductible, (ii) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank, (iii) supported by a guaranty from the Export-Import Bank of the United States, or (iv) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States unless Bank agrees to such Accounts being Eligible Accounts on a case by case basis and Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts).

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

-31-


(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred fifty (150) days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

-32-


(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” means Eligible Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is the international subsidiaries of WPP Group, Omnicom, Yahoo, IPG, Publicis, Dentsu, Hakuhodo, and Havas. Accounts from Account Debtors other than those named here shall be permitted up to an aggregate amount of which shall not at any time exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

-33-


Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Growth Capital Advance” or “Growth Capital Advances” is defined in Section 2.1.3 .

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is, for each Growth Capital Advance, the earlier of: (a) the 36 th Growth Capital Scheduled Payment Date for such Growth Capital Advance, or (b) December 1, 2015.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held other than as set forth in the definition of “Goods” under Section 9-102 of the Code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

-34-


(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Letter of Credit” means a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Restatement Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

 

-35-


Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Restatement Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Restatement Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld and so long as Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.8;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and securities accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest to the extent required by Section 6.8(b);

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

-36-


(f) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year minus the amount of Investments in joint ventures allowed under subsection (j), below (or such larger amount as Bank may give consent to from time to time, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) including exclusive territorial licenses of Borrower’s Intellectual Property and other rights to Subsidiaries; and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower, provided that any Subsidiary incorporated in a state in the United States shall become a co-borrower under this Agreement;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology permitted hereunder, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed an amount One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year minus the amount of Investments in joint ventures allowed under subsection (f), above.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Restatement Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when

 

-37-


acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) licenses of Intellectual Property permitted under Section 7.1(d) or (e);

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts if required in accordance with Section 6.8(b).

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors.

Quick Assets ” is on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, net billed accounts receivable and investments with maturities of fewer than 12 months determined according to GAAP.

 

-38-


Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its reasonable good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its reasonable good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the business of Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, President of Products, and Controller of Borrower.

Restatement Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount equal to Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is the second anniversary of the Restatement Date.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Streamline Period ” is any period of time, on and after the Restatement Date, when (i) the outstanding Advances are $10,000,000 or less or (ii) if the outstanding Advances exceed $10,000,000, Borrower maintains a ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue of greater than 1.00 to 1.00.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or

 

-39-


other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants ” are the Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of March 9, 2010 and the Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of February 1, 2012, each executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

WSJ Prime Rate ” is the then per annum rate of interest most recently quoted as the “Prime Rate” in The Wall Street Journal Western Edition.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

-40-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Restatement Date.

 

BORROWER:
TUBEMOGUL, INC.
By:   /s/ Paul Joachim
 

 

Name:  

PAUL JOACHIM

Title:  

COO & CFO

BANK:  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Marshall Hawks
 

 

Name:  

MARSHALL HAWKS

Title:  

DIRECTOR

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF TUBEMOGUL, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

TubeMogul Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
TubeMogul Canada, Inc.    Canada
TubeMogul Japan Inc.    Japan
TubeMogul Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
TubeMogul Information Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    China
TubeMogul UK Limited    United Kingdom
Illumenix, Inc.    Delaware
TubeMogul Ukraine LLC    Ukraine

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

TubeMogul, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein dated February 28, 2014, except as to Note 12(c), which is as of March 20, 2014, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus and registration statement.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 24, 2014